Home > General > Upgrading and Repairing PCs
22%
Upgrading and Repairing PCs

Upgrading and Repairing PCs

          
5
4
3
2
1

Out of Stock


Premium quality
Premium quality
Bookswagon upholds the quality by delivering untarnished books. Quality, services and satisfaction are everything for us!
Easy Return
Easy return
Not satisfied with this product! Keep it in original condition and packaging to avail easy return policy.
Certified product
Certified product
First impression is the last impression! Address the book’s certification page, ISBN, publisher’s name, copyright page and print quality.
Secure Checkout
Secure checkout
Security at its finest! Login, browse, purchase and pay, every step is safe and secured.
Money back guarantee
Money-back guarantee:
It’s all about customers! For any kind of bad experience with the product, get your actual amount back after returning the product.
On time delivery
On-time delivery
At your doorstep on time! Get this book delivered without any delay.
Notify me when this book is in stock
Add to Wishlist

About the Book

Features

  • NEW - Focus on Creating Customer Value and Satisfaction in the Internet Age—This theme runs throughout the text and begins in Chapter 1 (Pg 24) with Marketing Challenges in the New “Connected” Millennium.
  • NEW - Chapter 3: Marketing in the Internet Age—While Internet coverage begins in Chapter 1, this brand new chapter explores the impact that the Internet and new technologies are having on marketing and consumers.
  • NEW - FREE Mastering Marketing CD-ROM with this textbook—In addition, a Mastering Marketing exercise appears at the end of each chapter, linking students to this self-paced, interactive software. The CD-ROM presents 12 key marketing concepts using a running video case and supporting interactive exercises.
  • NEW - Chapter-opening vignettes and “Marketing at Work” exhibits—These appear in every chapter and are extremely current. 92% of the source material references 2001 articles.
  • NEW - Important new thinking and expanded coverage on a wide variety of topics—e.g., CRM, relationship marketing; connecting technologies; the company value chain; value-delivery networks; global marketing, and much more.
  • Student Friendly Pedagogy—The “Road to Marketing” approach is unique to this text and runs throughout as a helpful learning aid. Highly praised by instructors and students, pedagogical tools in each chapter include: “Road Map: Previewing the Concepts,” “Speed Bump: Linking the Concepts,” “Rest Stop: Reviewing the Concepts,” “Navigating the Key Terms,” “Travel Log,” “Traveling the Internet,” and “MAP—Marketing Applications.”
About the Authors
Gary Armstrong is Crist W. Blackwell Distinguished Professor of Undergraduate Education in the Kenan-Flagler Business School at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. He holds undergraduate and masters degrees in business from Wayne State University in Detroit, and he received his Ph.D. in marketing from Northwestern University. Dr. Armstrong has contributed numerous articles to leading business journals. As a consultant and researcher, he has worked with many companies on marketing research, sales management, and marketing strategy. But Professor Armstrong's first love is teaching. His Blackwell Distinguished Professorship is the only permanent endowed professorship for distinguished undergraduate teaching at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. He has been very active in the teaching and administration of Kenan-Flagler's undergraduate program. His administrative posts include Chair of the Marketing Faculty, Associate Director of the Undergraduate Business Program, Director of the Business Honors Program, and others. He works closely with business student groups and has received several campus-wide and Business School teaching awards. He is the only repeat recipient of school's highly regarded Award for Excellence in Undergraduate Teaching, which he has received three times. Philip Kotler is S. C. Johnson & Son Distinguished Professor of International Marketing at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University. He received his master's degree at the University of Chicago and his Ph.D. at M.LT., both in economics. Dr. Kotler is author of Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning, Implementation, and Control (Prentice Hall), now in its eleventh edition and the world's most widely used marketing textbook in graduate schools of business. He has authored seventeen other successful books and has written over 100 articles in leading journals. He is the only three-time winner of the coveted Alpha Kappa Psi award for the best annual article in the Journal of Marketing. Dr. Kotler's numerous major honors include the Paul D. Converse Award given by the American Marketing Association to honor "outstanding contributions to science in marketing" and the Stuart Henderson Britt Award as Marketer of the Year. He was named the first recipient of two major awards: the Distinguished Marketing Educator of the Year Award given by the American Marketing Association and the Philip Kotler Award for Excellence in Health Care Marketing presented by the Academy for Health Care Services Marketing. He has also received the Charles Coolidge Parlin Award, which each year honors an outstanding leader in the field of marketing. In 1995, he received the Marketing Educator of the Year Award from Sales and Marketing Executives International. Dr. Kotler has served as chairman of the College on Marketing of the Institute of Management Sciences (TIMS) and a director of the American Marketing Association. He has received honorary doctoral degrees from Stockholm University, the University of Zurich, Athens University of Economics and Business, DePaul University, the Cracow School of Business and Economics, Groupe H.E.C. in Paris, and the University of Economics and Business Administration in Vienna. He has consulted with many major U.S. and foreign companies in the areas of marketing strategy and planning, marketing organization, and international marketing. He has traveled extensively throughout Europe, Asia, and South America, advising and lecturing companies about global marketing opportunities.Features
With coverage not found in other titles and endorsed by the architects of ASP.NET, this book is essential for any serious ASP.NET developer.
  • Provides practical information on how to use ASP.NET, backed up by a solid understanding of how and why it works the way it does.
  • Based on the author's extensive experience teaching ASP.NET to professional developers.
  • Covers the upcoming release of ASP.NET, and is part of the authoritative Microsoft .NET Development Series.
Features
  • Updated coverage of current events such as the September 11th tragedy and its effect on insurance, the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, and the President's Commission on Social Security.
  • Coverage of advanced topics in risk management, including enterprise risk management, loss forecasting, financial analysis in decision making, and the application of new technology to risk management programs.
  • “Internet Resources” boxes with numerous Web site references in each chapter, recognizing the importance of the Internet as a learning tool and source of consumer information.
  • New “Insight” boxes providing up-to-date real-world applications that illustrate key chapter concepts.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • NEW—An additional chapter on leadership—Covers contemporary aspects of leadership, such as framing issues, mentoring, self-leadership, on-line leadership, and the GLOBE study on cross-cultural leadership.
  • NEW—Skill-Building Modules covering these topics—Active Listening; Creative Problem Solving; Reading Emotions; Setting Goals; Designing Motivating Jobs; Selection Interviewing; Creating Effective Teams; Developing Trust; Choosing a Leadership Style; Negotiating; Becoming Politically Adept; Delegating Authority; Effective Disciplining; Reading an Organization's Culture; Changing Attitudes; and Managing Resistance to Change. The skills modules are coordinated with text content and the Self-Assessment CD-ROM included in the text.
  • NEW—Coverage of contemporary OB issues—e.g., customer service, work/life balance, multiple intelligences, evolutionary psychology and hardwired behavior, GLOBE measures of national cultural attributes, motivation as flow, Thomas' intrinsic motivation model, deviant workplace behavior, silence as communication, employee response to organizational politics, mass customization, Feng Shui and workplace design, spirituality in organizations, knowledge management.
  • NEW—Latest issues—Implications of 9/11 and the collapse of Enron and Arthur Andersen on OB.
  • NEW—Updated research base—e.g., in terms of the links among employee attitudes and behavior, customer satisfaction, and organizational performance.
  • NEW—Reorganized/rewritten chapter on communication—Ch. 10.
  • A three-level model of analysis—Begins with individual behavior, moves on to group behavior, and concludes with the organization system.
  • Integration of globalization, work-force diversity, and ethics—Interwoven throughout into the context of relevant issues.
Features
  • Detailed description of the procedure adopted by examination bodies such as the UPSC, MBA, SSC, Banking services, Railway recruitments etc
  • All aspects of personality development discussed in detail
  • Nine model interviews
  • How to write a Resume right
  • Intricacies of Group Discussion discussed at length
Features
A thoroughly revised, updated, and improved edition of one of the best Java tutorial for non-programmers.
  • Updated to cover version 1.4 of the Java 2 Standard Edition SDK.
  • Teaches Java as a first programming language--short, simple one-hour chapters are ideal for the beginner with no previous programming experience.
  • Readers love the book--they say it's very clear, well-written, and interesting to read--and they appreciate the author's unique sense of humor.
Features
A thoroughly, revised, updated, and improved edition of one of the world's leading Java tutorials.
  • Special expanded reference edition of one of the world's leading Java tutorials updated to cover version 1.4 of the Java 2 Standard Edition SDK.
  • Rewritten to expand the book's coverage of core Java programming topics and techniques, including 7 bonus chapters.
  • CD includes the official Java compiler, as well as source code and third-party Java tools and utilities.
About the Authors
Rogers Cadenhead is a writer, computer programmers, and Web developer who has written nine books on Internet-related topics. He maintains the Cruel Site of the Day and several other popular Internet sites. Laura Lemay is one of the world's most popular authors on Web development topics. Her books have sold over two million copies worldwide. Known for her ability to clearly explain even the most difficult technical topics, she complements her discussions with interesting yet practical examples.Features
  • Each book in the series is divided under eight themes — People, Sports, Language-Literature-History, Travel, Science, India, Nature and Mixed Bag to provide an all-round coverage.
  • Quiz pages have Off the Beaten Track, a fact tidbit that provides additional interesting information.
  • Quizzes in different forms — Q/A, MCQs, fill in the blanks, world grids, etc. — provide variety and hold the attention of the students.
  • Colourful images and the eye-catching presentation make the books visually appealing.
  • Revision pages at the end of each book enable recapitulation.
  • Help boxes allow students to attempt the quizzes on their own and at the same time act as easy reference for the teacher.
Features
  • NEW—reorganizes coverage of DFT and FFT algorithm for greater clarity—now introduces the DFT and describes its efficient computation immediately following the treatment of Fourier analysis.
  • describes the operations and techniques involved in the analog-to-digital conversion of analog signals.
  • studies the characterization and analysis of linear time-invariant discrete-time systems and discrete- time signals in the time domain.
  • considers both the bilateral and the unilateral z-transform, and describes methods for determining the inverse z-transform.
  • analyzes signals and systems in the frequency domain, and presents Fourier series and Fourier transform in both continuous-time and discrete-time signals.
  • treats the realization of IIR and FIR systems, including direct-form, cascade, parallel, lattice and lattice-ladder realizations.
  • looks at the basics of sampling rate conversion and presents systems for implementing multirate conversion.
  • offers a detailed examination of power spectrum estimation, with discussions on nonparametric and model-based methods, as well as eigen-decomposition- based methods, including MUSIC and ESPRIT.
  • includes many examples throughout the book and approximatley 500 homework problems.
Features
  • Uses worked-out numerical examples to illustrate principles that apply to the entire mechanical design field.
  • Provides most mathematical derivations, and uses simple, unified notation throughout.
  • Emphasizes cases where loads continually fluctuate and may present stress concentrations.
  • Reviews fundamental mechanics essentials.
  • NEW—Many examples and applications now include the use of spreadsheet calculations to facilitate the computational process.
  • NEW—A new chapter on form synthesis has been included at the end of the text to give some useful tools to improve the practitioner's design capabilities.
  • NEW—Dual system units (U.S. customary and S.I.) are used to allow the design engineer to be as versatile as possible in calculations. Conversion templates allow changes to be made quickly and accurately from one system to the other.
  • NEW—Material has been updated throughout to simplify and update design methods and make them more understandable and easier to use.
  • NEW—Material has been added where appropriate to keep the information current.
Features
  • NEW—Updated research, examples, and topic coverage throughout—e.g., work-life balance; group demography; team-effectiveness model; flextime and telecommuting; and e-organizations.
  • Balanced topic coverage—Includes not only traditional topics such as personality, motivation, and leadership; but also cutting-edge issues such as emotions, trust, work-life balance, workplace spirituality, and knowledge management.
  • Integration of globalization, diversity, and ethics—Interweaves these discussions throughout the text rather than presenting them in stand-alone chapters.
  • Discussion of values.
  • Coverage of emotions.
  • Information on employee recognition programs—Considers the nature of employee recognition programs; linking recognition programs and reinforcement theory; employee recognition programs in practice.
Features
  • NEW—New chapter on Management's Digital Dimension - Provides students with timely information on how managers should integrate traditional planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling activities with new digital dimensioning activities.
  • NEW—Students are exposed to what management is and to how digital tools should be integrated within the management process.
  • NEW—Skills video at the end of appropriate chapters with “And You” experiential exercises.
  • NEW—New chapter-ending cases have been added - Provides students with interesting scenarios and focus on companies like IBM, Wal-Mart, American Airlines, and Proctor & Gamble.
  • NEW—Management Skills Modules appear at the end of each chapter - Heightens students' understanding of management concepts as well as how to apply those concepts in various management situations.
  • The hallmark of Modern Management, new and updated Introductory cases with Back to the Case and Introductory Case Wrap-Up sections.
  • NEW—Free “Mastering Management CD-ROM” —Now included in the back of every copy.
Features
  • NEW - Emphasis on managing customer relationships . This timely concept is introduced as the text's framework in Chapter One. Customer equity is also defined and introduced.
  • NEW - The text is centered around 4 modern marketing themes—1. Building and managing profitable customer relationships. 2. Building strong brands and brand equity. 3. Harnessing marketing technology in the new digital age. 4. Socially responsible marketing around the globe.
  • NEW - Revised and updated Real Marketing vignettes and exhibits—Over 95 percent cite 2002 research or articles. Designed to bring modern concepts to life, new features companies include MTV, Google, AT+T (mLife), AFLAC, Disney, UPS, Amazon.com, and many more.
  • NEW - Ch. 3, “Marketing in the Digital Age” addresses the impact of technology on marketing strategy - Explores major e-marketing developmenets in B2C, B2B, C2C, and C2B domains; strategies and tactics for setting up a successful e-commerce presence.
  • NEW - Expanded brand building and brand equity coverage—Ch. 9, "Product, Services, and Branding Strategies" includes a new section on brand building. Ch. 8, "Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning" presents a new discussion on developing brand-positioning statements.
  • Integrated—Global and social responsibility coverage International and ethics in marketing examples appear throughout the text, then Chapters 19 and 20 cover both topics in greater depth.
Features
  • NEW - Emphasis on the strategic role of HR throughout—Includes chapter-beginning Strategic Overview features shows real firms (large, well-known companies and small to medium size operations) facing strategic challenges, suggests HR's possible role, and then shows what the firm actually did.
  • NEW - HR. NET features—i.e., Using the Internet to Boost Diversity; Recruiting Online; GE's Technology-Based Training; Telecommuting; and Managing 401K Plans Online.
  • NEW - A running case throughout the text — LearninMotion.com appears at the end of each chapter.
  • NEW - THE NEW WORKPLACE features—Familiarizes students with issues in diversity and global HR management, and supplies them with examples and tips for managing diversity.
  • NEW - Revised and expanded chapter on international HR practices - Provides in-depth coverage of the international aspects of HR selection, training, compensation management, inter-country differences in personnel laws and requirements, and more.
  • NEW - Strengthened and revised chapter-end cases and exercises—Includes discussion questions; individual and group activities; experiential exercises; and two types of cases.
Features
  • NEW - Use of MathCad for optimization - Shows students how to use MathCad for optimizing the operating performance of hydraulic systems.
  • NEW - Practical methods for controlling the speed of hydraulic cylinders and motors using flow control valves.
  • NEW - A clearer explanation of the performance of pumps and hydraulic motors.
  • NEW - Lists of key equations—Added to the end of each chapter.
  • NEW - Updated examples problems and chapter-end exercises.
  • NEW - Earlier coverage of hydraulic systems.
  • NEW - Later coverage of maintenance-related properties of hydraulic fluids.
  • Clear presentation of both theory and applications.
  • Extensively illustrated—With industry-provided cutaway drawings and illustrations of fluid power components and systems.
  • MathCad—Explains how to use computer software for analyzing hydraulic systems.
  • Balanced presentation of theory—Appropriate for both 2- and 4-year programs.
Features
  • Based on the current trends in general knowledge questions set by the UPSC, SSC, Banking Services and Railway Recruitment Boards, central and state recruitment bodies, and other competitive examinations.
  • Includes sample practice exercises for each subject area and a full-fledged question bank for practice.
  • Up-to-date national and international Current Affairs section.
Features
  • NEW - Increased coverage of strategy implementation issues.
  • NEW - A new Cohesion Case (American Airlines - 2002)—Appears exclusively in this text. The case is introduced after Ch. 1 and is revisited at the end of each chapter.
  • NEW - Expanded strategic management model—A simple, integrative strategic-management model appears in all chapters and on the inside front cover of the text. The model now includes vision as an important concept.
  • NEW - 8 new cases appearing exclusively in this text—U.S. Airways, Best Buy, First State Bank of Roans Prairie, Royal Caribbean, Winn-Dixie, Strictly Roots Natural Hair Salon, Hewlett-Packard, and Coors.
  • NEW - Extensive integration of global issues and concerns—Now in every chapter, rather than isolated in a single chapter.
  • NEW - Systematic Analytic Approach (Ch. 6) covers TOWS, BLG, IE, GRAND, SPACE, and QSPM.
  • Skills-oriented approach with 41 Experiential Exercises in all.
Features
  • Market-leading, lucid, accessible presentation of the complexities of international finance.
  • Managerial emphasis in an international context, to help train tomorrow's business leaders, who will operate in an increasingly global financial environment.
  • Exceptional currency of coverage to keep students abreast of contemporary issues and events, an imperative for business and financial literacy.
  • A new chapter on the political risk challenges faced by multinational enterprises across three corridors of exposure: firm-specific risk, country-specific risk, and global-specific risk.
  • A balance of payments chapter that extends the material to recent crises in countries such as Argentina, and looks at the implications for MNEs.
  • Increased coverage of the complexities of financial management issues in emerging markets.
  • Expansion of the popular Mini-Case feature to include such companies and organizations as Toyota Europe, Bang & Olufsen, Benecol, and Romanian Telecom.
  • New, detailed Decision cases on Stanley Works, Beijing International Club, Gucci, and LVMH.
  • Over 300 new end-of-chapter problems.
  • An early focus on corporate governance issues, with discussion of corporate governance failures, such as Enron and WorldCom, and subsequent regulatory initiatives.
About the Authors
David Eiteman received his business and economics degrees from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and the University of California, Berkeley, before graduating from Northwestern with a Ph.D. in finance. Eiteman was previously president of the International Trade and Finance Association, the Society for Economics and Management in China, and the Western Finance Association.He has authored and co-authored four books and a significant number of articles, which have appeared in 29 publications, including International Trade Journal, Journal of World Business, Business Horizons, Management International, and others. Arthur Stonehill is professor of finance and international business Emeritus at Oregon State University, where he taught for 24 years. Previously, he held appointments at leading universities in America and Europe. He also served as president of the Academy of International Business, as well as director of the Financial Management Association. Stonehill has authored or co-authored nine books and numerous articles, which have appeared in Financial Management, Journal of International Business Studies, International Business Review, and other influential publications. Michael Moffett graduated with a Ph.D. in economics from the University of Colorado - Boulder, and went on to a number of teaching or research appointments in several renowned institutions in America and Europe. Moffett’s research work has been featured in 15 prominent publications, and he has also authored or co-authored eight books. Together with Arthur Stonehill and David Eiteman, he has written one of today’s most widely used textbooks in finance— Multinational Business Finance, Ninth Edition.Moffett is currently professor of finance at Thunderbird, the American Graduate School of International Management.Features
  • The market-leading text for both a first and follow-on database course.
  • Famous for its clear and complete writing style.
  • Renowned for its combinational theory, examples, and exercises which provide the foundational knowledge on topics.
  • Covers advanced modeling in the areas of active, temporal, and spatial databases.
  • Provides coverage of issues on physical database design and tuning.
  • Discusses current database application areas of GIS, genome, and digital libraries.
  • Presents a clear and complete discussion of the relational approach, including modeling, design, algebra and calculus, and query languages.
  • Now covers both the traditional ER model and UML when discussing data modeling.
  • Includes updated material on SQL, including a new chapter, which discusses topics from SQL programming including SQLJ, JDBC, and ODBC.
  • Applies ideas from the book to a fully developed case study that uses a step-by-step database design and implementation for a bookstore application.
  • Offers updated coverage of security and database tuning.
  • Features a new chapter on the relationship of XML and Internet databases keeps students on the edge of database technology.
  • Includes a new chapter on data mining.
Features
Easily build content-rich, dynamic Web applications with ASP.NET.
  • CD contains Web Matrix, an easy to use development tool for building ASP applications -- great for ASP.NET newcomers.
  • This book is perfect for those who are familiar with HTML and are looking for a way to build rich Web applications without having to write lots of code.
  • Best-selling author Scott Mitchell teaches readers ASP.NET with tons of practical, stand-alone examples.
Features
Revision of Sams highest unit netting Visual Basic .NET book!
  • Part of the best-selling Teach Yourself in 24 Hours series, this book reaches blue-collar coders on the verge of jumping to .NET programming.
  • Completely updated for MS's "Everett" release, this book is 100% .NET - no messy legacy/beta code to muddle through.
  • The author, James Foxall, has readers writing Visual Basic .NET applications within the first 50 pages of the book.
Features
  • Based on the recent trends in general knowledge questions set by UPSC, SSC, Bank and Railway Recruitment Boards, central and state recruitment bodies, and other competitive examinations.
  • Includes ample practice exercises for each subject area – a full-fledged question bank for practice.
  • National and international Current Affairs section to update you.
Features
  • NEW - Chapter on the “New Economy” business models—Chapter 12.
  • NEW - Expanded, rewritten discussion of strategy in Chapter 10—Given the increasing consolidation in many industries over the past decade, business behavior and managerial decision making in oligopoly markets have become more relevant and important than ever. Chapter 10 also includes expanded coverage of game theory.
  • NEW - Regrouped discussion of pricing and competition in the four basic market types—Treats perfect competition, monopolistic competition, and monopoly in one chapter, and oligopoly in another.
  • NEW - More than 50% new International Applications—Integrated throughout the text to provide global application of the theory.
  • NEW - Added appendix on asymmetric information, subject of the 2001 Nobel Prize in economic study.
  • Each chapter starts and concludes with a running case study of a hypothetical company called “Global Foods”—Presents students with a specific scenario highlighting a challenge and implications for the firm's competitive position in the multinational food and beverage industry.
  • Unique final chapter on the application of economic analysis—Analyzes the semiconductor industry and the competitive challenges of a company within that industry.
  • Numerous, current business examples from the popular press—(e.g., Business Week, the Wall Street Journal) integrated throughout the text.
  • Excel-based study aid—Intended to supplement and reinforce the concepts in the text. The modules (about 24 in all) contain an objective, an example with solution, and graphs.
Features
  • Purchase of text also includes Principles of Managerial Finance CD-ROM student software for Windows, which contains the following tutorials: Principles of Managerial Finance Tutor, Principles of Managerial Finance Problem-Solver, and Principles of Managerial Finance Excel Spreadsheet Templates.
  • A well-respected, comprehensive, and effective learning system.
  • New chapter-opening vignettes describe a real company experience related to the aspect of managerial finance covered in the chapter.
  • Each chapter contains two “In Practice” boxes connecting financial concepts with real-world experience, now with ethical and technology focuses.
  • New spreadsheet strategies incorporated into each chapter.
  • New “Focus on Value” element reinforces the link between the financial manager's actions and share value.
  • New “Across the Disciplines” element opens every chapter with a discussion of the intersection of the finance topics covered in the chapter with the concerns of the other major business disciplines.
  • Streamlined presentation features 18 chapters rather than 20.
  • Early coverage of financial planning.
  • New “Focus on Ethics” boxes help students appreciate important ethical issues in finance.
  • New “Focus on E-Finance” boxes describe how companies are using new technologies in their application of finance principles.
Features
  • Explores urgent environmental problems such as the depletion of the ozone layer, greenhouse effect, groundwater flow and contamination, and indoor air quality.
  • Includes several important pedagogical aids.
  • Includes a new chapter covering Solid Waste Management and Resource Recovery (Chapter 9). This chapter focuses on pollution prevention and product stewardship.
  • Risk Assessment has been greatly expanded and moved earlier in the book (chapter 4), reflecting the importance of this topic in Environmental Engineering and policy-making.
  • Provides a completely revised chapter on Global Atmospheric Change corresponding with the perspectives, terminology, and approaches that have become the standard according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Scientific Assessments. (Chapter 8)
  • Presents expanded coverage of water resources and Groundwater remediation, including challenges posed by subsurface contamination of nonaqueous-phase liquids.
  • Summarizes the National Resource Council's assessment of the ability of conventional pump-and-treat remediation technologies to restore aquifer quality. (Chapter 5)
  • Covers the treatment of hazardous wastes and descriptions of the key pieces of environmental legislation that regulate hazardous substances. (Chapter 6)
  • Updates coverage of mobile source controls in the chapter on air pollution (Chapter 7) to include descriptions of reformulated gasoline and other alternative fuels as well as new material on two-stroke engines and hybrid electric vehicles.
  • Includes unique coverage of indoor air quality.
  • All topics have been given a more careful, thorough treatment in order to bring them up-to-date and increase the depth and breadth of the information presented.
  • Features
    • Up-to-date, comprehensive and “all purpose” in approach.
    • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding.
    • Based on current trends in various examinations.
    • Up-to-date national and international current affairs.
    Features
    • NEW - Detailed coverage of floating-point processing and the single instruction multiple data (SIMD) processing capability of the advanced Pentium processor.
    • NEW - Basic topics—Includes added material on number systems, logic functions and operations, conversion between number systems, and addition/subtraction of binary numbers.
    • NEW - Advanced material—Includes floating Point Architecture and Instructions, Multimedia (MMX) Architecture and Instructions, and the hardware and software architecture of the Pentium 3 and Pentium 4 processors.
    • NEW - Systems approach—Provides extensive coverage of the microprocessor, microcomputer architecture, assembly language programming, and hardware interfacing techniques.
    • Intel and Pentium®—Covers the Intel architecture microprocessor families: 8088, 8086, 80286, 80386, 80486, and the latest Pentium® processors.
    • Debugging—Illustrates commands of the DEBUG program and how to assemble, disassemble, load, save, execute, and debug programs on the IBM compatible PC.
    • Inside the instruction set—Introduces the contents of the 8088's instruction set.
    • Practical implementation techniques—Covers the use of latches, transceivers, buffers, and programmable logic devices in the memory and I/O interfaces of the microcomputer system.
    • Practical applications—Demonstrates applications such as moving and searching a block of data, initializing a block of memory, generating a time delay, producing an output pulse, polling a switch, sending characters to a parallel printer, sending characters through a serial communication interface, and servicing an interrupt.
    • Practical circuits—Includes circuits for implementing memory, I/O, and interrupt interfaces.
    • Software development tools— Illustrates the use of Microsoft's 80X86 macroassembler and other PC-based software tools to create a source program, assemble a program, and link assembly language modules into a program.
    • Memory coverage—Offers extensive coverage of EPROM, RAM, and FLASH memory ICs and their use in the design of program storage, data storage, and cache memory subsystems.
    • Control circuits—Includes material on LSI peripheral ICs, such as the 82C55A input/output interface, 82C54 interval timer, 82C37A DMA controller, 8250/16450 serial communication controller, and 8279 keyboard/display controller.
    • Numerous examples—Includes more than 100 examples.
    • Features
      • Recent developments in microeconomics such as game theory and information asymmetry are fully integrated into the text.
      • Expanded treatment of uncertainty.
      • Technical level of advanced section has been increased.
      • Examples and exercises encourage the student to apply the analysis to real problems.
      Features
      • Concepts supported by about 400 solved programs and exercises.
      • Step-by-step programming procedures.
      • Real-time solved examples and problems.
      • Programs explained with outputs.
      • Multiple-choice questions at the end of each chapter enable the understanding of concepts.
      Features
      Assemble a killer supply chain with the knowledge, technology, and tools to succeed from supply chain expert David Taylor!
      • Proven author and supply chain expert Taylor provides a high-level overview that shows how supply chain initiatives can contribute to overall business success.
      • Understand and learn to solve the complex problems presented by supply chain management.
      • Features numerous illustrations, sidebar summaries, and Exploration and Simulation tools and exercises.
      Features
      Learn how to manage large network systems cost effectively.
      • Provides solutions for common network management problems such as scalability and increased technology mix.
      • Explores the use of MPLS in network management, which is used to improve the overall quality of service.
      • Covers the management of both enterprise and service provider networks.
      Features
      An authoritative, practical guide that helps programmers better understand the Linux kernel, and to write and develop kernel code.
      • Authored by core Linux kernel developers.
      • In-depth coverage of all the major subsystems and features of the new Linux 2.6 kernel.
      • Targeted audience includes programmers interested in gaining relevant and timely information so they may further their kernel development skills.
      Features
      Revision of Sams highest rated C# book-now we're taking it Visual!
      • Part of the best-selling TY in 24 Hours series, this book reaches blue-collar coders on the verge of jumping to .NET programming.
      • Completely updated for MS's "Everett" release, this book is 100% .NET -no messy legacy/beta code to muddle through.
      • Step-by-step instructions walk you through the most common visual C# .NET
      • Question and answers, quizzes, and exercises at the end of each hour help you test your knowledge.
      • Notes and tips point out shortcuts and solutions and help you steer clear to potential problems.
      • The author, James Foxall, has readers writing Visual C# applications within the first 80 pages of the book.
      Features
      A well-written, carefully organized tutorial on how to create world-class Web pages with the leading Web authoring tool.
      • Dreamweaver is the leading tool for professional Web developers and designers creating sophisticated Web sites.
      • Author Betsy Bruce is an authorized Macromedia trainer who has taught Dreamweaver to thousands of beginning students.
      • Updated edition of this book covers all the features and changes in the latest version of Dreamweaver MX.
      Features
      One of the most popular and best-selling Flash tutorials on the market – updated and revised to cover the latest version of Macromedia Flash.
      • Readers love the book’s easy-to-read, well-organized style.
      • Gives the beginner a thorough grounding in the basics of a complicated yet very important Web development technology.
      • Phillip Kerman is a well-known trainer, writer, and developer with years of experience teaching Flash to beginners.
      Features
      One of the most accessible – yet detailed – step-by-step tutorials on the most recent version of the world’s leading image editing and manipulation tool.
      • The book’s author has a loyal following, excellent rapport with readers, and the demonstrated ability to teach to most important features of a complicated product to the beginner.
      • Includes a 16-page full-color insert of images from the book.
      • New edition covers all the features and capabilities of the latest version of Adobe Photoshop.
      Features
      The book is noteworthy in the following aspects:
      • Each chapter contains concise definitions and explanations of basic/fundamental principles and are further augmented with illustrative examples to enable the students learn and recall fast
      • Completely worked out solutions to a large range of problems. The number of questions in each chapter kept sufficiently large to provide rigorous practice
      • Problems categorised into various types and working rules to help the students in solving them provided
      • Large number of problems that have been asked in the competitive examinations in the recent past included in the text
      • Practice exercises covering all the topics in each chapter provided at the end for self assessment
      • A SMART TABLE in the beginning to inform the student on the number of questions asked from various topics during 2001–04 in IIT(Screening test), AIEEE(CBSE), CEE(Delhi) and UPSEAT
      • Nine Model Test Papers based on different competitive examinations provided at the end to facilitate students understand the pattern and the type of questions asked in different examinations
      Features
      • Each chapter is divided into a series of conceptual sections that is highlighted by a Quick Check Concept statement that summarizes the concept to be described, helping students focus on the main points of what they are studying and aiding in review.
      • Revised Multi-level Problem Sets at the end of each chapter help develop students' ability to analyze data, make generalizations and predictions, and apply their understanding to new situations.
      • Techniques are introduced in the context of their use, which assists students' understanding while underscoring the importance of each technique. A Guide to Techniques and Methods helps readers locate the descriptions of experimental techniques and findings that are included in every chapter.
      • Boxed Essays — Further Insights, Contemporary Techniques, Historical Perspectives, Clinical Applications — give students insight into intriguing aspects of cell biology.
      • Modern Design and Art Program. Over 200 newly rendered illustrations and 400 revised figures selected by the authors — including schematic cutaway drawings paired with electron micrographs of cells and numbered process diagrams — reinforce important topics discussed in the text.
      • Most up-to-date coverage on important new topics! All chapters have been thoroughly updated to include new topics, recent advances, and important ethical issues including stem cells, DNA microarrays, apoptosis, genomics and proteomics, and gene therapy.
      • The Cell Place Student CD-ROM and Web site, packaged free with every new copy of the text, features more than 30 animations, interactive tutorials, and quizzes to reinforce text explanations and illustrations and help visual learners understand key topics.
      • Comprehensive Glossary at the end of the book allows students access to all key terms. The text glossary is also available on the FREE Cell Place Student CD-ROM and Web site.
      Features
      • McMurry and Fay present chemistry without burdening students with unnecessary distractions, all via a clear, consistent presentation.
      • NEW - Updated throughout to reflect a comprehensive look at general chemistry and to further clarify the material for students—For example, the 4th edition includes coverage of zero-order reactions.
      • NEW - More Worked Examples—Provide explicit, detailed solutions showing students how to formulate a strategy for solving the exercises along with step-by-step instructions for arriving at an answer.
      • NEW - Revised Worked Example Format—Enhances student comprehension.
      • NEW - Illustrated Two-Column Worked examples—Presents the mechanics of a problem and an explanation of those steps in a unique fashion. The concept is enhanced by the inclusion of a pertinent visual illustration, molecular model, or photograph.
      • NEW - Worked Key Concept Problems—Literally show students how to solve conceptual problems and come up with the picture that a chemist sees.
      • Visual Key Concept Summaries—Added after the narrative Summary at the end of each chapter.
      • Understanding Key Concepts Problem Sets—Appear at the beginning of the end-of-chapter problem sets.
      • NEW - More General and Multi-Concept Problems in the end-of-chapter problem sets.
      • e-Media Problems—Based on the Student Tutorials and Activities on the standard and premium Companion Websites.
      • NEW - Additional Molecular Art—Newly rendered ball-and-stick and space-filling models accompany structural formulas to make molecular geometry clear.
      • NEW - Twice as many Macro-to-Micro Illustrations—Juxtaposes photos with illustrations to depict processes on the molecular level.
      • NEW - Electrostatic potential maps—Provide a striking visual representation of calculated electron distribution in molecules.
      Features
      • Emphasis on frequency-domain design methods based on transfer function representation of systems
      • Physical interpretation of all mathematical expressions and derivations
      • Detailed chapter on State Variable Modelling highlighting the state-space based methods
      • Chapter on Error Analysis
      • Offers a computer-aided learning environment – 10 thoroughly tested MATLAB based problems with tested output
      • Appendices on MATLAB Fundamentals, Laplace Transform and Fuzzy Logic
      • Pedagogy includes numerical problems, review questions and objective-type questions.
      Features
      Prepare for the CCNP® 642-811 BCMSN exam with the only Cisco Systems® authorized self-study test preparation book!
      • The revised edition of the all-time best-selling CCNP BCMSN book with new topical coverage.
      • Redesigned format with modular, smaller chapters for easier concept comprehension.
      • Prepare with the 200-plus question electronic testing engine on CD-ROM, complete with simulation-based questions like on real exams.
      • Learn CCNP and CCDP Switching topics with proven learning tools.
      Features
      • Guides readers through concepts relating to client-side and server-side programming providing them with knowledge needed to program the Web quickly and correctly.
      • Written with a consistent pedagogy, which leads readers in a methodical manner through the concepts, providing an overview of programming and software/hardware issues relating to the WWW.
      • Takes a holistic approach to Web programming, covering JavaScript, Perl, CGI, Java Applets, and more.
      • Includes an “Introduction to Java” Appendix for C++ programmers.
      • Material on the newest W3 standards including Dom2 and XHTML.
      • Additional information on server side tools with a new chapter devoted to PHP and added material on programs such at MySQL and Access.
      • Companion Web site created as a reference component to the book, while still maintaining it for a one semester, introduction class size.
      Features
      • Fully updated to reflect the latest versions of PHP, MySQL, and Apache.
      • Task-focused, step-by-step coverage of installation, configuration, and usage—Practical, one-step-at-a-time coverage of all the skills students need to build basic dynamic Web sites and applications.
      • Easy introduction to the essentials of PHP scripting—Covers basic language elements and building blocks; flow control, functions, simple SQL commands, and more.
      • Broad coverage of fundamental Web development techniques—Covers topics ranging from basic SQL queries to Apache virtual hosting and MySQL tuning.
      • Several sample applications—Walks students step-by-step through building discussion forums, mailing list managers, online address books, shopping carts, and e-commerce storefronts.
      • Exercises and review questions in every chapter—Includes exercises and review questions that can easily be tailored to the needs of specific courses and instructors.
      • Extensive collection of tips and ideas—Offers practical Web development tips throughout.
      • Complete learning Starter Kit on CD-ROM—Makes it easy for students to install a safe and foolproof learning environment for either Windows or Linux-based PCs.
      Features
      • Provides clear exposition of the basic principles of control system techniques using frequency and time-domain methods including robust control design and an introduction to digital control systems.
      • Offers an integrated design and analysis approach to real-world engineering problems.
      • Incorporates computer-aided design and analysis using MATLAB throughout the text and end-of-chapter examples and problems.
      • Reinforces the development of problems-solving skills with five levels of end-of-chapter problems.
      • Presents a Continuous Design Problem feature which gives students the opportunity to apply the tools and techniques presented in each chapter to a design example carried throughout the text.
      • Introduces the PID controller earlier in the text to mirror its importance in industry.
          About the Authors
          Richard C. Dorf belongs to the University of California at Davis. Robert H. Bishop is at the University of Texas at Austin.Features
          • NEW - Brief sketches of mathematical history open each chapter.
          • NEW - Additional number theory—Provides more information on the properties of integers, including base n representations; and gives more contexts for isomorphism.
          • NEW - Cryptology theme—Begins in Chapter 1, and is then explored throughout the book, ending with Section 11.3, Public Key Cryptology.
          • NEW - Expanded coverage of coding—Covers all of its aspects, including efficiency, effectiveness, and security.
          • NEW - New exercises in each chapter—Includes approximately 25% more exercises than in the 4th edition.
          • NEW - Additional student projects—Included for weighted voting systems, Petri nets, and Catalan numbers.
          • NEW - Chapter review questions—Provided at the end of each chapter.
          • Concise, well-written text—Remains the briefest text on the market; devoid of excessive technical jargon and abstraction.
          • Development of mathematical thinking skills—Strengthens the text for use in a bridge course and lays foundation for mathematical thinking in upper-division courses.
          • No calculus—Assumes only a limited background in mathematics.
          • Organization of text around the concept of relation—Treats relations and digraphs as two aspects of the same basic mathematical idea.
          • Clear organization of topics—Minimizes the difficulties of being overwhelmed by too many definitions and theory abstraction by treating relations and digraphs as two aspects of the same fundamental idea, which is then used as the basis of virtually all the concepts introduced in the book.
          • Focus on topics used in computer science—Limits coverage of abstract algebra and gives applications for finite state machines, error detecting and correcting codes.
          Features
          • NEW - Java-based assemblers and simulators.
          • NEW - Updated with current information—i.e. Pentium 4 architecture, calculating performance/speedup, SRC control signals, superscalar design and implementation of SRC, multi-level caches, SDRAM and DDR RAM and SRC I/O ports.
          • NEW - Disk System reliability section added—Chapter 9.
          • NEW - Gigabit Ethernet section—Chapter 10—Including Modern Serial Buses and Wasted IP address space.
          • NEW - Assembler and Assembly appendix rewritten—Written with the SRC assembler to target RISC computers.
          • Roles of computer architect, assembly language programmer, and logic designer.
          • CISC and RISC relationship—Java-based RISC and CISC simulator, helps students understand CISC and RISC programming and design.
          • Advanced architectural design at the gate level—Includes a pipelined design and a superscalar design.
          • Simple and complex arithmetic and logic unit (ALU) algorithms and architectures.
          • I/O at the logic design level and I/O devices such as disk drives.
          • RS-232 data communications—Networking from simple RS-232 interfaces to Ethernet and the Internet.
          Features
          • NEW - Thoroughly updated to reflect the latest UNIX programming and networking techniques.
          • NEW - New chapters on Web programming and multicasting.
          • NEW - Completely revamped coverage of Remote Procedure Calls (RPC).
          • Extensive coverage of communication, concurrency, and multithreading—Covers Posix threads, synchronization, semaphores, POSIX IPC, connectin-oriented and connectionless communication, and more.
          • Extensive code examples and projects—Includes many realistic examples to illuminate current UNIX programming best practices.
          • Detailed projects—Walks students through several case study projects, including virtual timers, producer-consumer synchronization, Web redirection, Internet radio, and many others.
          Features
          • A strategic management model runs throughout the first 10 chapters as a unifying concept.
          • Corporate governance is examined in terms of the roles, responsibilities, and interactions of top management and the board of directors.
          • Social responsibilities and managerial ethics are examined in detail in terms of how they affect strategic decision making.
          • Equal emphasis is placed on environmental scanning of the societal environment as well as on the task environment.
          • Core and distinctive competencies are examined within the framework of the resource-based view of the firm.
          • Internal and external strategic factors are emphasized through the use of specially-designed EFAS, IFAS, and SFAS tables.
          • Two chapters deal with issues in strategy implementation.
          • A separate chapter on evaluation and control explains the importance of measurement and incentives to organizational performance.
          • The strategic audit, a way to operationalize the strategic decision-making process, provides a tested methodology in case analysis.
          • Suggestions for in-depth case analysis provide a complete listing of financial ratios, recommendations for oral and written analysis, and ideas for further research.
          • Projections for the 21st Century end each chapter by forecasting what the world will be like in 2010.
          • An experiential exercise focusing on the material covered in each chapter helps the reader to apply strategic concepts to an actual situation.
          • A list of key terms and the pages in which they are discussed enable the reader to keep track of important concepts as they are introduced in each chapter.
          • Timely, well-researched, and class-tested cases deal with interesting companies and industries.
          • NEW—five new cases-dealing with contemporary issues and industries.
          • NEW—eight updated cases.
          • NEW—internet research mini-cases.
          Features
          • NEW - Code Highlighting Style—This new style emphasizes key portions of the source-code listings in our text using a yellow background highlight.
          • NEW - The presentation of inheritance and polymorphism has been enhanced.
          • NEW - All flowcharts have been replaced with UML activity diagrams.
          • NEW - Class hierarchy diagrams have been replaced with UML class diagrams.
          • NEW - Coverage of JDBC, servlets, and JSP is now included.
          • NEW - Red text—Used to point out intentional errors and problematic areas in programs.
          • NEW - CD-ROM with every text—Includes Java™ Software Development Kit Standard Edition Version 1.4.1 for Windows and Linux (Intel x86), SunOne Studio 4, Community Edition for all platforms, Source code for all the book's examples, and Hyperlinks to valuable Java demos and Internet resources.
          • Signature Live-Code™ Approach—With hundreds of complete working programs and thousands of lines of code; hundreds of valuable programming tips; an extensive set of interesting exercises and substantial projects; and more.
          • Features
            • Based on the current trends in general knowledge questions set by the UPSC, SSC, Banking Services and Railway Recruitment Boards, central and state recruitment bodies, and other competitive examinations.
            • Includes sample practice exercises for each subject area and a full-fledged question bank for practice.
            • Up-to-date national and international Current Affairs section.
            Features
            • Comprehensive coverage of Qt programming—The first book to provide systematic, insider-level coverage of programming with the latest and most sophisticated version of the Qt toolkit: Qt3.
            • Incremental, step-by-step coverage—Starts with “Hello Qt,” and incrementally moves on to more advanced topics such as custom widgets and drag-and-drop.
            • QT signals and slots mechanisms—Thoroughly explains Qts innovative “signals and slots” mechanism for inter-object communication.
            • Best practice “idiomatic” programming techniques—Provides real-world insight, not just a rehash or summary of the online documentation.
            • Extensive enterprise-oriented coverage—Covers Qt 3 database development, networking, XML, internationalization, and other advanced topics.
            • By insiders at Trolltech, creators of Qt—Authored by experts who actually develop and document Qt for Trolltech.
            • CD-ROM containing a complete Qt 3.x programming toolkit—CD-ROM contains Qt 3.2 non-commercial for Windows, Borland C++ 5.5 non-commercial edition, Borland C++ 6.0 trial edition, Qt 3.2 free editions for Unix/Linux and Mac OS X, MySQL/Embedded database, and all code examples from the book.
            Features
            • Hundreds of examples
            • Includes coverage of Oracle 10g
            • No Oracle PL/SQL experience necessary!
            • Real-life labs
            • Hundreds of questions and answers
            • Totally integrated with a FREE, state-of-the-art Oracle 10G learning Web site!
            • "Test Your Thinking" project solutions and detailed explanations
            • Additional self-review exercises with instant feedback and explanations
            • An exclusive Virtual Study Lounge where you can interact with other students!
            Features
            • NEW - More than twice as many pages of tips and tricks as the First Edition.
            • NEW - Completely new chapter on specialized digital filters.
            • NEW - Two new chapters on quadrature signals, with 3D drawings not found in other texts.
            • Intuitive, down-to-earth, and rich in well-chosen numerical examples—Written in a style that students have praised for its exceptional clarity and accessibility.
            • Practical focus—Stresses the practical aspects of signal processing, avoiding unnecessary mathematical coverage that is hard for beginners to digest.
            • Comprehensive coverage of DSP concepts and techniques—Gives students a thorough grasp of the basics and the foundation they need to master more sophisticated DSP concepts and applications.
            Features
            An improvement upon Verilog and VHDL, e gives engineers the speed and efficiency to vastly improve the quality of design verification.
            • The latest HVL, e, gives engineers improved speed and accuracy in the all important verification processes.
            • Over 300 illustrations, examples, and exercises.
            • Palnitkar is recognized as one of the innovators and experts in this field.
            Features
            A long awaited revision of the definitive guide to Open GL, the defacto standard for all developers creating graphics applications
            • Fully updated for OpenGL Versions 1.3 and 1.4, with many new example programs and color slides
            • Introduces the new shading technologies, including the ARB vertex and fragment program extension
            • Written under the auspices of the OpenGL Architectural Review Board; the previous edition alone has sold more than 40,000 copies
            Features
            Learn CCNP BCMSN 642-811 network switching concepts with the only early stage book based on the course and authorized by Cisco Systems
            • Master BCMSN 642-811 concepts with the book based on the course from Cisco Systems.
            • Learn switching concepts from the only early-stage self-study book authorized by Cisco.
            • Prepare for your CCNP and CCDP certifications with the second edition of the best-selling early stage book for BCMSN.
            • Text developed from an exclusive access to course from Cisco Systems.
            • NEW - Content based on new course and exam.
            • Scenarios and case studies.
            • Review questions in each chapter.
            Features
            The official self-study guide for the new CCDA 640-861 DESGN exam.
            • Review topics in the CCDA 640-861 DESGN exam for comprehensive exam readiness.
            • Prepare with proven study tools like foundation summaries, and pre- and post-chapter quizzes to ensure mastery of the subject matter.
            • Get into test-taking mode with a CD-ROM testing engine containing over 200 questions that measure testing readiness and provide feedback on areas requiring further study.
            • Modular Chapter Organization.
            • Simulation Based Questions.
            • CD-ROM Testing Engine and Chapter-ending quizzes.
            • Hands-on Lab Exercises.
            • Aligned to Cisco Certification exam objectives.
            • Only Cisco Systems authorized materials of its kind.
            Features
            • Comprehensive coverage of topics
            • Lucid and thorough approach
            • Solved numerical problems and practice questions
            • Written from the university examination point of view
            • Encourages readers to be active participants in the learning process
            • Allows a smooth transition for fresh (10+2) students into engineering and science streams
            Students studying a course in electrical, electronics and telecommunications and computers will find this textbook useful. It will also serve the requirements of practising engineers as a reference book.Features
            • Gradual introduction of pointers with consistent emphasis on the connection between problem solving skills and effective software development.
            • Early coverage of functions, logical operators, and operators with side effects.
            • “On to C++” Chapter 15 provides an introduction to the C++ programming language.
            • A glossary of important computing terms provides quick access for readers.
            • Revised index to make the book more useful as a reference manual.
            • Revised and expanded material on strings.
            • Type casting is now covered early.
            • New case study on solar heating.
            • Additional end-of-chapter exercises, covering new topics.
            Features
            • Based on recent trends in the UPSC Civil Services Preliminary Examinations]
            • Clear, exhaustive and scientifically prepared text
            • MCQs based on the study of examination patterns over the last 12 years
            • A set of MCQs at the end of each section
            • Solved question papers of the last five years
            • Question bank for practice
            • Latest national and international current affairs
            • A number of illustrations to support the concepts explained
            • More than 1500 boxed items providing cutting- edge information on each subject
            Features
            • Written by SharePoint consultants who have been using the 2003 version in enterprise-wide solutions.
            • Provides SharePoint users and administrators the most complete reference available on the market.
            • Includes integration information for LotusNotes, SAP, Oracle, and PeopleSoft.
            • Major corporations including General Mills, Compaq, HR Block, and Delphi use SharePoint.
            Features
            The practical tutorial to JavaServer -- now fully updated and revised to cover the latest JSP 2.0 specification!
            • Explains how non-programmers can create dynamic Web sites
            • Covers related topics such as Servlets, JSTL, Jakarta Struts, and more!
            • Includes a valuable CD-ROM with Tomcat, useful libraries such as the standard tag library and Struts, all the code examples from the book and several utilities from Canetoad Software
            • Over 12,000 units sold of the previous edition
            Features
            Leverage the quality and productivity benefits of patterns -- without the complexity!
            • The first beginner's guide to succeeding with design patterns.
            • Practical object-oriented design techniques and example Java code.
            • Read this before you read "The Gang of Four"!
            Features
            Learn the security concepts on the new CCSP CSIDS exam with the only Cisco authorized self-study guide
            • Master intrusion detection and other security procedures while learning CSIDS concepts with the only Cisco authorized self-study guide
            • Understand CSIDS topics with the next edition of the No. 1 selling CSIDS book from the last exam version
            • Complement instructor-led learning with materials developed in conjunction with Cisco Systems
            Features
            • Up-to-date, comprehensive and “all purpose” in approach.
            • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding.
            • Based on current trends in various examinations.
            • Up-to-date national and international current affairs.
            Features
            • NEW - Greater emphasis on Service and Service Processes. Significant increase in the number of non-manufacturing examples and applications. For example, chapter 2 has a new section on New Service and Product Development, and Chapter 3 introduces the Customer Contact model, which shows the relationship between customer contact and process complexity for front office and back office designs.
            • NEW - Major Emphasis on Processes. This new approach is developed in chapters 1-4, with the concept of a process first being introduced in chapter 1. Chapter 4 is an entirely new chapter on Process Analysis.
            • NEW - Coverage of Value Chains. The concept of processes is extended to the bigger picture of Value Chains. Parts 3 and 4 of the text cover the design and operation of Value Chains.
            Features
            • First genomics textbook written for students that focuses on the process of doing genomic analysis and thinking from a genomics perspective.
            • Inquiry approach gives students hands-on practice and builds problem-solving skills. Students learn to use databases and how to extract pertinent information.
            • Math Minutes supply brief tutorials that reveal the math behind the biology and illustrate how investigators apply math in solving specific biology problems.
            • Discovery Questions appear throughout each chapter and ask students to consider what is happening in a particular example or case study, thus engaging students in taking a genomic approach to real-world problems.
            • Case studies and real-world examples provide a context for understanding the experiments and results.
            • Integrated multimedia and web resources direct students to a full methods index, relevant web links and animations that allow them to research and analyze real genomics data as they work their way through each chapter. Icons in the text alert students to these media tools.
            Features
            • Strictly as per the JNTU syllabus
            • Solution to Previous Years’ JNTU Question Papers
            • Emphasis on frequency domain design methods using Root Locus Technique, Bode/Polar/Nyquist Plot
            • Computer-aided learning environment – thoroughly tested MATLAB programs of problems with output
            • Appendix on MATLAB fundamentals
            • Solved numerical problems, short answer questions, multiple choice questions and practice problems with answers
            Features
            • A curtain raiser on various MBA entrance examinations in the beginning of the book to guide the students
            • More that 5000 solved problems to develop problem solving skills
            • Plenty of short cut methods covering each and every kind of questions asked in competitive exams. Every short cut method explained with the help of illustrative examples.
            • Model Test Papers based on different MBA entrance examinations provided at the end
            • Practice exercises covering all the topics in each chapter provided at the end for self-assessment.
            • Large number of problems asked in competitive exams included in every chapter with explanatory answers
            Features
            The complete guide to identifying, measuring, promoting and applying creativity!
            1. Teaches readers to understand and make use of all four forms of creativity: intuition, innovation, imagination and inspirational leadership.
            2. Strategic advice for executives on how to lead an organization towards greater creativity.
            3. Includes the author's systematic test for measuring creativity: the Creative Potential Profile.
            Features
            Discover the attributes of the 25 greatest business leaders and how they can enhance your own leadership.
            • NBR - America's leading TV business show - celebrates its 25th season this October and will promote the book.
            • Organized thematically, leaders describe a major challenge in their business lives and how they dealt with it.
            • The focus: actionable insights you can use to deepen your influence and grow your career.
            Features
            Thorough structured tutorial presenting the C++ language in 21 easy-to-use lessons
            • Over 250,000 readers have learned C++ from author Jesse Liberty.
            • C++ is still the preferred language for millions of developers, including game programmers and application developers.
            • The fifth edition of this international best seller includes updated material for the Standard Template Library.
            • All examples tested against current commercially available C++ compilers.
            Features
            • More than 5000 solved problems
            • Contains short-cut methods covering each type of question asked in AIEEE
            • Practice exercises covering all topics provided at the end of each chapter for self- assessment
            • Problems asked in previous years’ AIEEEs included in every chapter with explanations
            • Smart table that analyses the number of questions asked from various topics during 2001–2004 in AIEEEs
            Features
            • Flexible organization – Organized to fit completely into a single-semester, 4-credit course; with some trimming as suggested in the syllabus table, it easily adapts for a 3- credit course.
            • Introduction of electrostatics and magnetostatics (after short introductory chapters on vector analysis) before proceeding to the dynamic case involving waves, transmission lines and antennas, emphasizing foundational principles while demonstrating their utility and scope through carefully framed examples and exercises.
            • Technology Briefs–two-page long, self-contained overview presentations of:
            • Global Positioning System
            • X-Ray Computed Tomography
            • Resistive Sensors
            • Capacitive Sensors
            • Non-Contact Sensors
            • Electromagnets And Reed Switches
            • Magnetic Recording
            • Inductive Sensors
            • EMF Sensors
            • Liquid Crystal Display
            • Microwave Oven
            • Lasers
            • Bar Code Readers
            • Communication Satellite
            • Radar Sensors
            • Interactive CD-ROM accompanying the book – Helps convey the workings of a dynamic phenomenon static tools like figures and illustrations; an excellent self-study resource. – The text contains 104 exercises, each posing a question, followed by an abbreviated answer. If the student wishes to verify that the solution for a particular exercise is correct, it can be done by looking up the solution for that exercise through the CD-ROM menu entry called Exercises (labeled “E”). – Interactive Modules (labeled “M”) are designed to help students work through the solution of a multistep problem in a step-by-step fashion. In some modules, video animations are used to demonstrate the dynamic nature of the solution. – The CD contains 79 demonstration (labeled “D”) exercises that utilize spatial displays of field distributions or temporal plots of certain quantities to convey the dynamic nature of EM fields and the roles of key parameters. D – Under the section entitled “Solved Problems (P),” the CD-ROM contains complete solutions for 86 problems. Half of these problems were selected from among the end-of-chapter problems appearing in the book, and are identified by the CD symbol next to the problem statement. The other 43 are extra problem examples; their problem statements and complete solutions are available in the CD-ROM.
            Features
            • Approximately 2000 problems–These problems span the range from computational problems to applied and conceptual problems. There are over 300 new qualitative problems in this edition.
            • NEW - Emphasis on the intersection of technology and ODEs–Recognizes the need to instruct students in the new methods of computing differential equations.
            • NEW - 300 new computer-generated graphics–Show vivid pictures of slope fields, solution curves, and phase plane portraits.
            • NEW - Extensive expansion of qualitative solutions to the problem sets.
            • NEW - Fresh numerical methods emphasis–Made possible by the early introduction of numerical solution techniques, mathematical modeling, stability and qualitative properties of differential equations. The text includes generic numerical algorithms that can be implemented in various technologies.
            • NEW - Application Modules–Follow key sections throughout the text; while many involve computational investigations, they are written in a technology-neutral manner. Technology-specific systems modules are available in the accompanying Applications Manual.
            • NEW - Leaner and more streamlined coverage–Shaped by the availability of computational aids.
            • Unusually flexible treatment of linear systems–Covers in Chapters 4 and 5 the necessary linear algebra followed by a substantial treatment of nonlinear systems and phenomena in Chapter 6. The use of matrix exponential methods plays an enhanced role in this edition.
            • Accompanying 350-page Applications Manual–Provides detailed coverage of Maple, Mathematica, and MATLAB and is free when shrink-wrapped with text.
            • Very Robust DE Website–Presents text projects in the form of interactive Maple, Mathematica, and MATLAB notebooks and worksheets.
            Features
            • Basic engineering ideas—Explains modes of analysis, synthesis, and design.
            • Integration of simulation and web-based materials.
            • A substantial, easily-read introduction to the field of bioengineering.
            • Descriptive and example/problem-based chapters.
            • Companion website (www.prenhall.com/domach).
            Features
            • NEW - Seven new case studies—Includes:
            • NEW - Revised appendix on “Analyzing a Case Study,” a new appendix on “Writing a Case Study,” and a new appendix on “Documentation.”
            • NEW - Key issues in Chapter 6 include:
            • NEW - A completely new chapter devoted to technology.
            • NEW - New writing and speaking assignment in each chapter.
            • NEW - Revised to reflect changes in business and society since 9/11.
            • A forward-thinking perspective—Discusses the fact that all communication processes in successful businesses of the new century will be fully integrated.
            • Unique chapters not found in other texts—e.g., “Communication Ethics”; “Communicating in Intercultural and International Contexts”; “Business Meetings That Work”; “Conflict Management”; and “Management Communication in Transition.”
            • More than 30 original case studies—Focuses on every subject in the book.
            • A fun-to-read, journalistic writing style—Compares to reading the current edition of Fast Company, Business Week, or The Wall Street Journal.
            • Integrated Ethics and Decision Making Philosophy.
            • An important chapter on dealing with the news media—Examines the often tenuous but unavoidable relationship that business organizations and their managers have with the news media.
            Features
            Unbeatable formula for learning C++: Easy-to-understand chapters, well-crafted examples, and a C++ compiler to test the examples.
            • Over 250,000 readers have learned C++ from Jesse Liberty.
            • This book continues its tradition of teaching the basics of C++ programming and design using the proven Sams Teach Yourself in 24 Hours format.
            • The fourth edition of this international best seller includes updated material for the Standard Template Library.
            • Examples are relevant to today's C++ programmer.
            Features
            Provides a quick reference guide that will appeal to new users and experienced administrators of SharePoint Portal Services.
            • First quick reference book for SharePoint 2003
            • Offers easy access to instructions for performing the most common tasks in SharePoint as well as providing answers to the most commonly asked questions.
            • Written by two of the authors from the bestselling SharePoint 2003 Unleashed.
            • Companies using SharePoint include, General Mills, Compaq, Homeland Security, L'Oreal
            Features
            A new take on DB2 -- Both comprehensive yet elementary, with detailed advice and illustrations every step of the way!
            • Clear and simple tutorial style utilizing real-world examples
            • The "beginners' guide" -- unique coverage not before offered on DB2
            • DB2 Express coverage and coverage on full enterprise edition -- just out -- version 8.2
            Features
            • Comprehensive presentation of the basics - Educates programmers on the three essential areas of architecture (processors, memories, and I/O systems), and helps them to improve program efficiency by understanding the consequences of programming choices and allowing them to pinpoint sources of bugs.
            • Conceptual focus - Approaches the material from a programmer s point of view.
            • Comprehensive coverage of data representation - Emphasizes essential programming concepts such as two s-compliment arithmetic and ranges of integer values.
            • Advanced material - Includes high-level topics like parallelism, pipelining, and performance.
            • Lab exercises - Provides exercises appropriate for a hands-on lab, including using a solderless breadboard, clocks and demultiplexing, and hex dump programs in both C and assembly language.
            • Accompanying website Features class presentation materials, text and lab exercises, and submissions from fellow instructors.
            Features
            • NEW - Simulation of Communications Systems—Includes new material on simulation beta distribution, negative binomial distribution and non-stationary processes.
            • NEW - Discussion of subset selection methods—Used for output analysis of several alternatives.
            • NEW - Companion Website—Includes software downloads, links and Power Point Lecture Slides.
            • Numerous solved examples—Enhances understanding of concepts.
            • An abundance of figures, tables and end-chapter exercises.
            • Text-specific, integrated website—Extends text material.
            • Application topics—Promotes understanding of real-world uses.
            • Interpretation of simulation software output—Explains how to use software tools correctly.
            • Discussion of simple tools for complex input modeling problems—Develops more realistic valid models.
            Features
            IBM's comprehensive DB2 Universal Database V8 certification guide -- the first book to cover the newest IBM DB2 Certification exams!
            • Authoritative, start-to-finish DB2 certification prep, direct from IBM that includes hundreds of tips, techniques, shortcuts, and proven guidelines for DB2 administrators and developers.
            • Part of the IBM DB2 series and written by best-selling authors Baklarz and Wong.
            • The CD-ROM includes a complete DB2 trial version plus bonus exam study questions!
            Features
            • Concepts supported with more than 500 solved programs and numerous exercises.
            • Step-by-step programming procedures.
            • Real-time solved examples and problems.
            • All programs explained in detail with output.
            • Multiple-choice questions provided at the end of each chapter to quickly follow the concepts.
            Features
            • NEW—Incorporated and expanded coverage of topics such as empowerment, team leadership, ethical issues, gender differences in leadership, cross-cultural leadership, and managing diversity.
            • NEW—Number of chapters is reduced by 4 - Provides students with a more focused text by integrating related topics, reducing the total number of chapters from 19 to 15.
            • NEW—New chapter 14 added - Provides students with expanded coverage of ethical issues, gender differences in leadership, cross-cultural leadership, and managing diversity.
            • NEW—Increased coverage of various topics.
            • NEW—Chapter learning objectives and key word lists are added.
            • Cases at the end of each chapter provide an opportunity to apply the concepts to real events.
            Features
            Character Counts: Good values, doing the right thing, can be the #1 competitive advantage!
            • An antidote to years of corporate scandal, greed and bad behavior.
            • A star to steer by: Follow a moral compass to success: Nice guys don't finish last.
            • By a self-made billionaire who has done well by doing good.
            • Foreword by Larry King. Afterword by Neil Cavuto.
            Features
            • A smart, simple and effective guidebook to getting on at work, whilst being able to sleep at night
            • Offers competitive advantage and personal development skills with a real edge, and yet without the distasteful association of Sin to Win etc.
            • Written in a light, entertaining style that makes it easy to dip into, accessible and informative. A practical book with lots of good advice, examples, and workable tips and hints
            • Comes with a bound-in card at the back listing the ten Rules of Work for quick reference
            • This is the book to do for your career prospects what The Rules did for a whole generation of women looking to find a man!
            Features
            The official self-study test preparation guide for the CCIE Routing and Switching written exam
            • CCIE Routing and Switching exam is the most popular CCIE exam track - the candidate now has a new edition of the best-selling series to prepare for the exam
            • New edition aligns with all the topics covered in the CCIE Routing and Switching written exam
            • More challenging exam questions included to match the difficulty of the actual exam
            About the Authors
            Wendell Odom, CCIE No. 1624, is a senior instructor with Skyline Advanced Technology Services (www.skyline-ats.com), where he teaches the QOS, CCIE, and CCNA® courses. Wendell has worked in the networking arena for 20 years, with jobs in pre- and post-sales technical consulting, teaching, and course development. Jim Geier is the founder of Wireless-Nets, Ltd., and the company’s principal consultant. Jim provides expert analysis, design, and planning dealing with the development and deployment of wireless LANs. Naren Mehta, CCIE No. 9797, has more than eight years of technical instruction experience. He is responsible for designing and delivering Cisco certification preparation courses, with a focus on the CCIE Routing and Switching and Security written and lab exams. Features
            • Modeling in the Real World boxes help students apply the steps of the quantitative analysis approach to every technique discussed in the book. Many of these have been updated to include new examples of how real companies have benefited from the modeling approach.
            • Solved Problems, included at the end of chapters, serve as models for students in solving their own homework problems. Several new problems have been added.
            • Problems included in every chapter are applications-oriented and test the student's ability to solve exam-type problems. These are graded by level of difficulty: introduc- tory (one bullet), moderate (two bullets), and challenging (three bullets). Over 120 new problems have been added.
            • Internet Homework Problems are now available. This feature is new in this edition. Approximately 90 additional problems are available on the companion Web site.
            • Case Studies, at the end of each chapter, provide additional challenging managerial applications. Several new cases have been added, and additional case studies are avail- able on our companion Web site.
            • CD-ROM Modules provide additional coverage of topics in quantitative analysis.
            • Companion Web site at www.prenhall.com/render provides additional problems, cases, and other material for almost every chapter.
            • Glossaries, at the end of each chapter, define important terms.
            About the Authors
            Barry Render is the Charles Harwood Distinguished Professor of Management Science at the Roy E. Crummer Graduate School of Business at Rollins College in Winter Park, Florida. He received his M.S. in Operations Research and his Ph.D. in Quantitative Analysis at the University of Cincinnati. Ralph Stair has been Professor of Management Science at Florida State University for twenty years and is now entering its phased retirement program. He received a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Purdue University and an ~A from Tulane University. Under the guidance of Ken Ramsing and Alan Eliason, he received his Ph.D. in operations man- agement from the University of Oregon. Michael E. Hanna is Professor of Decision Sciences at the University of Houston-Clear Lake (UHCL). He has a B.A. in Economics, an M.S. in Mathematics, and a Ph.D. in Operations Research from Texas Tech University. For over twenty years, he has been teaching courses in statistics, management science, forecasting, and other quantitative methods. His dedication to teaching has been recognized with the Beta Alpha Psi teaching award in 1995.Features
            • Around 14,000 MCQs with answer keys sorted to simulate a test-paper pattern
            • More than 3,000 questions on science and technology
            • Each subject is dealt with using a number of 50-question test-sets to facilitate effective assessment and learning
            • Different types of questions, such as Assertion-Reasoning (AR), Match-the-Columns, and Pictures and Maps, dealt with in separate groupings
            • Topic-wise arrangement of questions to systematically equip the student in every subject area
            • Further invaluable tools available to readers who register online
            Features
            • Brief review at the beginning of each chapter that discusses concepts and definitions to enable students to easily grasp the subject matter
            • Short cuts, cautions and points to note for each chapter
            • More than 5,000 solved problems, including typical problems and problems based on passages
            • Covers all five categories of questions asked in the examination
              • Questions that feature more than one correct answer
              • One-answer-correct questions
              • Over 200 match-the-following type questions
              • Subjective questions having numerical answers
              • Questions based on passages
            • More than 4,000 questions for practice, with answers and hints
            • Questions based on assertion-reasoning
            • Self tests at the end of each section
            • More than 250 passages and questions based on them
            • 10 model test papers with complete explanations
            Features
            • Explanation of concepts and their applications given at the beginning of each chapter to facilitate understanding
            • More than 5,000 solved problems to support the concepts explained
            • More than 10,000 practice questions given in the exercises. These include the previous years’ questions
            • Shortcuts, Key Points to Remember, and Caution enhance and sharpen problem-solving skills
            Features
            • Prepared by experienced and highly qualified professionals, including IIT/IIM graduates of Triumphant Institute of Management Education Pvt. Ltd. which (operating under the name T.I.M.E.) is the leader in training students for CAT and other MBA entrance exams.
            • Product of 14 years of excellence in training students for competitive exams.
            • Based on actual papers of various competitive exams.
            • Every topic is covered in a comprehensive manner by first introducing the topic in a lucid manner with a large number of illustrative examples.
            • Each topic contains three practice exercises, which have been arranged in increasing order of level of difficulty – easy, medium and difficult – which will help the student increase his ability in a gradual manner.
            • Over 300+ solved examples and 3400+ questions for practice.
            • 10 high quality practice test papers reflecting the recent CAT papers
            Features
            • Incorporates synthesis and biological properties of recently approved drugs.
            • Covers recent topics including COX-2 inhibitors, atypical anti-psychotic agents, anti-HIV agents, drugs for Alzheimer’s
            • disease, angiotension II antagonist, proton pump inhibitors, and fluoroquinolone.
            • Chapters are equipped with descriptive and multiple-choice questions to help students in preparing for competitive examinations like GATE.
            • Each chapter begins with a brief introduction to the disease, drugs classification, detailed subsections on different classes that include mechanism of action, drug synthesis, therapeutic uses, and structure-activity relationships, among others.
            Features
            • Supply chain metrics
            • New-ERP coverage
            • New vendor-managed inventory and organizational implications of supply chain management
            • Production lead time/demand lead time ratio
            • New methods of evaluating inventory
            • Performance metrics, lean production, and poke-yoke
            • New quality control tools
            • Coverage of first in, first out (FIFO); last in, first out (LIFO): average cost: and standard cost
            About the Authors
            J.R. Tony Arnold, PE, CFPIM, CIRM, Professor Emeritus, Fleming College. Tony is a retired Professor of Business Administration at Fleming College of Applied Arts and Technology. He was Founding Coordinator of the Materials Management program, responsible for program and course design and development. Tony worked for 16 years in various positions in industry before joining academia. His experience included production planning and control; industrial, manufacturing and sales engineering; plant supervision in manufacturing. Tony has designed courses and courseware used for both post-secondary students and people in the workforce. These are based on both his theoretical and practical experience in all aspects of manufacturing, including manufacturing planning and control and inventory management. Tony is a Professional Engineer and has an MBA. He is certified at the Fellow level by the American Production and Inventory Control Society, and a senior member of the Institute of Industrial Engineers.Features
            Create web pages and learn to use the newest version of Dreamweaver 8 through 24 one-hour lessons on key features
            • Master the use of Dreamweaver 8, the leading tool for professional web developers and designers creating sophisticated websites
            • Learn from author Betsy Bruce, an authorized Macromedia trainer who has taught Dreamweaver to thousands
            • Update your knowledge on all the new features and changes in the latest version of Dreamweaver 8
            Features
            A best-selling Flash tutorial, revised to teach the latest version of Macromedia Flash 8 through 24 one-hour lessons
            • Master the use of Flash 8 to create visually stunning graphics for websites
            • Follow 24 one-hour lessons that teach you the fundamental skills of Flash
            • Phillip Kerman is a well-known trainer, writer, and developer with years of experience teaching Flash
            • Update your knowledge on all the new features and changes in the latest version of Flash 8
            Features
            • Technology Expert's View from the Trenches”–Each chapter has one or two technology experts sharing their views about specific issues pertinent to the chapter.
            • “Technology Tidbits”–Each chapter has a 1-2 paragraph summary about cool, cutting- edge technology of which the average person is unaware.
            • End-of Chapter Discussion Questions–Assesses the reader's knowledge of the material covered, offers additional opportunities to apply the chapter's concepts and generate additional insights about them.
            About the Authors
            Jakki Mohr (Ph.D. 1989, University of Wisconsin, Madison) is the Ron and Judy Paige Faculty Fellow and Professor of Marketing at the University of Montana-Missoula. Prior to joining the University of Montana in the fall of 1997, Dr. Mohr was an assistant professor at the University of Colorado, Boulder (1989-1997), where she earned both the Frascona Teaching Excellence Award (1992) and the Susan Wright Research Award (1995). Sanjit Sengupta (Ph.D. 1990, University of California, Berkeley) is Professor and Chair of the Marketing Department at San Francisco State University. He teaches courses in Strategic Marketing, Business-to-Business Marketing, and e-Business Marketing Strategy. Stanley Slater (Ph.D. 1988, University of Washington) is a Professor of Marketing at Colorado State University. From 1996 to 2002, he was a Professor and the Director of the Business Administration Program at the University of Washington's Bothell Campus where he was instrumental in launching an MBA Program designed specifically for professionals in technology-oriented businesses. Features
            Definitive book on hardware upgrading and repair, found on desktops of more PC hardware professionals than any other.
            • Runaway best-selling PC hardware book of all time and one of the best-selling computer books ever with more than two million copies sold.
            • Fully up to date with the latest hardware and technology improvements
            • DVD includes hours of high-quality brand new how-to video
            Features
            • New examples and problem sets
            • Section on building blocks that provides various rules of English grammar, and word lists
            • Over 8,000 multiple-choice questions for practice
            • Scientifically designed and structured time-bound exercises called Speed Maximizer Sectors (SMSs) to boost preparation level
            • Vocabulary and English-usage tests, reading comprehension tests and composite tests
            • More than 50 solved full-length test papers
            Features
            • The book is a single authoritative resource for anyone who wants to work with this extraordinary environment.
            • The book offers an introduction and overview of Tcl and Tk and then presents detailed instructions for script writing in Tcl and working with the Tk toolkit.
            • The book also has information on Tk's novel and powerful facility for linking applications.
            • Many other features are also described, such as Tk's hypertext and hypergraphics widgets and Tcl's facilities for procedures, list management, and subprocess execution.
            • The book tells how to produce far more powerful X Windows System applications in a fraction of the time that used to be required.
            Features
            Learn basic networking concepts with the Cisco authorized self-study book based on the CCNA® INTRO 640-821 course.
            • Understand introductory networking concepts with the book based on the CCNA Introduction to Networking course from Cisco Systems.
            • Learn from the author of the best-selling author for CCNA early-stage learning books, Steven McQuerry.
            • Prepare for the CCNA 640-801 and the INTRO 640-821 exams.
            • Text developed from an exclusive access to course from Cisco Systems.
            • NEW - Content based on new course and exam.
            • Scenarios and case studies.
            • Review questions in each chapter.
            Features
            • Easy to understand and remember
            • Uses flowcharts and tables to add to conceptual clarity
            • Includes a new chapter on the interpretation of taxing statutes to illustrate the rules generally followed by courts in interpreting direct tax laws
            • Presents judicial milestones in an interesting and reader-friendly manner in landmark judgments
            • Contains numerous examples that illustrate specific points of law in a simple manner
            • Includes a number of exercises that provide a thorough overview of the laws discussed in various chapters
            • Contains solved problems from various professional examinations in examination review
            • Includes latest judicial pronouncements
            • A new chapter, Assessment of Fringe Benefits, has been introduced
            • Prospective amendments, operative from the assessment year 2007–2008, have been highlighted and explained
            Features
            The most up-to-date and targeted study material for the Cisco Certified Network Associate CCNA 640-801 certification!
            • Learn the newest exam changes to the 640-801 CCNA exam
            • Prepare for exam success with exam strategies, practice exams, and lab exercises
            • Drill with proven Exam Cram tools like the "Cram Sheet" for last minute review and the CD-ROM testing engine
            About the Authors
            Mike Valentine and Andrew Whitaker both have CCNA and CCNP certifications, plus other certifications from Cisco and Microsoft. They are both trainers at The Training Camp, a large, well-known boot camp for IT certification training. Mike is a network consultant and contractor with The Training Camp responsible for the development and delivery of accelerated training for CCNA, CCDA, and CCNP courses. Andrew teaches CCNA/DA/NP, CEH, and A+/Net+ boot camps and develops curriculum for Cisco and Comptia courses.Features
            For busy professionals--users who have mastered the basics of Flash but need help with more advanced topics.
            • A must-have for graphic designers, Web animators, game programmers, and interface designers
            • Approach emphasizes methodology and problem-solving with three primary sections: animation, navigation, and interactivity
            • Covers all of the new features of Flash 8
            About the Authors
            Russell Chun is a medical illustrator, writer, and teacher. He’s the author of this book’s previous editions, including Macromedia Flash MX 2004 for Windows and Macintosh: Visual QuickPro Guide. He develops instructional media for Benjamin Cummings, an educational science publisher. He has written numerous magazine articles on Flash, and he teaches Flash at the Graduate School of Journalism at the University of California at Berkeley. Paul Robertson develops web applications and writes and teaches workshops on Flash and web development for Indiana University. He is a Macromedia Certified Flash Developer and holds a Master's degree in Instructional Systems Technology. Features
            • Discussion of a range of web based approaches for collecting data
            • Internet addresses for selected on-line Government datasets from throughout the world
            • Advice on undertaking research in international settings
            • Section on presenting research findings orally
            • New case studies with discussion questions
            • Additional international worked examples and diagrams
            • Application of appropriate information technology integral part of text
            • Wide variety of worked examples from across business and management
            • Self check questions with answers for each chapter
            • Help with progressing the student’s research project
            • Case studies with discussion questions
            Features
            • Management Workshop— Step-by-step instructions at the end of each chapter guide students through practical skills exercises
            • NEW: In-text Self-Assessments— allow students to assess their knowledge, beliefs, feelings, and actions with regard to a wide range of personal skills, abilities, and interests.
            • NEW: Pre- and Post-Tests allow you to assess students' comprehension of topics covered in the text.
            • NEW: Enhancing Your Skill in Ethical Decision Making A the end of each section students are put in the role of a manager making decisions about current ethical issues.
            • NEW: Diversity Perspectivest the end of each section students are put the role of a manager making decisions about managing a changing workforce.
            Features
            • A great “capstone” marketing course—Integrates financial and marketing skills.
            • Dramatic changes in pricing caused by the Internet revolution reflected—Implications of pricing in e-commerce integrated throughout.
            • NEW - New chapter on “pricing through channels of distribution.”
            • NEW - Totally revised chapters on price competition and price negotiation.
            • NEW - Expanded and revised chapter on “managing value perceptions and price expectations.”
            • NEW - More, current examples—Particularly relating to e-commerce.
            • NEW - Updated, practical guide to legal limitations—Written by a leading antitrust attorney (Eugene F. Zelek, Jr.).
            • A conceptual/how-to approach—Covers the theory of pricing and contains step-by-step formulas and procedures that show students how to analyze a pricing problem and formulate a pricing strategy.
            • An integrated procedure for pricing—That is consistent with the economics, but that also incorporates the psychological aspects of price sensitivity and the recognition that managers must make decisions with incomplete information.
            • Numerous walk-through examples.
            Features
            Timely new edition of the best-selling introductory book to Java for experienced programmers, completely updated for J2SE 1.5.
            • A timely seventh edition of one of the best-selling Java books of all time
            • Great code examples, comprehensive coverage, and clear explanations -- the book that MADE The Core Series
            • Pre-promotion at JavaOne in June, and well-timed with the J2SE 1.5 release
            Features
            • New concepts such as personality communication and alternate communication
            • New application areas like written analysis of cases and project reports
            • New section on language skills for business communication
            Features
            • NEW - Chapter 12, Counseling and Technology —Examines the increasing impact of technology upon the counselor's work.
            • NEW - Expanded Chapter 8, Counseling for Career Planning and Decision Making —Presents theories and practices in the discipline.
            • NEW - Interweaving of multicultural topics—In addition to a dedicated chapter on multicultural counseling.
            • NEW - “Typical Workday” descriptions throughout the narrative—Submitted by real counselors, and including the workday of counselors in other countries.
            • Numerous instructional aids in each chapter—Discussion questions, class activities, suggested readings, and research abstracts.
            Features
            • NEW - New chapters on computer security, multimedia operating systems, and multiple processor systems.
            • NEW - Extensive coverage of Linux, UNIX ®, and Windows 2000TM as examples.
            • NEW - Now includes coverage of graphical user interfaces, multiprocessor operating systems, trusted systems, viruses, network terminals, CD-ROM file systems, power management on laptops, RAID, soft timer stable storage, fair-share scheduling, three-level scheduling, and new paging algorithms.
            • NEW - Most chapters have a new section on current research on the chapter's topic.
            • NEW - Focus on single-processor computer systems.
            • NEW - Over 200 references to books and papers published since the first edition.
            • NEW - The Web site for this book contains PowerPoint slides, simulators, figures in various formats, and other teaching aids.
            Features
            • Unifying conceptual framework built around the themes of Business, Technology, and Society helps students make sense out of a broad new field of study.
            • Real-world examples in every chapter: opening case study, separate real-world examples for technology, business, and social impact; concluding in-depth chapter-ending case study with probing questions and essay assignments.
            • In-depth coverage of concepts in technology, the Internet, economics, marketing, IS/IT, accounting, privacy, intellectual property, equity, and governance
            About the Authors
            Kenneth C. Laudon has written more than a dozen successful research books and textbooks in computing and information technology. He is also the founder of a successful dot.com and brings several years of executive e-commerce experience to his classes and this book. Ken has taught the e-commerce and Managing the Digital Firm courses for several years at New York University's Stern School of Business, where he is Professor of Information Systems and Technology. Carol Traver is a graduate of Yale Law School, and has co-authored several books on information technology and society. She also has extensive experience in the e-commerce area, both as a senior executive of a leading developer and marketer of e-Learning materials, and as a legal advisor to companies involved in e-commerce.Features
            • Popular visual format offers the fastest, most efficient way to begin creating dynamic Web sites with MySQL and PHP.
            • Fully updated for PHP 5, PHP 6, and MySQL 5.
            • Experienced well-known author/trainer and PHP and MySQL expert.
            Features
            • A South Asian perspective is presented through detailed discussion and studies of the socioeconomic characteristics of urban and rural consumers in India, demographics, sociocultural nuances, and regulatory issues.
            • Detailed discussion of issues in conducting marketing research in India, the limitations of some methodologies of data collection, institutional buying, distribution issues, and the Indian retail scenario.
            • “Holistic marketing” coverage exploring the emerging concept that everything matters: internal marketing, integrated marketing, relationship marketing, and socially responsible marketing.
            • Hundreds of contextually relevant mini-cases and discussions that show marketing in action and concepts in practice at large and small real-world companies.
            • An appendix on rural marketing in India that provides detailed information about issues relating to marketing products to rural consumers.
            About the Authors
            Philip Kotler is the S. C. Johnson & Son Distinguished Professor of International Marketing at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University. Kevin Lane Keller is the E. B. Osborn Professor of Marketing at the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Abraham Koshy is Professor of Marketing at the Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad. Mithileshwar Jha is Professor of Marketing at the Indian Institute of Management Bangalore. About the Authors
            Thomas G. Beckwith is Professor Emeritus at University of Pittsburg. Roy D. Marangoni is also at the University of Pittsburg. John H. Lienhard V is at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.Features
            • Security in the hospitality industry—Provides extensive coverage of security with "Post-9/11 Security” focus boxes in each chapter, written by contributing authors who are experts in the security/terrorism field. Each box relates to corresponding chapter theme.
            • Chapter-length culinary arts coverage.
            • Contributing expert authors for each chapter.
            • Personal Profiles of industry practitioners—Describes the careers of a number of hospitality industry leaders, including Valerie Ferguson (Past chair of The American Hotel & Motel Association and regional vice president of Lowes Hotels); Chef Paul Prudhomme; Robert Mondavi; and many more.
            • Day in the Life Of features—Explores the daily activities of several hospitality professionals, from chefs to cruise directors, and explains the key functions of their jobs.
            • Corporate Profiles —Provides overviews of leading corporations of excellence, including Hyatt Hotels; Outback Steakhouse; Starbucks Coffee Company; Four Seasons Regent Hotels; and many more.
            • Career Information boxes—Gives a description of career opportunities, along with a listing of related websites.
            • Internet exercises—Invites students to explore the Internet to answer specific, relevant hospitality questions.
            • Apply Your Knowledge questions.
            • Chapter objectives at the start of every chapter.
            • Chapters 14-20—Provide an emphasis on hopsitality management topics: leadership and management; planning; organizing; communication and decision making; motivation; control; and hospitality industry technology.
            • Additional learning tools—Include: Chapter Summaries, Review Questions, Case Studies with Discussion Questions, and Suggested Activities.
            Features
            • Expanded coverage of automation fundamentals, numerical control programming, group technology, flexible manufacturing systems, material handling and storage, quality control and inspection, inspection technologies, programmable logic controllers.
            • New chapters or sections on manufacturing systems, single station manufacturing systems, mixed-model assembly line analysis, quality assurance and statistical process control, Taguchi methods, inspection principles and technologies, concurrent engineering, automatic identification and data collection, lean and agile manufacturing.
            • Higher quantitative and engineering content in the text with more equations and example problems.
            • More quantitative problems on more topics: 385 problems in the new edition, 125 more than the 1987 edition.
            • Historical notes describing the development and historical background of many of the automation technologies.
            Features
            • Presents a new, unified notation that incorporates the best ideas from Booch’s notation and other widely-used methods
            • Uses C++, rapidly emerging as a standard programming language for object development, in all programming examples and applications
            • Includes new examples of real-world projects, including a client/server architecture and an application framework
            • Distinguishers between good and bad object oriented analysis and design and shows how to evaluate architectural trade-offs to manage complexity
            • Includes extensive new detail on the process and pragmatics of object-oriented analysis and design
            Features
            • A new chapter 13 on fabrication of microelectronic and micromechanical devices.
            • Expansion of design considerations in each chapter.
            • New examples and case studies through all chapters.
            • Over 1200 questions and problems.
            • End-of-chapter questions and problems now include problems on design; a total of 140 design problems.
            • Figures have been improved or redrawn for better graphic impact.
            • More cross-references to sections and chapters throughout the text.
            Features
            Innovation must be managed, measured and incentivized to be profitable. This book shows how it's done.
            • The first total management framework to consistently and profitably execute on innovation: covers strategy, organizational design, incentives--everything needed to get the job done.
            • Three world-renowned experts deliver today's most sophisticated and battle-tested innovation knowledge.
            • Presents powerful metrics for measuring innovation, from idea creation through commercialization.
            About the Authors
            Tony Davila is a faculty member of Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Building on his doctoral work at the Harvard Business School, he works with both large industrial companies and Silicon Valley startups to design management control and performance measurement systems that drive innovation. He has been published in Harvard Business Review, Research Policy, and other leading journals. Marc J. Epstein has been a visiting professor and Hansjoerg Wyss visiting scholar at Harvard Business School and a distinguished research professor at Rice University's Jones Graduate School of Management. He has been a senior consultant to leading corporations and governments for over twenty-five years, specializing in strategy implementation, innovation, governance, accountability, and performance metrics. Epstein has also served as a professor at Stanford Business School and INSEAD. Robert Shelton is managing director of Navigant Consulting's Innovation practice. His client list is a "who's who" of innovative Fortune 500s, including leaders in the electronics, energy, health care, automotive, consumer goods, software, and aerospace industries. Shelton has served as vice president and managing director with Arthur D. Little and as managing director of the Technology and Innovation Management practice at SRI International (formerly Stanford Research Institute). His work has been referenced in media ranging from The Wall Street Journal to CNN Financial News. Features
            • NEW - Expanded coverage of Linux—Based on the latest version, Linux 2.6.
            • NEW - New material—Clearly explains and expands concurrency.
            • NEW - New Programming Projects—Includes supplemental material for instructor.
            • Sample test items—Includes solutions to all homework problems.
            • Student projects—Offers suggestions for hands-on experience in Programming, Research, Modeling and Simulation and Reading/Report.
            • Major-Programming Projects—Extends step-by-step web support with CD/Rom resources.
            • Text-specific, integrated website—Extends text material.
            Features
            • Signature “Live-Code™ Approach”—Language features are presented in the context of a wide variety of complete working programs. Features thousands of lines of code in hundreds of complete working programs.
            • Outstanding, consistent and applied pedagogy—Icons throughout identify Software Engineering Observations; Good Programming Practices; Common Programming Errors; Portability Tips; Performance Tips, Testing and Debugging Tips, and Look-and-Feel Observations.
            • Extensive set of interesting exercises and substantial projects.
            Features
            • 300 page introduction to C++.
            • Updated introduction to Java and programming GUIs.
            • A standalone appendix on the latest C standard—C99—Contains several LIVE-CODE™ examples demonstrating the powerful new capabilities of C99.
            • Use of a pseudocode approach to structured program development.
            • Deitel™ signature LIVE-CODE™ Approach.
            • Hundreds of complete working programs—And thousands of lines of code.
            • Valuable programming tips.
            • Extensive set of interesting exercises and substantial projects.
            Features
            • Deals with all significant developing areas of the technology and techniques adopted together with the current state of the major application areas and trends.
            • Substantially expands coverage to include major developing areas in single mode fiber properties and types.
            • Explores optical fiber couplers and wavelength division multiplexing devices.
            • Discusses advanced systems and techniques in more detail, e.g., coherent transmission.
            • Contains extra worked examples and substantial additional chapter-end problems
            Features
            • Asystems approach that enables the reader to become adept in the application of packaged systems
            • Emphasis on troubleshooting, necessary for a complete understanding of real-world situations
            • Hands-on applications using PSpice® and MultiSIM®
            • Extensive problem sets and examples to reinforce basic concepts.
            Features
            • Nine sections on Verilog Hardware Description Language (HDL) inserted in discrete sections, allowing the material to be covered or skipped as desired. The Verilog HDL presentation is at a suitable level for beginning students who are learning digital circuits for the first time. • Reorganized material on combinational circuits is now covered in a single chapter. • The material on memory and programmable logic is now consolidated in one chapter. • Chapter 8 consists mostly of new material and now covers digital design in the Register Transfer Level (RTL), preparing the reader for more advanced design projects and further Verilog HDL studies. • Text accompanied by Verilog simulator software—SynaptiCAD's Verilogger Pro evaluation version, a Verilog simulation environment that combines all of the features of a traditional Verilog simulator with a powerful graphical test vector generator. Fast model testing in VeriLogger Pro allows the reader to perform bottom-up testing of every model in a design. All of the HDL examples in the book can be found on the CD-ROM. • A Companion Website includes resources for instructors and students such as transparency masters of all figures in the book and solution manual. It can be found at www.pearsoned.co.in/manodd Features
            • Important formulas, theorems, and rules given in boxes
            • Each chapter keynoted by an introductory statement and checklist of key terms.
            • Vast and rich collection of problem sets
            • Set of statistical guidelines for applying statistical procedures under the title Do’s and Don’ts
            • Graphs of the sampling distribution showing the critical region and P value
            • Summary tables of testing procedures
            Features
            This text has an enhanced mathematical approach, with carefully thought out examples, including many examples with computer sciences applications.
            • Historical reviews and biographies bring a human element to their assignments.
            • Chapter summaries allow students to review what they have learned.
            • Expanded treatment of discrete probability in Chapter 3.
            • New material on cryptology, private-key cryptosystems in Chapter 13, public-key RSA cryptosystems in Chapter 15.
            • Online supplements available for instructors at www.pearsoned.co.in/grimaldidcm5e
            About the Authors
            Ralph P. Grimaldi, Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology B.V. Ramana, Professor of Mathematics, JNTU College of Engineering, Kakinada, India About the Authors
            William Stallings has made a unique contribution to understanding the broad sweep of technical developments in computer networking and computer architecture. He has authored 17 titles, and counting revised editions, a total of 42 books on various aspects of these subjects. He is an independent consultant whose clients have included computer and networking manufactures and customers, software development firms, and leading-edge government research institutions. Dr. Stallings hold a Ph.D. from M.I.T. in computer Science and a B.S. from Notre Dame in Electrical Engineering.Features
            • Chapter opening art, featured on the first page of each chapter with a brief biographical sketch of each artist, presents work by patients with various mental disorders to help illuminate the human side of psychological disorders.
            • Highlight sections in each chapter demonstrate the importance of examining both the research and practice that form the basis of abnormal psychology.
            • Key terms are boldfaced when defined in the chapter, listed at the end of the chapter, and defined in the glossary.
            • Chapter summary affords students the opportunity to re-cap the information which they have just read.
            • Expanded research with a focus on biological and cultural influences on psychological disorders including over 1500 new references. A detailed list of new research in each chapter can be found in the text's Preface.
            • Integrated multicultural and cross-cultural research in each chapter includes coverage of sociocultural causal factors in Chapter 3, cross-cultural differences in depressive symptoms in Chapter 6, sociocultural factors in alcohol abuse and dependence in Chapter 10, and psychotherapy and multiculturalism in Chapter 17, highlighting the important issue of racial/ethnic mismatches between therapist and client.
            • Highlight: Modern Life sections apply research to students' everyday lives and make research more accessible. Highlight: Cutting Edge sections feature research methodology and recent findings, demonstrating the scientific aspect of the field and its growing research base.
            • Unresolved Issues sections at the end of each chapter provide greater insight into how far we have come and how far we have to go in our understanding of psychological disorders, providing a glimpse into the future of the field.
            • Case studies of individuals with various disorders are expanded to better illustrate the discussion with real world examples, bringing disorders to life while reminding students of the human factor that is so intimately a part of abnormal psychology.
            Features
            • Employs a unifying analytic framework that uses a few basic principles to organize students thinking, including: asymmetric information (agency problems), transaction costs, efficient markets and measurement, and management of risk.
            • Employing a practitioner’s approach to the study of markets and institutions, Mishkin and Eakins present material from a managerial perspective with a strong emphasis on the application of concepts. Wall Street Journal case studies, and The Practicing Manager and Inside the Fed features provide valuable real-world context.
            • New Conflicts of Interest boxes deepen students’ understanding of the importance of conflicts of interest and illustrate how pervasive they are.
            • E-Finance boxes describe how changes in technology have affected financial markets and institutions. The placement of these boxes throughout the text helps illustrate the impact technology has had in a broad range of areas in finance.
            Features
            • Presents straightforward “step by step” instructions in each analysis chapter to clarify procedures.
            • Hundreds of screen shots and “Step by Step” boxes guide the student through the program.
            • All of the datasets used in the book are available for download on the text website.
            • Exercises at the end of each chapter and selected answers on the website give students an opportunity to practice using SPSS.
            • Updated to reflect SPSS Version 13.0
            Features
            • Accurate, well researched and examination oriented, this book will help you mastering the English Language section of various competitive examinations.
            • It explains methodologies involved in answering different types of questions asked in the English section of competitive examinations.
            • Supplies you with an MCQ Bank that contains over 4000 practice questions.
            • Special treatment of the ‘Reading Comprehension’ type of questions.
            • More than 50 full-length test papers (fully solved).
            • Numerous previous years examination papers (fully solved) to help you to check your preparation levels in a simulated environment.
            • A special section to guide you to Written Examination with TIPS (before starting your test/after starting your test/towards the end of the test) and Evaluation of your answers and Test Scores.
            Features
            • Linking strategic perspective, supply chain concepts, and solution methodologies throughout the text. This is supported by key points throughout the text.
            • Extensive use of Excel to illustrate all solution methodologies for network design, demand and supply planning, inventory management, and transportation management (Chapters 5-14). Excel has been used and explained in a way that students should easily be able to implement these models.
            • Extensive exercises supporting each chapter with quantitative material throughout text. New problems have been added to every chapter with quantitative content (Chapters 5-14). There are enough problems in the text that faculty can solve some in class and still have an ample assortment left over to assign as homework.
            • A section has been added to all relevant chapters that discusses the role of IT for each driver of supply chain performance. Such discussions show up in chapters 4, 5, 7, 8, 11, 13, 14, 15, and 16.
            • Identification of key supply chain metrics in Chapter 3 is followed by a discussion in the rest of the text. Chapter 3 identifies the metrics related to each supply chain driver.
            Features
            • NEW - Three-chapter discussion of the management of multi-user databases—Including basic concepts, Oracle, and SQL Server 2000.
            • NEW - Latest Internet standards for database processing—Including multi-tier architecture and XML Schema.
            • NEW - Full chapter coverage of ODBC, OLE DB, ADO, ASP, and other Microsoft technology for database publishing.
            • NEW - Up-to-date coverage of Java, JDBC, and JSP for publishing databases using Java technology.
            • NEW - Fundamentals introduced in Chapter 2 via Microsoft Access 2002.
            Features
            • Flowcharts and tables that help students understand the text
            • Comprehensive and updated examples
            • Large number of self-explanatory numerical problems
            • A thorough overview of the discussed laws
            • Graded trial exercises at the end of each chapter
            • Solved examination problems included at the end of the book
            • Introduces a new chapter Assessment of Fringe Benefits
            • Incorporates prospective amendments for the assessment year 2007–2008
            About the Authors
            B. B. Lal is former reader at the Department of Commerce, PGDAV College, University of Delhi. He has over 40 years of teaching experience in income-tax law and has taught the subject at the University of Delhi, Institute of Company Secretaries of India (New Delhi) and the Northern Regional Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. N. Vashisht is an alumnus of the University of Delhi and a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He has over fifteen years of experience in Indian and international taxation Features
            • Contains complete chapters on Inheritance, Exception Handling, and templates.
            • Creates a flexible style-written with a measured approach to classes designed to allow classes to be covered at any time.
            • Presents C++ examples in the context of complete, fully executable C++ programs that can be downloaded from the World Wide Web for manipulation.
            • Includes numerous case studies and examples that demonstrate programming and C++ topics, and instill good program habits.
            • Maintains extensive pedagogy of exercises, programming projects, programming tips, programming examples, programming pitfalls, and summary boxes, all used to make the material understandable for readers.
            • Uses friendly and motivational writing style that is appropriate for beginners.
            • Available in a special Visual C++ edition that includes this book with Savitch's Visual C++ for .Net Companion, including Visual C++ compiler.
            • Embraces fully the ANSI/ISO standard, including more coverage of namespaces (The previous edition was compatible with the standard, this edition embraces the standard more fully.)
            • Provides more string coverage including both C-strings and the newer string class.
            • Includes new exercises combined with earlier projects and exercises all of which are rewritten. Additional improvements based upon classroom experience are also included.
            • Covers new material on iterators and discusses pointers as iterators.
            • Integrates coverage of constructor initialization section.
            • Uses a newer form of type casting as well as a newer terminology. For example, “unction declaration” is used rather than the older, “function prototype.”
            Features
            The text extensively covers the following concepts, which are illustrative and provide the periphery within which the author interweaves and interrelates them yet presenting the system as a unified whole.
            • Financial system designs
            • Book building: a new issuing mechanism
            • Capital market scams
            • Repos and open market operations
            • Derivatives: money market and capital market
            • Government securities market
            • Depositories and rolling settlement
            • Reforms in the banking sector
            • Insurance sector
            • Mutual funds including UTI andUS-64
            • Development financial institutions such as IFCI and IDBI
            • Disinvestment of public sector undertakings
            Features
            • Each chapter can be covered in two or three lectures.
            • Concepts are introduced in simple terms and related to practical implementations.
            • Concepts supported with plenty of illustrations and simple examples.
            • Practical perspectives demonstrate how concepts are applied to real systems.
            • Historical perspectives describe components, systems, or events from the past.
            • Objective, Overview and Summary provided in each chapter.
            • Numerous review questions in all chapters.
            • Inter-chapter dependencies are kept to a minimum.
            Features
            • Bit wise operators
            • Numerous exercises to test your understanding.
            • Decision and Control statements
            • Library and user-defined functions
            • Working with Strings
            • Arrays
            • Pointers
            • Structure and Unions
            • Preprocessors
            • I/O Redirections
            • Invoking DOS functions
            • High- and low-level file operations.
            • Invoking ROM-BIOS functions
            • CPU Registers
            • Dynamic Memory Allocations
            • Linked Lists
            • Graphics
            • Mouse Programming
            Features
            • New early classes and early objects approach.
            • New optional automated teller machine (ATM) case study that teaches the fundamentals of software engineering and object-oriented design with the UML™ 2.0.
            • New separate chapter (Chapter 20) on searching and sorting.
            • Larger chapters broken down into smaller, more manageable pieces (e.g., Chapter 1 of the Fourth Edition has been split into Chapters 1 and 2; Chapter 2 of the Fourth Edition is now Chapters 4 and 5).
            • New interior design including new colors, fonts, design elements and more.
            • Cyberclassroom access code protected website available free when packaged with a new text, contains lab manual, student solutions manual, e-book, audio code walkthrough, and additional assessment.
            • Substantial treatment of the standard template library–Covers STL containers, container adapters, algorithms, iterators and resources on the Web.
            • Detailed coverage of C++ input/output streams and file processing.
            • Text adheres to the latest draft of the ANSI C++ standards.
            • CD-ROM available free with each text - Includes a C++ compiler, source code for all the book's examples and hyperlinks to C++ demos and Internet resources.
            • Full-color text–Includes syntax coloring of key code.
            Features
            • Student friendly—written in a clear, concise, and lucid manner
            • Contains more than 290 solved programs, 190 multiple choice questions and 100 programming problems
            • Step-by-step programming procedures with output
            About the Authors
            ITL Education Solutions Limited (ITL ESL) is part of the Rs.2000 million ITL group which has operations all over the world with significant presence in computer education and IT - enabled services. It specialises in handling IT implementation projects in various IT domains with a dedicated R & D wing of industry experts that helps in designing and developing content. Ashok N. Kamthane is Assistant Professor, Department of Electronics and Telecommunication, SGGS College of Engineering and Technology, Nanded, Maharashtra. He has over 20 years of teaching experience, and was associated with the development of hardware and software using 8051 on acoustic transceiver system for submarines. He is the author of three best-selling books — Programming with ANSI and Turbo C; Object-Oriented Programming with ANSI and Turbo C++; and C and Data Structures.Features
            Great combination of Sams best-selling series and free Microsoft software.
            • C# is the most rapidly-growing component of the Visual Studio tool set, with some projections suggesting it will eclipse Visual Basic as the entry-level Microsoft programming language
            • On average C# programmers have to write about 20% less code than the same applications written in Visual Basic (.NET)
            • Starter kit provides a fully functioning version of Visual C# 2005 Express Edition
            About the Authors
            James Foxall, MCSD, is VP of Tigerpaw Software, Inc.-MCSP specializing in commercial database apps. He's responsible for management of all Windows application development, and is an authority on application interface and behavior standards of applications for MS Windows and Office. He contributes to journals/magazines and has been featured in news shows, trade publications, and newspaper articles. Wendy Haro-Chun, MCSD and MCP, has a Bachelor's Degree in Computer Science and MBA with an emphasis in International Business. As Assistant VP of Internet development for Sungard Insurance Systems, she is responsible for overall management of Internet product design and development. Features
            Learn CCNP BCMSN network switching concepts with the only early stage book based on the course and authorized by Cisco Systems
            • Master BCMSN exam concepts with the book based on the course from Cisco Systems
            • Learn switching concepts from the only early-stage self-study book authorized by Cisco
            • Prepare for CCNP and CCDP certifications with the third edition of the best-selling early-stage book for BCMSN
            Features
            1. NEW—Business internets chapter.
            2. NEW—Updated chapter on network security.
            3. NEW—Coverage of wireless networks—For both local area networks (LANs) and wide-area networks (WANs).
            4. NEW—Quality Service (QoS) issues
            5. NEW—Focus on TCP/IP and the Internet—Covers the dominant set of protocols, the Internet, and Internet quality of service.
            6. NEW—Expanded treatment of high-speed LANs.
            7. Detailed examination of intranets, extranets, and client/server computing.
            8. Comprehensive coverage of the Internet and World Wide Web (WWW).
            9. Real-world case studies.
            10. Numerous questions, homework problems, and worked-out examples.
            Features
            • Written against the backdrop of the Indian business environment
            • Case studies on transport, banking and insurance besides application of marketing approach to some select services in India
            • Covers of all important concepts in marketing management applicable to services sector and a detailed discussion with relevant examples
            • Chapter on Services Sector in the Indian Economy explains the reasons for growth of services in India and presents a brief profile of key service businesses in India
            • Chapter on Customer Relationship Management includes strategic approaches for CRM
            • Chapter on Consumer Protection in Services includes provisions under Consumer Protection Act, 1986
            • Detailed discussion on consumers, service expectations and perceptions
            • Special coverage of internal marketing strategies and external marketing campaign themes
              • Features
                • NEW - Completely updated—Additions on concurrent engineering, teams, Internet, information technology, and creativity.
                • NEW - Companion Website—Including links to supplementary material by chapter, current software, additional reading suggestions, and PowerPoint slides for each chapter.
                • Chapters 1 and 2 define engineering and technology management and trace their historical development.
                • Chapters 3 through 8 describe the functions of management—Planning, decision making, organizing, staffing, leading, motivating, and controlling.
                • Chapters 9 through 13 apply the management principles to the specific organizational activities in which most engineers will find themselves: Research, engineering design, production planning, production operations, and in technical marketing and service activities.
                • Chapters 14 and 15 apply the same principles to the uniquely technical activity of project management: project planning and acquisition, organizing, leading, and controlling.
                • The last three chapters deal with the career of the engineer or technologist—Chapter 16 emphasizes how to be effective early in the technical career; Chapter 17 discusses the transition from technical performer to technical management; Chapter 18 discusses the position of women and minorities in engineering management, effective time management, and the importance of professional ethics and conduct.
                • Traditional management functions of planning, organizing, motivating, and controlling—Explored but with an emphasis on the management of technology.
                • The nature and application of management principles throughout the technology product/project life cycles—Including research, design, production, marketing, technical sales and service, and project organization and management.
                • The many dimensions and issues involved with developing an engineering management career—Including getting off to the right start, maintaining technical competence, making the transition to management positions, international implications, ethics, and women/minorities.
                • Management methods and tools—Such as concurrent engineering, strategic management of technology, activity-based costing, and total productive maintenance.
                • Discussion questions/problems—Reflect current dimensions in engineering/technology management.
                Features
                • provides exceptionally comprehensive coverage — allowing instructors a range of material from which to choose.
                • avoids lengthy mathematical derivations, but gives important mathematical results and their physical interpretation.
                • NEW—makes use of Mathcad for problem solving in selected areas — to alleviate tedious mathematical manipulation of formulas.
                • NEW—features new chapters on digital signals and digital communications.
                • NEW—adds new sections on facsimile transmission.
                • NEW—expands problem sets.
                Features
                • Covers:
                  1. production, perception, and acoustic-phonetic characterization of the speech signal.
                  2. Signal processing and analysis methods for speech recognition; pattern comparison techniques.
                  3. Speech recognition system design and implementation.
                  4. Theory and implementation of hidden Markov models.
                  5. Speech recognition based on connected word models.
                  6. Large vocabulary continuous speech recognition.
                  7. Task-oriented application of automatic speech recognition.
                • discusses the breadth and depth of the various disciplines that are required for a deep understanding of all aspects of speech recognition.
                • explores the relative advantages and disadvantages of the various approach to speech recognition, and shows why, on balance, the pattern recognition approach has become the method of choice for most modern systems.
                • outlines the fundamental techniques used to provide the speech features used in all recognition systems.
                • deals with the fundamental problems of defining speech feature vector patterns, and comparing pairs of feature vector patterns both locally and globally.
                • discusses the key issues of training a speech recognizer and adapting the recognizer parameters to different speakers, transmission conditions, and speaking environments.
                • describes a basic set of statistical modeling techniques for characterizing speech.
                • extends the speech recognition problem from single word sequences to fluent speech.
                • considers the basic principles that make some tasks successful while other fail. Provides examples of several task-oriented recognizers and how they perform in practice.
                Features
                • Complete integration throughout of the powerful programming language AMPL.
                • Chapter-length coverage of linear program modeling (Ch. 2).
                • Expanded treatment of Markov chains in a new Chapter 19.
                • Approximately 50 end-of chapter mini-cases of real-life situations.
                • More than 1000 total end-of-section problems.
                • Chapter-opening study guides Facilitates the understanding of the material and the effective use of the accompanying software.
                • Extensive use of Excel spreadsheet implementations throughout – Includes interactive user input in some spreadsheets to promote a better understanding of the underlying techniques.
                • Expanded use of Excel Solver throughout the book, particularly in the areas of linear, network, integer, and nonlinear programming.
                • Compartmentalization of all computer-related material – Appears either in separate sections or as AMPL/Excel/Solver/TORA moment subsections to minimize disruptions in the main presentation in the book.
                Features
                • Specimen layouts of all business communications
                • Authentic business documents for interest and reference
                • A wide range of assignments for practice
                • Examination questions from major examining boards
                • Tips and advice throughout the text
                • Suggestions for discussion topics and' re-search Projects
                Features
                • Logical organization and clear writing style – Introduces the principles of financial returns and valuation early on and carries the notion of risk-verses-return throughout, which helps students get to grips with the core principles.
                • An International scope allows students to explore the global dimensions of financial management
                • In-depth treatment of working capital management to better prepare students to deal with these issues in their working life.
                • Extensive coverage of capital budgeting issues, including managerial or real options
                • 12 end of chapter appendices on specialised topics allow flexibility in the use of the book.
                • OneKey Resource Package, including author’s own award winning site. Contain hundreds of categorised and annotated weblinks, multiple choice quizzes, web-exercises, PowerPoint slides, solutions to questions
                Features
                • NEW - Fully updated to reflect PHP 5 and MySQL 4.x.
                • NEW - Extensive coverage of object-oriented programming and the PHP 5 object model.
                • NEW - Thorough coverage of MySQL stored procedures.
                • Strong coverage of core PHP Web development techniques—Covers storing and retrieving data, using arrays, manipulating strings, writing regular expressions and functions, reusing code, and more.
                • Thorough introduction to MySQL database development—Covers designing, creating, and working with MySQL Web databases; accessing MySQL databases from the Web with PHP, and more.
                • Thorough coverage of related e-commerce site technologies—Covers SSL, shopping carts, payment systems, and more.
                • Several detailed case studies—Walks students through building user authentication and personalization systems, content management tools, Web-based email services, mailing list managers, Web forums, and more.
                • XML coverage—Includes a full chapter on XML.
                Features
                The book provides a comprehensive coverage of the latest developments in the field of microprocessors. It serves as a reference and instructional tool for the reader to:
                • Develop software to control an application interface microprocessor
                • Program using DOS function calls to control the keyboard, video display systems, and disk memory in assembly language
                • Use BIOS functions to control the keyboard, display, and various other components in the computer system
                • Develop software that uses macro sequences, procedures and conditional assembly
                • Develop software that uses interrupt hooks and hot keys to gain access to terminate and stay resident software
                • Explain the difference between family members and highlight the features of each member
                • Describe and use the real and protected modes of the microprocessor
                • Interface memory and I/O systems to the microprocessor
                • Provide detailed and comprehensive comparison of all family members, their software, and hardware interface.
                About the Authors
                Timothy A. Budd is an Associate Professor of Computer Science at Oregon State University. Professor Budd’s research interests include multiparadigm programming languages, programming environments, compiler implementation and optimization techniques. He is also the author of Classic Data Structures in C++, Multiparadigm in Leda, and A Little Smalltalk, all with Addison-Wesley.Features
                • Cohesive Treatment of Decision Models - All models for decision theory have been combined into one chapter. Decision trees and utility theory are now presented along with decision tables.
                • New Chapter on Regression Analysis
                • Expanded Coverage of Forecasting - The forecasting chapter has been expanded to include the additive approach to decomposition.
                • Enhanced Inventory Chapter - Now includes just-in-time (JIT), materials requirements planning (MRP), and enterprise resource planning (ERP) to provide a more complete introduction to inventory models in one chapter.
                Features
                • Incorporates and anticipates the major developments in distributed systems technology
                • Case studies illustrate the design concepts for each major topic
                Features
                • NEW - Updated and expanded materials—Discusses those areas undergoing rapid change due to improved managerial practices, database design tools and methodologies, and database technology.
                • NEW - An emphasis on data security, quality, and availability.
                • NEW - New review questions, problems, and exercises for each chapter.
                • NEW - Pine Valley Furniture Company case study and data sets.
                • NEW - Illustrations updated to Microsoft Access 2002 and Oracle illustrations updated to version 9i.
                • NEW - Introduction to increasingly popular and standard-setting packaged data models.
                • NEW - Improved coverage of three-schema architecture.
                • NEW - More coverage of other popular data modeling notations—Still includes Chen E-R notation to teach all data modeling concepts; Visio and Oracle Designer-like notations are used throughout.
                • NEW - New section on Web services and its associated standards and technologies.
                • NEW - New section on XML—Includes an illustration of XML.
                • NEW - Explanations of award-winning best practices of data warehousing.
                • NEW - Updated and clarification of real-time data warehousing—Includes many new references for this rapidly changing area of database management.
                • NEW - Recovery from database disasters.
                • NEW - All new screen captures for current versions of all products—Now includes Microsoft VisioPro; screen captures show all the current notations of the leading data modeling packages.
                • NEW - New web resources—Included in Appendix B.
                • A highly successful text—Characterized by sound pedagogy, and written with continuous market feedback.
                • Accompanying databases for Case Studies on the text Web site.
                • Shopping cart application on the text Web site.
                Features
                • Based on recent trends in the UPSC Civil Services Preliminary Examinations
                • Clear, exhaustive and scientifically prepared text
                • MCQs based on the study of examination patterns over the last 12 years
                • A set of MCQs at the end of each section
                • Solved question papers of the last five years
                • Question Bank for practice
                • Latest national and international current affairs
                • A number of illustrations to support the concepts explained
                • More than 1500 boxed items providing cutting-edge information on each subject
                Features
                • Up-to-date, comprehensive and “all purpose” in approach.
                • Based on current trends in various examinations.
                • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding.
                • Up-to-date national and international current affairs.
                Features
                • NEW - A strong multicultural business perspective gets students in touch with consumer behavior outside of the U.S.
                • NEW - The Global Looking Glass: How Others See Us illustrations—Integrated throughout the text, this new feature reproduces newspaper articles from non-U.S. sources that focus on some aspect of American consumer behavior and highlights the good and bad aspects of American marketing -- as viewed by others around the world.
                • NEW - Up-to-the-minute topics—Including discussion of bio-terrorism, Internet piracy, consumer behavior post 9/11, identity theft, hype vs. buzz, purchase momentum, new religions (Raelians), advergaming, flow states, food cultures, blogging, web avatars, silent commerce, brandfests, tribal marketing, and Botox parties.
                • NEW - Reflects the very latest research—Showcases research in progress through papers in preparation or under review.
                • Emphasis on online consumer behavior—Includes virtual communities; virtual marketing; and e-commerce.
                • Cases that apply theory to practice
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                • Comprehensive compilation of data
                • Objective analysis of socio – economic indicators
                • Facilitates inter – state and district level comparisons
                • Highlights the potential and prospects of each state
                Features
                lVhd] 'kksfèkr vkSj ijh{kk ij osaQfnzr] ;g iqfLrdk fofHkUu izfr;ksxh ijh{kkvksa osQ fy, lkekU; Kku esa vkidh n{krk c<+kus esa lgk;d gksxhAFeatures
                • Frameworks are reusable API libraries
                • These guidelines are the authoritative guide to the .NET Framework, and the authors are the creators of them
                • This book provides not just the guidelines themselves, but also many annotations that explain the finer points of using them
                • The guidelines are poorly documented online, and this is the first book about them
                Features
                • From the international bestselling author of Rules of Work and Rules of Management
                • The Rules Player plays by the rules in all aspects of their life:
                • you relationships home and families what you do with your life (work, interests, community) the big stuff (society, environment, etc)
                • Are you a Rules Player? Follow the Rules of Life - a simple set of principles - and you will instantly learn how to do less, be more and lead a healthier, happier kind of life.
                Features
                • Extensively revised coverage of relevant topics throughout
                • The last three chapters are completely updated and revised
                • Financial analysis and analytical techniques are discussed in conjunction
                Features
                • More than 5000 problems with solutions
                • Short-cut methods covering each type of question asked in AIEEE
                • Comprehensive practice exercises covering all topics provided at the end of each chapter
                • Problems asked in previous years’ AIEEEs in every chapter, with explanations
                • Smart table that analyses the number of questions asked from various topics in recent AIEEEs
                Features
                Creating a life that matters: Built to Last a lifetime!
              • Lessons from a decade-long research project on lasting success... including personal interviews with over 300 extraordinary individuals.
              • Harvest your successes, failures, strengths, and weaknesses... find your passion, and live it, for the rest of your life!
              • The "prequel" to the worldwide best-seller Built to Last
              Features
              • Explains the architecture, instruction and internal resource in 8051 in detail.
              • Provides insight into the use of the RTOS, IPCs, IDE, software building blocks, interrupt handling mechanism, timers for the real time control and synchronization.
              • Lucid explanation of the 8251, 8255, 8237, 8279, 8259, and ADC and DAC peripherals.
              • Describes a number of interfacing circuits, namely, for keys, LCD displays, printers, flash memory, coils, stepper and dc motors, servomotors, optical encoders, process control, robots, power control and DSP systems.
              • Prepares students for applications of 8051 as well as 68HC11, 80x96 and ARM family microcontrollers
              • Contains a large number of examples
              • Summary, definition of key terms, review questions and practice exercises at the end of each chapter.
              Features
              • Provides students with a comprehensive foundation in leadership theory.
              • The guidelines help the reader understand the practical implications of leadership theory and research without being prescriptive.
              • Provides students with the opportunity to analyze behavioral processes, identify examples of effective and ineffective behavior, and suggest effective ways to handle the situation that is depicted.
              Features
              • Manager's Perspective Throughout. Highly applied and managerial orientation throughout; a decision-making approach is used blended with scholarship.
              • Real Research Feature--These real company vignettes profile a wide range of big and small businesses to some of the world's most recognizable companies including Harley, Avon, and IBM
              • NEW! Harvard Business School Cases. Five Harvard Business School cases have been added to the Fifth Edition.
              • NEW Cases with REAL Data. Several cases have been added containing real data sets. The data sets for these cases are real and obtained in actual surveys conducted by disguised companies.
              • "Project Research" is a real-life project that is used as a running throughout the text.
              Features
              • NEW! Use of UML notation for ER diagrams.
              • NEW! New chapter on the relational algebra and relational calculus.
              • NEW! Chapter on fact-finding techniques as a step before where the methodology begins.
              • NEW! Chapter on Access and Oracle DBMSs, illustrating the difference between the two systems. Many of the subsequent chapters discuss how these systems implement the topics being covers.
              • NEW! Chapters on semistructured data, its relationship to XML, and query languages for XML.
              • NEW! Chapter on data warehouse design using dimensionality modeling.
              • NEW! Additional Web resources at www.booksites.net, such as full implementation of the case studies, and lab notes for Access and Oracle.
              • Database design methodology is explicitly divided into three phases: conceptual, logical, and physical. Each phase is described in a separate chapter with an example of the methodology working in practice.
              • Extensive treatment of SQL in three tutorial style chapters.
              • Comprehensive introduction to data warehousing, OLAP, and data mining.
              • Extensive treatment of the Web as an emerging platform for database applications with many code samples for accessing databases from the Web including JDBC, SQLJ, ASP, ISP, and Oracle's PSP.
              Features
              • First part of the book dedicates one chapter to each of seven key principles of all distributed systems
              • Second part of the book devoted to real-world distributed case studies
              • Numerous end-of-chapter exercises—Explain how the various principles of distributed systems work in practice.
              • “Big picture” concepts and many technical details presented in a clear and entertaining style as only Tanenbaum and van Steen can do.
              • Excellent coverage of timely, advanced distributed systems topics.
              About the Authors
              Andrew S. Tanenbaum has an S.B. degree from M.LT. and a Ph.D. from the University of California at Berkeley. He is currently a Professor of Computer Science at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, where he is head of the Computer Systems Department. Maarten van Steen is currently an associate professor at the Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam where he teaches operating systems, computer networks, and distributed systems. Dr. van Steen studied Applied Mathematics at Twente University and received a Ph.D. from Leiden University in the field of software design techniques for concurrent systems. Features
              • New MATLAB illustrative examples and plots and practice in files.
              • Updated coverage of Cellular Phones, Computer Communications and Digital TV.
              • Study-aid examples and homework problems.
              • Minimum-level mathematics used throughout.
              • Focus on the basic principles of modern communication system design and analysis.
              • Communication system building blocks.
              • Noise performance analysis of communication systems.
              • Case studies of modern communication systems are provided..
              • Discussion of communication system standards.
              • Over 500 problems with selected answers.
              • Pedagogic support-Includes chapter collectives, summaries, lists of key terms, and glossary with entensive references.
              Features
              • Prologue: To capture interest immediately, a chapter opening story, or Prologue, is included.
              • Learning Objectives: Based on APA Learning Goals and Outcomes guidelines, each chapter also begins with a fairly detailed Learning Objectives section.
              • Student Voice Questions: Questions at the beginning of each text section are useful in helping students develop their critical thinking and communication skills.
              • Practice Quiz: How Much Do You Know? appears after each major segment of material within the chapter and a longer practice test, Test Yourself, appears at the end of each chapter.
              • Throughout each chapter, when a topic has a relationship to one in another chapter, a symbol is provided, with instructions for the student to look at the related topic.
              • Running Glossary: A running glossary of psychology terms is absolutely necessary, as most students will not even glance at a glossary in the back of the chapter or book.
              • Difficult Terms: For many ESL students some general vocabulary terms are difficult. A lack of vocabulary is a big stumbling block for these students, and in this text, these more difficult vocabulary terms are defined at the bottom of the page on which they first appear.
              • Other features of each chapter are special sections covering interesting topics related to the chapter material, especially topics of diversity and cultural interest.
              • At the end of every chapter, a section called Applying Psychology to Everyday Life takes something from the chapter and relates it to the real world.
              • Chapter Summary: A detailed Chapter Summary, organized by the inclusion of the learning objective questions in the appropriate sections
              About the Authors
              Sandy Ciccarelli received her Ph.D. from George Peabody College of Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee in developmental psychology. She is a member of Division 2 of the APA. Ciccarelli has been teaching introductory psychology for over 20 years. Her research interests include language and intelligence development in children and adolescents. She has authored numerous ancillary materials for introductory psychology texts, including the supplements to accompany the 6th through 9th editions of Coon, and the 4th through 6th editions of Feldman. Glenn Meyer is a professor at Trinity University. He has been teaching introductory psychology for over 20 years. His research interests include physiological and cognitive approaches to perception, color vision, human computer interaction and cognitive neuroscience. Meyer has numerous academic publications and has authored several ancillary materials for undergraduate psychology textbooks. He is the supplements coordinator for the Ciccarelli text—authoring much of the ancillary content and overseeing the development of the materials to ensure consistency in quality. Features
              • Fully updated for Windows 2003, Windows XP, and .NET
              • Goes beyond Win32 and now discusses Win64, one of the first books to discuss this increasingly important technology
              • One of the few books on Windows to focus on systems programming, as opposed to GUI programming
              • Contains plentiful examples and sample exercises
              Features
              • NEW—Chapter 6: Considering Objects—Significantly expands the coverage of object-oriented development, a programming perspective being implemented by many companies.
              • NEW—Chapter 14: The Future of Software Engineering—Discussion of the importance of technology transfer and the role of the decision-making in software engineering.
              • NEW—Term Project—This hands-on project weaves the concepts of the book into a tangible example.
              About the Authors
              Shari Lawrence Pfleeger is the president of Systems/Software, Inc., A consultancy specializing in software engineering and technology and she frequently teaches graduate and honors courses in the University of Maryland’s Computer Science Department. Pfleeger is well known for her work in empirical studies of software engineering and has published numerous books and papers on the subject. The Journal of Systems and Software has repeatedly named Pfleeger one of the world’s top software engineering researchers. Currently, she is an associate editor of the IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering, and a member of the editorial board of Prentice Hall’s Software Quality Institute series.Features
              • Digital storage oscilloscope and the digital spectrum analyzer explained in greater detail.
              • Complete revision of discussions of transducers and data acquisition with special mention of most current transducers
              • New fiber optic measurements fully explained
              • Computer oriented measurement systems included
              • Special section on teaching and learning aids
              Features
              • NEW - Greater discussion of customer value management approach and tools.
              • NEW - Recommendations for crafting persuasive value propositions.
              • NEW - Analysis of the role of brands in business markets.
              • Principles and best practices of business market management viewed from an international—rather than purely American—perspective.
              Features
              • Now covers all popular HDLs (hardware descrioption languages) -- Verilog as well as ABEL and VHDL.
              • HDL coverage is integrated through the chapters, but in separate sections and subsections so that instructors can elect to cover none, one, some, or all of the HDLs.
              • Introduces students more quickly to HDL-based design, but to still gives a very strong sense of the physical circuits that result from HDL-based designs.
              • Much-reduced emphasis on SSI and MSI devices (part numbers), but still gives strong coverage to important digital-circuit building-blocks such as muxes, decoders, adders, registers, counters, etc. Continued emphasis on fundamentals, such as the difference between serial and parallel carries in a cascaded group counter, how to cascade decoders and the like, and all about adders and lookahead.
              • Multi-chip design examples are redone in terms of VHDL and Verilog programs, instead of interconnected MSI chips and glue logic.
              • 50% new exercises
              Features
              • NEW - added a new chapter on adaptive filters
              • NEW - substantially modified and updated the chapter on multirate digital signal processing
              • NEW - substantially modified and updated the chapter on sampling and reconstruction of signals
              • NEW - new material added on the Discrete Cosine Transform
              Features
              • Contains new coverage on program proofs using axiomatic semantics.
              • Additional material on parsing routine included in the discussion of recursive descent parsing.
              • Coverage of advanced object-oriented topics and languages like C#, Java, JavaScript, Perl, PHP, XHTML, XSLT, and JSP.
              • Discussion of functional programming, including the ML language.
              • Historical boxes, and interviews with James Gosling, Larry Wall, Alan Cooper, Bjarne Stroustrup, and others that set the material into context.
              • A companion website that includes lab projects, quizzes, and language references.
              Features
              • Balanced topic coverage—Includes not only traditional topics such as personality, motivation, and leadership; but also cutting-edge issues such as emotions, trust, work-life balance, workplace spirituality, and knowledge management.
              • Integration of globalization, diversity, and ethics—Interweaves these discussions throughout the text rather than presenting them in stand-alone chapters.
              • Discussion of values.
              • Coverage of emotions.
              • Information on employee recognition programs—Considers the nature of employee recognition programs; linking recognition programs and reinforcement theory; and employee recognition programs in practice.
              • Updated and revised—Research, examples, and topic coverage—e.g., globalization and workforce diversity; work-life balance; behavioral decision making; team-effectiveness model; ethics in negotiation; and employee responses to organizational politics.
              • Provides students with the latest thinking and trends in the field of OB
              Features
              • Master the basics of VoIP (Voice over IP) implementation, management and troubleshooting
              • Prepare for the CVOICE 642-432 exam as you earn your CCVP certification
              • Learn from additional content that challenges readers on the harder aspects of this technology, and goes beyond the Cisco curriculum materials with real-world implementation examples
              Features
              • NEW - Lengthy applications have been added to most chapters - these applications were formerly in an end chapter. Now they are integrated into the core chapter to make the book more applied.
              • NEW - More applications added—Wavelets, dynamical systems, and the Leslie Population model.
              • NEW - Stronger emphasis on linear transformations and Geometry.
              • Stronger, clearer presentation of Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors.
              • Robust Website available—Includes additional text material, data sets for problems, additional applications, computer interactive exercises, and links to interesting history and faculty sites.
              Features
              • Combinational logic circuit design covered in detail.
              • Different types of flip-flops and their conversion from one to the other is explained.
              • Utility of the ASM charts in designing the control unit of digit system is emphasized.
              • Chapter Objectives, Summary, and Key Terms are provided in each chapter.
              • Simple and lucid style of writing.
              • Rich in pedagogy with large number of illustrations.
              Features
              • The overarching organization of the text is designed to conceptually link a firm's actions to its value as determined in the securities markets. Each major decision area is presented in terms of both risk and return factors and the potential impact on the owner's wealth. Focus on Value, at the end of each chapter, reinforces the link between the financial manager's actions and share value.
              • Across the Disciplines opens every chapter with a discussion of the intersection of the finance topics covered in the chapter with the concerns of other major business disciplines.
              • A diverse set of pedagogical aids, using real-world examples and exercises, foster students' comprehension of both theory and practice.
              Features
              • Focuses on the physical aspects of the mathematical concepts necessary to describe the vibration phenomena.
              • Provides many example applications, including typical problems faced by practicing engineers.
              • MATLAB… has been introduced where appropriate to take advantage of this industry-standard software for necessary calculations.
              • Mass and stiffness matrices are now defined alongside the discussion of normal mode vibrations, free vibrations, forced vibrations, absorbers, and dampers (Ch. 5).
              • FORTRAN computations have been replaced by MATLAB. FORTRAN plotting has been replaced by MATLAB plotting.
              • Introduction to Finite Element Methods (Ch. 10) now does computations completely in MATLAB. The section on generalized force proportional to displacement has been substantially expanded by detailed computation of rotating helicopter blades.
              • Problem sets have been added throughout.
              Features
              • NEW - Knock offs—Illustrates several methods for replacing ready made designs, i.e., rub-off, trace-off (using muslin, paper, or cellophane), use of measurements, following the grainlines, separating the garment along stitch lines, and tracing the cloth pattern shapes to paper.
              • NEW - Fitting corrections—Includes fitting corrections for the basic patterns. Explains how to modify the bodice to fit the different sizes of bust cups.
              • NEW - A unique section on patternmaking for bias-cut garments—Illustrates a procedure that guides the patternmaker in adjusting design patterns to offset stretch; integrated into chapters covering cowls and bias-cut dresses.
              • NEW - Revised drafting instructions and standard measurement charts—Provides a revised procedure for drafting the front and back bodice and the sleeve to reflect the measurements of the newer model forms
              • NEW - Constructed support for strapless designs—Expands upon discussion and includes an additional strapless foundation.
              • NEW - Bias-cut dresses—Emphasizes bias-cut dresses that cling to the figure, as influenced by Madeline Vionnett.
              • NEW - Advanced design projects—Adds one or two advanced designs to selected chapters.
              • A practical introduction to patternmaking—Opens the book with discussions on the workroom, the model form and measuring techniques, and how to draft the basic pattern set.
              • Complete coverage of the three steps of design patterns: dart manipulation, added fullness, and contouring.
              • Chapter projects—Includes a fashion sketch for each project with an analysis of the design, and focuses on pattern plot and manipulation for developing the patterns.
              Features
              • Comprehensive coverage of projections and sections of solids
              • Orthographic projections with explanations of how the three views are projected to obtain a three dimensional view
              • Dimensioning of drawing is comprehensively explained
              • A chapter on the use of AutoCAD for engineering drawing
              • Solved examples and problems for practice with solutions to the difficult ones
              Features
              • Worked Out Examples & Solved Problems
              • New! Challenging Problems Expand the Range of Homework Problems
              • New! Integrated Online Homework with OneKey which includes PH Grade Assist
              • Features
                • Uniquely focuses on material deemed important by practitioners as typified by the Data Management Association (DAMA).
                • Topics are reinforced with principles from other IS courses, such as Systems Analysis and Design and Networking.
                Features
                • Much more than an Atlas - Combining more than 140 clear, detailed maps with fascinating information, the Longman School Atlas provides both a regional and thematic approach to world and Indian geography. State-of-art digital maps cover landscape, industry, land use, population, climate, and environmental issues. Accompanied by photographs, each with a descriptive text, and annotated diagrams designed to explain complex facts.
                • Linking places with themes - Major geographical themes are treated at global, continental, and regional levels to enable students to make comparisons between places and understand the unique features of each region in the world.
                • A fact-filled geographical resource - An exciting representation of how the world works, this atlas covers the Solar System, Earth's structure and geology, its climate, natural resources, population, trade, economy, tourism, communication, religion, and languages with relevant explanations. The illustrated country factfiles give brief profiles of all the world's countries - including information on their economy, and people, and society.
                • Easy access to information - Fully cross-referenced index containing over 6,000 entries, enabling users to quickly find the place they are looking for.
                Features
                • NEW–Earlier presentation of classes and objects (now in Chapter 3 - was in Chapter 8)–This coverage is also then integrated throughout the book in both examples and exercises, fully familiariziung students with the concept and get them thinking about objects everywhere.
                • NEW–Fully updated to Java’s J2SE 5.0 with coverage on all-new language features such as generics, scanner class, formatter class, autoboxing, etc.
                • NEW–Chapters on recursion and searching and sorting.
                • NEW–Several major new integrated case studies throughout the text reinforce fundamentals.
                • NEW-Time class (3 sections of Ch. 8).
                • NEW–Employee class (Ch. 9 & 10).
                • NEW–Gradebook class (Ch. 3-5 & 7).
                • NEW—DeitelMessenger instant messaging application (Ch. 24).
                • NEW–Two multi-tier Web apps - online survey and a guest book (Ch. 27).
                • NEW—Optional new streamlined OOD/UML case study on an ATM system (Chapters 1-8 and 10) that teaches the fundamentals of software engineering and OOD with the UML and replaces the outdated and overly long elevator case study.
                • NEW–Optional GUI and graphics track (Chapters 3 - 12) with additional coverage on GUI and graphics in later chapters.
                • NEW—Applets coverage was moved from Ch. 3 out to Ch. 20.
                • NEW–Text now includes a dependency chart to aid professors in working out a syllabus and an appendix on navigating the API documentation for students new to the material.
                • NEW—All new interior design that’s cleaner and easier to read.
                • Innovative Pedagogy–The DEITEL® signature Live-Code Approach presents each new concept in the context of a complete, working program, immediately followed by one or more windows showing the program's input/output dialog.
                • Syntax Coloring–Enhances the Live-Code Approach in full- color DEITEL® books; addressed through shading in one- and two-color DEITEL® books.
                • CD-ROM with every text.
                Features
                • NEW—Approximately 15% NEW problems.
                • Project problems that involve realistic structural systems
                • Over 100 photographs dispersed throughout the book
                • Expanded Chapter 1 on loadings—Includes a more detailed discussion of loadings.
                • A simple analysis of shear wall loadings.
                • Enhanced use of the computer program STRAN—Includes the construction of shear and moment diagrams for frames.
                • Expanded coverage of the matrix stiffness method.
                • Uses STRAN, or any other suitable structural analysis program, as a means to check the solutions of the problems.
                • Exceptional illustrations, photographs, and design elements.
                • Procedures for Analysis included in most sections of the text, along with example problems illustrating the procedures.
                • Realistic engineering situations—Clearly illustrated to show the necessary geometric relations and loads.
                Features
                • Accurate, well-researched and examination-oriented material
                • Selective groupings of information from which current affairs questions are most likely to be asked
                • Order form for an absolutely free supplement
                • A supplement that extends the longevity and usefulness of this digest by providing information on the Union Budget 2007-08, the Railway Budget 2007-08, and the Economic Survey 2006-07, along with covering all the relevant and latest information on the Indian economy, Indian polity and current affairs
                Features
                • NEW Updated material throughout Addresses industry trends and technological advances such as the explosive growth of mobile telephones, satellite services, and the wireless Internet.
                • NEW New information on wireless standards Includes expanded coverage of Wi-Fi and WiMax protocols.
                • Balanced coverage of technology and standards Provides a comprehensive guide to specific wireless standards, reflecting their importance in defining both available products and the direction of future research.
                • Comprehensive introduction to technology and architecture Reviews the components that characterize and differentiate wireless communication and networking, including frequency band, signal encoding technique, error correction technique, and network architecture.
                • Discussion of network types Examines the various types of wireless networks, such as satellite, cellular, fixed wireless access, and wireless LANs, including IEEE 802.11 and Bluetooth.
                • Review of current applications Discusses thekey technologies and applications that have been developed from wireless infrastructures, especially mobile IP and wireless Web access.
                • Topical, broad-based coverage Offers an extensive discussion of spread spectrum and satellite communications, fixed wireless access technology, and IEEE 802.16 standards.
                • Outstanding pedagogy Features chapter-ending problems, review questions, suggestions for further reading, and lists of relevant Web sites. The second edition also includes an extensive glossary, list of frequently used acronyms, and a bibliography.
                Features
                Unique Features:
                • Student friendly. Written in a lecture mode and conversational style. Classroom simulative.
                • Case study-centric and analysis oriented. A practical business-oriented analysis keeping in mind the real-world financial practices of blue-chip corporates.
                • Enriched by my own industry experience, independent thinking and research on the subject resulting in providing a practitioner’s perspective and making the text thoroughly enjoyable.
                • Thorough discussion on Conceptual Framework of Financial Statements and contemporary issues such as Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAPs), Valuation of Assets Under Finance Lease, Intangible Assets, Amortisation and Asset Impairment.
                • Accounting Standards interwoven with the text throughout the book, in a non-technical language to the extent possible, instead of bundling them in a separate chapter with the objective of making their understanding more and more contextual and enjoyable.
                • Thorough coverage of Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to Accounts, Auditors’ Report, Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Report, Management Discussion and Analysis Report, Quality of Earnings, Window Dressing, and Information from Sources Other Than Corporate Annual Reports.
                • A systematic, organised and integrated reading and understanding of financial statements and reports through the case of Nestle India Ltd., based on its external annual financial reporting, integrated with the text throughout the book.
                • A model developed for a strategic analysis and interpretation of the annual report comprising an integration of financial, qualitative and quantitative information with the objective of giving recommendations to the management on strategic issues emanating out of analysis and suggesting more transparency in financial reporting.
                • Nestle’s full annual report analysed as per the said model in Chapter 21. Special emphasis laid on contemporary financial issues such as Segment Reporting, Related Party Disclosures, Earnings Per Share, Impairment Loss, Accounting for Taxes on Income and Contingency Provision, and analysed threadbare.
                • Innovative analytical techniques like Per Employee Analysis and Per Equity Share Analysis introduced.
                • Detailed discussion on Global Financial Reporting.
                • Coverage of Emerging Dimensions in Financial Reporting, that is, Value Reporting™ comprising Intangible Asset Scorecard, Human Resource Accounting, Value-added Statement, Brand Valuation, Balance Sheet Including Intangible Assets, Economic Value-Added (EVA®) Statement, Enterprise Value and Current-cost-adjusted Financial Statements.
                Outstanding Pedagogical Features: The outstanding pedagogical features in the book have been designed to chart a clear and well-targeted route map for students’ understanding and knowledge enhancement. These features are:
                • Chapter Openers
                  • Chapter Objectives
                  • Bird’s Eye View Box
                  • Website Resource Box
                  • Publication Resource Box
                  • Before You Move Further, Stop... Box
                  • Research in Financial Reporting
                  • Examples of Leading Companies in the Running Text
                  • Icons with Illustrations
                  • Chapter Illustrations
                    • Case Studies
                    • Corporate Financial Practices
                    • Corporate Window Dressing/Creative Financial Practices
                    • Exhibits
                    • Computational/Numerical Illustrations
                    • Analytical Illustrations
                    • Integrated Project
                  • Keywords
                  • References
                  • Chapter-end Exercises
                    • Case Studies
                    • Integrated Group Projects
                    • Computational/Numerical Exercises
                    • Analytical Exercises
                    • WAC (Written Analysis and Communication) Exercises
                    • MOC (Managerial Oral Communication) Exercises
                    • Capitaline Plus/CMIE Prowess Data Features
                      • Indian context in text and cases
                      • 20 case studies covering problem situations in all areas of logistics mix
                      • Strategic, tactical, control, and operational issues raised in cases
                      • Separate chapters on technologies used in logistics operations and government policies and regulatory framework for the logistics industry in India.
                      Features
                      • Basic concepts explained in a very lucid and simple way so that even a beginner has no difficulty in grasping the fundamental concepts
                      • Fully worked-out solutions to a large number of problems
                      • Problems categorized into various types and working rules for solving them provided
                      • Practice exercises covering all the topics in each chapter provided at the end.
                      • A smart table in the beginning to inform the student on the number of questions asked from various topics in IIT(Screening), AIEEE(CBSE), CEE(Delhi) and UPSEAT
                      • Most of the problems asked at different competitive examinations worked out
                      • Ten Model Test Papers based on different competitive examinations provided at the end to facilitate students to understanding the pattern and the type of questions asked in different examinations.
                      Features
                      • Systems in Sync summarize, illustrate, and explain the interrelationship of all body systems.
                      • Homeostatic Imbalance icons and end-of-chapter At the Clinic sections address the needs of career-oriented, one-semester anatomy and physiology students.
                      • Focus on Careers sections use interviews with working professionals to show how anatomy and physiology is important in a wide range of allied health careers.
                      • Student CD-ROM Four colour
                      Features
                      • New section on the role of IT and risk management for each supply-chain driver
                      • Quantitative exercises at the end of each chapter
                      • Extensive use of Excel to illustrate all solution methodologies for network design, demand and supply planning, inventory and transportation management
                      • Text supported by Indian case studies and caselets
                      • Concepts explained with the help of Indian examples, where required
                      • Key supply-chain matrices added to the discussion of drivers of supply-chain performers.
                      Features
                      • Forceful discussion on the theory of constraint that explains how to identify and manage bottlenecks, with case studies.
                      • Fresh managerial practice examples on lean systems with poka-yoke methods, the Five-S concept, and value-stream mapp Paperbacking.
                      • Introduction of six ‘managerial challenge’ cases with accompanying video footage.
                      About the Authors
                      Lee J. Krajewski, University of Notre Dame. Larry P. Ritzman, Professor Emeritus at the Ohio State University and Boston College. Manoj K. Malhotra, University of South Carolina. Features
                      • New chapter on emotions and moods
                      • New sections ‘Job satisfaction and workplace deviance’ and ‘What causes job satisfaction’?
                      • New material on equity and justice theory
                      • Updated with recent research – both Indian and Asian
                      • Text supported by Indian examples
                      • Indian examples in OB in ‘News and International OB’
                      • Specific organizational applications, Indian and Asian
                      • Ethics and issues at work in an Indian perspective
                      • Indian cases and caselets
                      • Topics like call centres in India, recruitment and selection- changing trends, outsourcing in Asia and India, and restructuring of Indian organizations - challenges and response, included
                      About the Authors
                      Steven P. Robbins Ph.D. University of Arizona Professional Experience Academic Positions: Professor, San Diego State University, Southern Illinois University at Edwardsville, University of Baltimore, Concordia University in Montreal, and University of Nebraska at Omaha. Research: Research interests have focused on conflict, power, and politics in organizations, behavioral decision making, and the development of effective interpersonal skills. Books Published: World's best-selling author of textbooks in both management and organizational behavior. His books are used at more than a thousand U.S. colleges and universities, have been translated into 16 languages, and have adapted editions for Canada, Australia, South Africa, and India. Timothy A. Judge Ph.D. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Professional Experience Academic Positions: Matherly-McKethan Eminent Scholar in Management, Warrington College of Business Administration, University of Florida, Stanley M. Howe Professor in Leadership, Henry B. Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa, Associate Professor (with tenure), Department of Human Resource Studies, School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell University, Lecturer, Charles University, Czech Republic, and Comenius University, Slovakia, Instructor, Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Department of Psychology, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Research: Dr. Judge’s research interests are in the areas of personality and individual differences, leadership and influence behaviors, internal and external staffing, and job attitudes. Recipient of three gold medals and national scholarships, Dr Seema Sanghi completed her M.A. in Psychology in 1984 and thereafter Ph.D in Psychology from University of Rajasthan. Dr Sanghi’s research has been in the field of job values, job satisfaction, personal adjustment, need pattern, ethical issues, motivational climate, motivational complexity, managerial style, competency model, competency mapping, trans-cultural managerial competencies, personality assessment, cross-cultural issues and women management. She has handled international research projects in collaboration with B-Schools in U.K. She has contributed more than 80 articles and research papers in magazines and Journals of national and international repute. Her book Towards Personal Excellence after success in US & UK was translated into Chinese. Another book – Handbook of Competency Mapping is also very well received. Her latest book (edited) is Institutional Governance. Features
                      • Theme examples of existing systems—Contained in each chapter.
                      • Multiple-input, Multiple-Output (MIMO) —Provides the first text that treats MIMO and space-time coding techniques at an introductory level.
                      Features
                      • This book brings scholarly research into the course, which can be demonstrated via the scholarly and practitioner-oriented bibliographic sources from a broad set of disciplines including auditing, cognitive psychology, communication, education, human performance, human resources management, industrial and organizational psychology, information systems, international business, management, marketing, organizational behavior, public administration, social psychology, sociology, and strategy.
                      • The author integrates discussion of Performance Management within the broader organizational context including strategic considerations
                      • The author includes topics not typically covered in performance appraisal books including team performance management (Chapter 11), the link between performance management and organization- and unit-level goals and strategies (Chapters 1 and 3), the link between performance management and employee development (Chapter 8), the link between performance management and coaching and feedback (Chapter 9), the link between performance and rewards (Chapter 10), and legal issues (Chapter 10).
                      • Over 30 integrative cases address the design and implementation of various aspects of performance management systems in a diverse set of organizations and industries.
                      Features
                      • Includes many new examples and functions.
                      • Introduces important new design patterns for effective object-oriented development.
                      • Thinking in objects—Helps students learn how to think in terms of object-oriented technologies, so they can understand the design of object-oriented applications before they start to code.
                      • Up-to-date coverage of Internet, database, and enterprise applications for object technology—Includes detailed chapters on the application of object technology in real-world business environments.
                      • Updated chapter on objects, XML and Web services—Explains how to use object technology to build applications that utilize increasingly widespread XML technologies and leverage the important Web services paradigm.
                      • Author is an expert object-oriented trainer and teacher—Author Matt Weisfeld has personally taught thousands of programmers the fundamentals of object technology using the materials in this book.
                      • Downloadable examples and code samples—All code examples can be downloaded from the book's companion Web site.
                      Features
                      • The core concepts are discussed in three steps: 1) first model and understand the process and its flows, 2) then study causal relationships between process structure and certain performance metrics, and 3) formulate implications for managerial actions by filtering out managerial levers ("process drivers") and their impact on process performance.
                      • The objective of this book is to show managers can control process structure and process drivers to achieve desired business process performance.
                      • Uses a process view as the unifying paradigm to focus on the essence of operations.
                      About the Authors
                      Ravi Anupindi, Sunil Chopra, Sudhakar D. Deshmukh, Jan A. Van Miegham and Eitan Zemel are at Kellog Graduate School of Management in Northwestern University.Features
                      • The book is written from the perspective of the firm competing in international markets.
                      • Focus on SMEs as global market players.
                      • Focus on SMEs as subsuppliers on the global market.
                      • Value chain approach.
                      • Covers hot topics like Internet marketing and use of Internet in global market research.
                      Features
                      • Expanded coverage on asset-backed securities.
                      • Cover commercial mortgage-backed securities; collateralized debt obligations; and credit derivatives.
                      • Excerpts from weekly trade publications—As a component of end-of-chapter questions.
                      • Latest analytical techniques for valuing complex bond structures
                      • Discussion of interest rate derivative instruments. Portfolio strategies employing interest rate derivatives.
                      Features
                      • Client-side technology is covered including HTML, XHTML, CSS, JavaScript, Java applets and XML.
                      • Server-side technology is covered including ASP.NET using C#, Perl/CGI, PHP, Java servlets and JSP.
                      • A chapter on Web access to relational databases using MySQL with Perl, PHP, and Java servlets.
                      • A Brief Introduction to Java Appendix is included for C++ programmers.
                      Features
                      • NEW - Coverage of oxidation-reduction reactions.
                      • NEW - Updated and reorganized material throughout—Includes recent literature references.
                      • NEW - Web-based problems.
                      • NEW - Problems using software for molecular orbital calculations.
                      • Excellent, balanced coverage of core principles and theory.
                      • Integration of symmetry arguments throughout—Emphasizes symmetry more than other inorganic texts.
                      • Many problems at the end of each chapter—Including some from the recent literature.
                      • Worked examples in most chapters.
                      • Exercises in most chapters.
                      • Strong molecular symmetry/group theory coverage.
                      • Strong molecular-orbital approach.
                      • Special topic coverage—e.g., organometallic, solid-state chemistry, bioinorganic, and environmental inorganic.
                      Features
                      • Provides an updated and comprehensive study of direct tax laws including tax planning.
                      • Highlights prospective amendments, using the icon A.Y 2008-2009.
                      • Uses flow charts and tables for conceptual clarity.
                      • Presents latest judicial milestones in Landmark Judgements.
                      • Includes numerous examples illustrating specific points of law in a simple manner.
                      • The Examination Review section contains solved problems from various professional examinations.
                      • Exhaustive practicals provide a thorough overview of laws discussed in various chapters.
                      • Includes analytical judicial pronouncements to promote deep understanding of tax laws.
                      • Is invaluable as a reference for professionals.
                      About the Authors
                      B.B. Lal is a former reader at the Department of Commerce, PGDAV College, University of Delhi. He has over 40 years of teaching experience in income- tax law and has taught the subject at the University of Delhi, South Campus, the Institute of Companies Secretaries of India (New Delhi), and the Northern Regional Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. N. Vashisht is an alumnus of the University of Delhi and a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He has over 15 years of experience in Indian and international taxation. Features
                      • Clear and simple language which keeps the Indian readership in mind.
                      • Over 200 additional solved problems and solutions to exercises provided.
                      • Rearranged text that conforms to the syllabi requirements of Indian universities.
                      • Currency (dollar) converted to rupees for better understanding
                      Features
                      • Integration of strategic HR and the HR scorecard - Integration in every chapter Provides specific, actionable explanations and illustrations showing how to measure HR's effectiveness and overall value creation strategy.
                      • Know your employment law - Contained in each chapter. Emphasizes managers' need for a solid knowledge of employment law, and the legal implications HR related decision have.
                      • Ethics, justice and fair treatment in HR management chapter - Explains the meanings of ethics and fair treatment at work, and how HR managers can support the twin goals of improving ethical behavior and fair treatment in their companies.
                      Features
                      • Nearly 1,400 practice questions.
                      • Unique in featuring a robust section on both LR and DI.
                      • Includes a full chapter on DS (Data Sufficiency).
                      • Three levels of practice questions¬¬—foundation, moderate and advanced—that help students develop skills like visualization of variables, time management, stress handling and mental imaging.
                      • A unique feature, called Flaw Detector, that helps students avoid the “that’s-an-obvious- answer” approach.
                      • Five bench-marking tests provided for self-evaluation.
                      • Analysis and solution of the last six years’ CAT exam questions.
                      Features
                      • Simple to understand and easy to retain.
                      • Flow charts and tables sharpen understanding.
                      • Graded and point-wise examples to bridge the gap between theory and practice.
                      • Self-explanatory approach in numerical problems.
                      • Numerous examples to illustrate intricate points of law.
                      • Carefully worked-out Practical Problems at the end of each chapter.
                      • Graded and comprehensive trial exercises at the end of each chapter.
                      • Problems from professional examinations, solved in accordance with latest law provisions, included in the Examination Review section at the end of the book.
                      About the Authors
                      B. B. Lal is former reader at the Department of Commerce, PGDAV College, University of Delhi. He has over 40 years of teaching experience in income-tax law and has taught the subject at the University of Delhi, Institute of Company Secretaries of India (New Delhi) and the Northern Regional Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. N. Vashisht is an alumnus of the University of Delhi and a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He has over fifteen years of experience in Indian and international taxation N. Vashisht is an alumnus of the University of Delhi and a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He has over 15 years of experience in Indian and international taxation. Features
                      Accurate, well researched and examination oriented, this bestseller will help you master the subject of “general knowledge” for various competitive examinations.
                      • Based on the current trends in general knowledge questions set by the UPSC, SSC, Banking Services, Railway Recruitment Boards, and central and state recruitment bodies.
                      • Includes ample practice exercises for each subject area and a comprehensive question bank for practice.
                      • Up-to-date national and international “Current Affairs” section.
                      Features
                      • A comprehensive tutorial to the C# programming language, for programmers who are new to C# and to object-oriented programming
                      • Uses the Deitel's signature "live code" style, where every programming concept is explored in the context of a complete working program, not a code fragment
                      • Covers everything from C# fundamentals to advanced .NET topics
                      About the Authors
                      Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel are the founders of Deitel & Associates, Inc., the internationally recognized programming languages content-creation and corporate training organization. Together with their colleagues at Deitel & Associates, Inc., they have written many international best-selling programming languages textbooks and professional books that millions of people worldwide have used to master C, C++, Java™, C#, XML, Visual Basic®, Perl, Python, and Internet and Web programming.Features
                      • More than 16 million licenses of Crystal Reports have been shipped to date
                      • Includes up to date information on the newest features to be added to Release 2, including dynamic and cascading parameters and advanced Microsoft Office integration
                      • Authors are Business Objects insiders with unique perspecitve on real-world implementation of Crystal Reports
                      Features
                      • Learn to develop embedded systems using the Linux operating system
                      • Provides the broadest coverage of topics that a developer needs to understand in order to be successful developing with embedded Linux.
                      • Special emphasis placed on the Busybox package, which is rapidly emerging as a popular replacement for traditional Linux utilities in an embedded environment.
                      Features
                      • Strictly aligned to the prescribed syllabus
                      • More than 4,500 problems for practice
                      • Topical breakup of questions in every
                      • Original questions from the last five years’ exams included
                      Features
                      An indispensable guide to mastering General Knowledge for
                      • UPSC Civil Services.
                      • Combined Defence Services (CDS) and National Defence Academy (NDA).
                      • Railway Recruitment Boards and Special Class railway Apprentices
                      • Indian Forest Services.
                      • Engineering Services. Bank Probationary Officers.
                      • LIC, GIC, AAOs, RBI Grade ‘A’ and ‘B’, other Administrative Officers examinations.
                      • MBA, MCA, BCA, BBA entrance tests.
                      • State Civil Services and other competitive examinations.
                      Features
                      • NEW - Uses OpenGL as the supporting software—An appendix explains how to obtain it (free downloads) and how to install it on a wide variety of platforms.
                      • NEW - Uses C++ as the underlying programming language—Introduces useful classes for graphics, but does not force a rigid object-oriented posture.
                      • NEW - Earlier and more in-depth treatment of 3D graphics and the underlying mathematics.
                      • NEW - Updates all content to reflect the advances in the field.
                      • NEW - Extensive case studies at the end of each chapter.
                      • NEW - A clearer flow of ideas from first principles to the techniques of graphics—Develops the underlying mathematics from first principles.
                      • NEW - A powerful Scene Design Language (SDL) is introduced and described; C++ code for the SDL interpreter is available on the book's web site.
                      • NEW - An Appendix on the PostScript language shows how this powerful page layout language operates.
                      • Carefully lays out the links between a concept, underlying mathematics, program coding, and the result—e.g., the use of vectors in graphics, the underlying theory of transformations, the mathematics of perspective projections, etc.
                      • An abundance of state-of-the-art worked examples—Relates them to things students frequently see on the Internet.
                      • Numerous practice exercises (approx. 30 per chapter).
                      Features
                      • Managerial orientation—Includes Managerial Issues sections featured in the final section of every chapter.
                      • Finance-marketing interdisciplinary approach—Relates to Accounting, Information Systems, Human Resources Management, Psychology, and the legal field.
                      • Integrated systems—Emphasizes those systems that support the enterprise and supply chain management.
                      • Extensive pedagogy—Includes Chapter Outlines, Learning Objectives, Opening Vignettes, Application Cases, Insights and Additions, Exhibits, Review Questions, Marginal Glossary and Key Terms, Chapter Summaries, and end-of-chapter exercises.
                      Features
                      How companies that earn "share of heart" and not just share of wallet are leading the greatest transformation in capitalism since Adam Smith
                      • See how world-class companies like Whole Foods, IKEA, and Costco are writing the new rules of capitalism.
                      • Discover why today's most socially-responsible companies are blowing away the S&P 500 averages, year after year!
                      • Learn from powerful examples to deliver the emotional, experiential, and social value your stakeholders demand.
                      About the Authors
                      Rajendra S. Sisodia, professor of marketing and founding director of the Center for Marketing Technology at Bentley College. He has a Ph.D. in marketing and business policy from Columbia University. David B. Wolfe, an internationally recognized customer behavior expert in middle-age and older markets. Dr. Jagdish N. Sheth is a world-recognized authority on global competition, strategic thinking, and customer relationship management. Dr. Sheth is Charles H. Kellstadt Chair of Marketing Strategy in the Goizueta Business School at Emory University. He has served as a distinguished faculty member at the University of Southern California, the University of Illinois, Columbia University, and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Dr. Sheth has published more than two dozen books and hundreds of research papers in different areas of marketing and business strategy; many are considered classics in their fields. His books include The Rule of Three: Surviving and Thriving in Competitive Markets and Tectonic Shift: The Geoeconomic Realignment of Globalizing Markets (both co-authored with Rajendra S. Sisodia). With Banwari Mittal, he co-authored ValueSpace: Winning the Battle for Market Leadership. He also co-authored Clients for Life with Andrew Sobel. His latest book, Firms of Endearment: How World-Class Companies Profit from Passion and Purpose (Wharton School Publishing), was co-authored with Rajendra Sisodia and David Wolfe.Features
                      • Heads Up section at the beginning of each chapter illustrates why students need to know about the upcoming chapter and how this knowledge will help them in their future careers.
                      • Digital Portfolio section in the text and on the Companion Web Site shows students how to build a digital portfolio that demonstrates their business and software skills to future employers.
                      • Business Process Emphasis. Shows students how firms need to change their processes and management behavior in order to reap the benefits of new systems and technologies.
                      Features
                      • Contains a wealth of worked examples, demonstrating theory in practice
                      • Hundreds of end-of-chapter problems test knowledge and allow students to practice solving problems
                      • Highlighted key equations, summaries of formulae and key terms and concepts aid the student in locating most important information and is useful for revision.
                      • SI units used throughout.
                      Features
                      • The text offers complete coverage of cutting-edge techniques and concepts including Bioinformatics, Proteomics, and Genomics, as well as detailed information on agricultural, medical, forensic, and regulatory issues that impact the biotechnology industry.
                      • Complete chapters are dedicated to Ethics in Biotechnology, Bioremediation, Aquatic Biotechnology, and Regulatory Biotechnology.
                      • In addition, ethics is incorporated throughout the text.
                      • Career Profile Boxes in each chapter introduce students to different career paths in the biotechnology industry and provide detailed information on job functions, salaries, and guidance for preparing to enter the workforce.
                      • You Decide Boxes in each chapter stimulate ethical discussion by giving students questions and information relating to the social and ethical implications of biotechnology and regulations.
                      • Tools of the Trade Boxes provide details on modern techniques and methods related to each chapter's content and the biotech industry.
                      Features
                      • Excellent description of the history of bank regulation and Basel II. (a) Provides history of bank regulations and highlights reasons for its importance (b) Gives students perspective on changing regulations (c) Keeps students knowledge current for application in the work environment.
                      • Copulas are explained in a relatively unsophisticated way that readers can understand. This brings the student to an understanding of how to quantify how two or more variables depend on each other in a way that is tangible and memorable. Copulas by way of a previous understanding of correlations, distributions, and factor models.
                      • Discussion of operational risk, model risk, liquidity risk, economic capital and RAROC.
                      Features
                      • Can be used in any course in which students make presentations.
                      • Concise and easy to read.
                      • Full of clear, practical useable tools and techniques.
                      • Up-to-date, cutting-edge concepts.
                      • Great reference guide to keep of both students' and professionals' desks.
                      Features
                      • Clear - The format of the text makes it easy to read and to skim. The tone is direct, matter-of-fact, and nontheoretical.
                      • Concise - The book summarizes results and models culled from thousands of pages of text and research. The author omitted bulky examples, cases, footnotes, and exercises.
                      • Practical - This book includes only information that professionals will find useful.
                      Features
                      • Will be the first complete, up-to-date book on Java EE 5. Sun is timing final release of EE 5 to coincide with our pub date.
                      • Java EE 5 now provides tools for SOA and Web 2.0 application development.
                      • Troublesome boiler point code from previous versions is gone making Java EE 5 easier to use than ever.
                      About the Authors
                      Eric Jendrock leads Sun's Java EE Tutorial and Java WSIT Tutorial teams. Jennifer Ball has documented JavaServer Faces technology, the Java2D API, deploytool, and JAXB. Debbie Carson documents the Java EE, Java SE, and Java WSIT platforms. Ian Evans documents the Java EE and Java Web Services platforms, and edits Java EE platform specifications. Scott Fordin has written numerous articles and Sun guidebooks on Java, XML, and web service technologies. Kim Haase documents the Java EE platform and Java Web Services, including Java Message Service (JMS), Java API for XML Registries (JAXR), and the SAAJ. Features
                      • A curtain raiser on various MBA entrance examinations in the beginning of the book to guide the students.
                      • More that 5000 solved problems to develop problem solving skills.
                      • Plenty of short cut methods covering each and every kind of questions asked in competitive exams. Every short cut method explained with the help of illustrative examples.
                      • Model Test Papers based on different MBA entrance examinations provided at the end.
                      • Practice exercises covering all the topics in each chapter provided at the end for self-assessment.,br>
                      • Large number of problems asked in competitive exams included in every chapter with explanatory answers.
                      Features
                      • In appropriate chapters, we have added a discussion on the question geographic factors in international business.
                      • Examples of geographic variables discussed are country location, location of population and population segments within countries, size of countries, natural resources and barriers, climate, and country size.
                      • Highlights for students the importance of considering geography in making business decisions.
                      • We use a point-counterpoint style to highlight the diversity of perspective that managers use to make sense of vital issues in international business.
                      About the Authors
                      John D. Daniels, the Samuel N. Friedland Chair of Executive Management at the University of Miami, received his Ph.D. at the University of Michigan. His dissertation won first place in the award com¬petition of the Academy of International Business. Since then he has been an active researcher. He was formerly director of the Center for International Business Education and Research (C1BER) at Indiana University and holder of the E. Claiborne Robins Distinguished Chair at the University of Richmond. Lee H. Radebaugh, is the KPMG Professor and Associate Director of the MBA Program at Brigham Young University. He received his MBA and doctorate from Indiana University. He taught at the Pennsylvania State University from 1972 to 1980. He also has been a visiting professor at Escuela de Administracion de Negocios para Graduados (ESAN), a graduate business school in Lima, Peru. In 1985, Professor Radebaugh was the James Cusator Wards visiting professor at Glasgow University, Scotland. His other books include International Accounting and Multinational Enterprises (John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition) with S.J. Gray; Introduction to Business: International Dimensions (South-Western Publishing Company) with John D. Daniels; and seven books on Canada-U.S. trade and investment relations, with Earl Fry as co-editor. Daniel P. Sullivan, an Associate Professor of Management at the Alfred Lerner College of Business of the University of Delaware, received his Ph.D. from the University of South Carolina. He researches a range of topics, including Globalization and Business, International Management, Global Strategy, Competitive Analysis, and Corporate Governance. His work on these topics has been published in leading scholarly journals, including the Journal of International Business Studies, Management International Review, Law and Society Review, and Academy of Management Journal. In addition, he has served on the editorial boards of Journal of International Business Studies and Management International Review. Features
                      • Beyond the Headlines: As Social Psychologists See It” takes real-life news events and examines them from the field of social psychology. This feature illustrates how the topics can be app Paperbacklied to many aspects of human behavior. These have all been rewritten for this edition.
                      • Ideas to Take with You," at the end of every chapter, highlight important concepts that impact students daily lives.
                      • "Connections tables” at the end of every chapter help explain the relationship between certain topics within the field of social psychology. “Critical Thinking” questions follow the “Connections” tables.
                      • “Key Points” at the end of every major section help students understand what they have read and key terms in bold help students look for definitions .Chapter summaries, called “Summary and Review of Key Points” help students assess what they have read.
                      Features
                      • Covering the many types and forms of change, and the many issues and problems that surround change.
                      • The integrating theme of organizational design and change issues is illustrated by one company example.
                      • Ethical Dimension — This feature allow students, individually or in groups, to debate the ethical dilemmas that confront managers during the process of organizational design and change.
                      Features
                      • Creating value for customers in order to capture value from customers in return.
                      • Building and managing strong, value-creating brands.
                      • Managing return on marketing to recapture value.
                      • Harnessing new marketing technologies.
                      • Marketing in a socially responsible way around the globe.
                      Features
                      • Unique workbook pedagogy with hands-on exercises, programming projects, and a free Web-based training module.
                      • Teaches all Oracle PL/SQL skills you need -- using hands-on, real-world labs, exercises and projects.
                      • Based on authors' successful instruction experience at Columbia University School of Continuing Education.
                      Features
                      • Students observe and learn how management theory can be applied to actual individual manager’s dilemmas. This real world connection helps students realize that there are a number of responses to any one dilemma they will likely encounter in their own professional lives.
                      • NEW- Continuing Case: Concluding each of the six parts in the book, you’ll find a continuing comprehensive case that follows the challenges managers face at Starbucks.
                      Features

                      • More than 3,500 MCQs
                      • Strictly according to the most recent syllabus
                      • Based on previous years' original question papers
                      • Special focus on the GK section
                      • Web supplements available
                      Features
                      • Modern, balanced coverage combines a focus on long-run issues with analysis of short-run concerns, like business cycle fluctuations and stabilization policy.
                      • Real-world applications connect theory to practice and a rich variety of examples illustrate key economic concepts at work.
                      • Reliance on a set of core beconomic ideas is perfect for those looking for broad real-world applicability.
                      • Learning tools for students aid comprehension and application.
                      Features
                      • Shows developers 50 specific, practical ways to improve their C# programming skills.
                      • Helps developers avoid the common pitfalls that others have had to learn the hard way.
                      • Part of Scott Meyers' Effective Software Development Series, in the proven format of Effective C++ and Effective Java.
                      Features

                      • Up-to-date treatment of Web security discusses the two most important Web security standards—SSL/TLS and SET.

                      • Unified presentation of intruders and viruses shows students the distinct threats and similarities of hackers and viruses, in order to promote a greater understanding of both topics.

                      • Coverage of both PGP and S/MIME for electronic mail security familiarizes students with the two most important approaches to e-mail security, enabling them to gain an understanding of both schemes at a detailed technical level.

                      • Treatment of firewalls explores this integral part of any network security capability.

                      • Concise overview of cryptography, authentication, and digital signatures gives students a solid yet concise look at the fundamental algorithms and techniques underlying network security.

                      • Chapter-end homework problems introduce students to new concepts and techniques, and reinforce material in the text with more than 100 problems.

                      • Optional research projects guide students, via a series of assignments, through researching a particular topic on the Internet and writing a report.
                      Features

                      • This text provides five chapters covering the many types and forms of change, and the many issues and problems that surround change.
                      • Integrated theme of Design & Change — The integrating theme of organizational design and change issues is illustrated by one company example, Amazon.com particularly those that relate to the theme of new information technology.
                      • Practicing Organizational Theory — These class tested experiential exercises are designed to give students hands-on experience doing organizational theory. Each exercise takes about 20 minutes of class time. The instructor’s manual supports faculty in using these exercises in the classroom.
                      • Ethical Dimension — Thisfeature allows students, individually or in groups, to debate the ethical dilemmas that confront managers during the process of organizational design and change.
                      • End of text Cases — The cases at the end of the text were specifically created to generate class discussions. Used in conjunction with the book's chapters they enrich students’ understanding of organizational theory concepts. Detailed, author written instructor notes available in the Instructor Manual guide you in using the materials in your classroom.
                      Features
                      • NEW Chapter Opening Vignettes are all updated and highlight titans of retailing.
                      • Key retail management concepts are reinforced with current, real-world examples that bridge the gap between theory and practice.
                      • NEW Cases! 30 shorter cases, as well as 8 comprehensive cases. Every case is based on real companies and real situations. Among the popular companies featured in the cases are Abercrombie's Ruehl No. 925, Albertson's, Amazon.com, Bed Bath & Beyond, Ben & Jerry's, eBay, Home Depot, Limited Brands, Neiman Marcus, Netflix, Sony, Starbucks, Stop & Shop, Subway, and Trader Joe's.
                      Features
                      • NEW - "Holistic marketing" coverage- Explores the emerging concept that everything matters in marketing: internal marketing, integrated marketing, relationship marketing, and socially responsible marketing.
                      • NEW - Modular Organization- Kotler and Keller focused on preserving the strengths and core topics, while carefully tightening coverage in every chapter for greater clarity. By organizing the text into seven parts of related material, a more modular approach, instructors have greater flexibility.
                      Features
                      Expanded coverage of the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is offered.
                      • NEW-New material includes coverage of Public Key Infrastructure (PKI), distributed denial of service (DDoS), and common criteria for information technology security, which is a standard for trusted computer systems.
                      • NEW-Programming assignments found at the end of each chapter can be programmed in any language.
                      • NEW-A new set of laboratory exercises has been added to the instructor package, adding a new dimension to what can be offered to the instructor.
                      Features
                      • A curtain-raiser on various competitive examinations is presented in the beginning of the book
                      • More than 5000 solved problems are included
                      • Each chapter contains concise definitions and explanations of fundamental principles, further augmented with illustrative examples
                      • Numerous short-cut methods are included for nearly all types of questions asked in competitive examinations
                      • Model test papers based on different competitive examinations provided
                      • Practice exercises covering all the topics in each chapter provided at the end for self-assessment
                      • A large number of problems asked in competitive examinations included in every chapter with explanatory answers
                      Features
                      • This book includes not only traditional topics such as personality, motivation and leadership; but also cutting-edge issues such as emotions, trust, negotiation, and knowledge management.
                      • The topics of globalization and cross-cultural differences, diversity, and ethics are integrated throughout. Rather than being presented in stand-alone chapters, these topics have been woven into the context of relevant issues.
                      • There is a strong focus on making sure that readers see the link between OB theories, research, and implications for practice. It's about using theory to better explain and predict the behavior of people in organizations.
                      Features
                      • NEW - In-depth discussion of molecular biology of hormone receptors and the molecular basis for numerous endocrine disorders (diseases).
                      • NEW - Examination of several recently discovered hormones.
                      • NEW - New figures.
                      • Author's expertise—Harnesses the author's extensive research in the field of melanotropins and vertebrate pigmentation, particularly in relationship to the control of melanocyte stimulating hormone secretion and the mechanisms of action of the melanotropins.
                      • Each chapter is consistently organized to provide information on the following aspects of endocrine physiology—(1) Introduction and Historical Perspective; (2) Origin; (3) Biosynthesis; (4) Chemistry; (5) Secretion; (6) Circulation and Metabolism; (7) Physiological Roles; (8) Mechanisms of Action; (9) Pathophysiology; (10) Comparative Endocrinology.
                      • Up-to-date coverage of the following topics:
                        • Thyroid hormone action. Reviews the latest model and includes recent data on the developmental biology of catecholamine biosynthesis within adrenal chromaffin tissue and sympathetic neurons.
                        • Genetic and congenital defects. Insight provided into those that affect normal growth and development of the human reproductive systems.
                        • Neuropeptides. Explores the emerging understanding of the importance of neuropeptides to endocrine system function.
                        • New discoveries in the areas of endorphins, brain peptides, gases as novel neurohormones, etc.
                      • Emphasizes that both a hormones method of delivery and its source are of great physiological significance.
                      • Special reference to the roles of chemical messengers in the control of homeostatic systems—In the overall discussion of homeostasis.
                      • Coverage of the most recent surgical and histological techniques—As well as the more classical methodologies.
                      • Emphasis on the evidence supporting the neurovascular hypothesis in discussion of the role of the endocrine hypothalamus.
                      • Traces the evolution of hormone structure—In relation to the comparative endocrinology of neurohypophysial hormones.
                      Features
                      • Over 5000 MCQs
                      • Based on the current trends of GK questions set by various central and state recruitment bodies
                      • More than 1500 MCQs on science and technology
                      • Topic-wise arrangement of questions
                      • Different types of MCQs, such as assertion-reasoning(AR), match-the-column, and figures/maps-based problems, dealt with in separate groupings
                      • Web support available
                      Features

                      • More than 2,500 practice questions
                      • Strictly based on the syllabus and recent trends
                      • 2007 question paper and 3 previous years' question papers included
                      • Practical tips on how to prepare for the exam
                      • Comprehensive coverage of all topics
                      • Web support available
                      Features
                      • Keeps readers up-to-date with ever changing PC hardware standards and technologies.
                      • This classic has outlasted its competition and now stands alone as the de facto PC hardware reference.
                      • No other book offers information this well researched, assembled and put into context.
                      Features

                      • Based on the current trends in general knowledge questions set by the UPSC, SSC, Banking Services, Railway Recruitment Boards, and central and state recruitment bodies
                      • Includes ample practice exercises for each subject area and a comprehensive question bank for practice
                      • 1,000 Multiple Choice Questions. Many new questions added.
                      • Up-to-date national and international "Current Affairs" section.
                      Features

                      • For courses in Business Communication and Business Writing.

                      • Sample documents with annotated comments is offered extensively throughout the book, these provide wide selection of high quality, real company sample letters, memos, e-mails, and instant messages collected by the authors in their consulting work, occasionally accompanied by a 3-step writing-process graphic for students to use as models.

                      • NEW: Increased coverage of listening and teams-Expands the coverage of listening by more than 50%, and presents the latest information on listening skills, including the tendency to prejudge, cultural and language barriers, and short-term memorization techniques that boost retention and reduce misinterpretation.

                      • Peak Performance Grammar and Mechanics tool-Allows students to take pretests, follow-up tests, and advanced tests for skill improvement in mechanics and specific parts of speech.

                      Features
                      • A central theme of economic reforms and the performance of the Indian economy since 1991, with each chapter written by specialists in the area
                      • Wide coverage and a critical and in-depth analysis of the developments in all major sub-sectors of the Indian economy (1991 – 2008)
                      • An objective assessment of the reforms, presenting the positive as well as negative aspects of the developments
                      • Designed as an entry-level reader, geared toward UG and PG courses in economics
                      Features

                      • Signature Live Code™ Approach which Enables students to confirm that programs run as expected.

                      • Use of UML™ 2 industry-standard graphical language for modeling object-oriented systems.

                      • Contains an extensive OOD/UML 2 case study on developing an automated teller machine (ATM).
                      Features
                      • Book caters to the needs of persons appearing for job interviews, UPSC, as well as campus-placement interviews.
                      • New kinds of interviews, such as videoconference interview and telephonic interview have been incorporated.
                      • Frequently asked questions and their answers have been provided for the benefit of the reader.
                      • One whole chapter is dedicated to guide the reader to prepare for group discussion.
                      • Examples of résumés and tips for writing effective résumé are given.
                      Features
                      • Well laid out and beautifully illustrated Primer introduces the learners to the world of numbers.
                      • Notes for the teacher in the pre-primary level and class 1 act as guidelines and provide support while teaching. From class 2 onwards, these act as tips for the teachers and students alike on related topics.
                      • Let us revise revisits the concept/concepts already learnt.
                      • Try this! activities break the monotony of exercises and test application.
                      • Remember lays stress upon the concept learnt.
                      • Interesting facts engage the students with extra information about the topic.
                      • Solved examples help in assimilation and retention of new topics.
                      • Exercises help to build confidence in the subject through ample practice questions.
                      • Worksheets and Model Test Papers at the end of the book are provided for recapitulation and self-evaluation.
                      Features
                      • Well laid out and beautifully illustrated Primer introduces the learners to the world of numbers.
                      • Notes for the teacher in the pre-primary level and class 1 act as guidelines and provide support while teaching. From class 2 onwards, these act as tips for the teachers and students alike on related topics.
                      • Let us revise revisits the concept/concepts already learnt.
                      • Try this! activities break the monotony of exercises and test application.
                      • Remember lays stress upon the concept learnt.
                      • Interesting facts engage the students with extra information n about the topic.
                      • Solved examples help in assimilation and retention of new topics.
                      • Exercises help to build confidence in the subject through ample practice questions.
                      • Worksheets and Model Test Papers at the end of the book are provided for recapitulation and self-evaluation.
                      Features
                      • This new text takes students on the journey of becoming entrepreneurs- from the decision to become an entrepreneur through franchising.
                      • This text places a unique and special emphasis on developing a successful business idea early in the process.
                      • Helps students understand the importance of carefully following the entrepreneurial process, especially in the early stages of their new venture.
                      Features
                      • Updated for JavaServer Faces 1.2 and Java EE 5.
                      • Features the expertise of Expert Group Member David Geary and the unique insights of Cay Horstmann, the best-selling author of Core Java.
                      About the Authors
                      David Geary, who worked at Sun Microsystems from 1994 through 1997, was a member of the JSF 1.0 Expert Group. He is president of Clarity Training Inc., a training and consulting company focusing on server-side Java technology, and is the author of eight books on Java technology, including the best-selling Graphic Java™ 2 series, Advanced JavaServer Pages, and Google™ Web Toolkit Solutions (all from Prentice Hall). David was also a member of the JSTL Expert Group, was the Second Apache Struts committer, and wrote questions for Sun's Web Developer Certification Exam. David is a regular speaker on the popular No Fluff Just Stuff tour and is a JavaOne Rock Star, by virtue of his Shale Presentation with Craig McClanahan in 2005. Cay S. Horstmann is a professor of computer science at San Jose State University. He has served as vice president and chief technology officer of Preview Systems Inc., and as a consultant on C++, Java, and Internet programming for major corporations, universities, and organizations. Cay is also the author of the classic Core Java™ books.Features
                      • Covers the new features of ASP.NET 3.5, including ASP.NET Ajax and LINQ.
                      • Hundreds of code samples that demonstrate nearly every aspect of the ASP.NET 3.5 Framework.
                      • Written by ASP.NET MVP and Microsoft Software Legend Stephen Walther.
                      • Based on the author's experience providing ASP.NET training and consulting for companies and organizations across the US.
                      Features

                      • Each chapter contains concise definitions of fundamental principles, examples that explain concepts and structured application of those concepts to solve problems.
                      • Short cuts and tricks to help students in solving maximum number of questions in minimum possible time and lesser steps.
                      • Each chapter contains questions based on format as per the latest IIT-JEE paper
                      • All question-types covered such as 'Straight Objective Type Questions', 'Multiple Correct Answer Type Questions', 'Fill in the Blanks', 'Column Matching', 'Linked Comprehension Type Questions',' Assertion-Reasoning Type Questions'.
                      • Self-assessment exercises with graded difficulty level and hints to solutions in each chapter.
                      • Useful for both the screening and main examinations
                      • Original papers of previous years are fully solved.
                      • Challenging Model Test Papers for self-assessment
                      Features
                      • Updated Branding Briefs and academic references. Over half the 100-plus branding briefs and other examples within the text have been replaced with more current material
                      • Update original as well as introduce additional new cases. To provide broader, more relevant coverage, three new cases have been added to the Best Practices in Branding casebook–GE, American Express, and iPod
                      • Provide better presentation of text material and stronger supplementary support.
                      Features

                      Maximize effectiveness and ensure accountability for every dime you spend on marketing!
                      • The definitive guide to the state-of-the-art in marketing metrics.

                      • Create a marketing metrics dashboard that shows you exactly where you stand and where you're headed.

                      • Covers promotions, advertising, distribution, customer perceptions, market share, pricing, margins, product portfolios, salesforce and channel effectiveness, and much more.
                      About the Authors

                      Paul W. Farris is Landmark Communications Professor and Professor of Marketing at The Darden Graduate Business School, University of Virginia, where he has taught since 1980. Professor Farris’ research has produced award-winning articles on retail power and measurement of advertising effects. He has published many marketing articles in publications such as the Harvard Business Review, Journal of Marketing, Journal of Retailing, and Marketing Science. Farris is currently working on methods for integrating and improving marketing metrics. He is author or co-author of several books, including Advertising Budgeting: A Report from the Field. Farris’ consulting clients range from Procter & Gamble, to Apple and IBM. Before moving to Virginia, he taught marketing at the Harvard Business School and also has worked in product management for Unilever, Germany and account management for the LINTAS advertising agency. He is a current and past board member for several U.S and international companies. Neil T. Bendle is a Ph.D. student in marketing at the Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota. He holds an MBA from Darden, and has nearly a decade’s experience in marketing management, consulting, business systems improvement, and financial management. Bendle was responsible for measuring the success of marketing campaigns for the UK’s Labour Party. Phillip E. Pfeifer, Alumni Research Professor of Business Administration at The Darden Graduate Business School, currently specializes in interactive marketing. He has published a popular MBA textbook and over 25 refereed articles in journals such as the Journal of Interactive Marketing, Journal of Database Marketing, Decision Sciences, and the Journal of Forecasting. Pfeifer was recognized in 2004 as the Darden School’s faculty leader in external case sales. His teaching has won student awards and been recognized in Business Week’s Guide to the Best Business Schools. His recent clients include Circuit City, Procter & Gamble, and CarMax. David J. Reibstein is the William Stewart Woodside Professor and Professor of Marketing at the Wharton School. His research focuses on marketing metrics and their link to financial consequences, competitive marketing strategy, market segmentation, brand choice, and product line breadth. He has been published in every major marketing journal and has authored or co-authored numerous books. He served as the Executive Director of the Marketing Sciences Institute, and co-founded Wharton’s CMO Summit. Reibstein architected and teaches the Wharton Executive Education course on marketing metrics. He consults with leading businesses, including GE, Shell Oil, HP, Novartis, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, and Major League Baseball. He has served as Vice Dean and Director of Wharton’s Graduate Division, as visiting professor at Stanford and INSEAD, and as faculty member at Harvard. Reibstein was the co-founder of Shopzilla, one of the first product search engines, and serves on several corporate boards.Features
                      • Presents a broad introduction to fluid and turbulence physics and computational modelling techniques.
                      • Incorporates an advanced applications section.
                      • Uses easy-to-programme computer algorithms for the PC.
                      • Includes a substantial review of the latest turbulence modelling techniques.
                      • Features the predominant commercial CFD codes: PHEONICS, FLUENT, FLOW3D and STARCD.
                      • SI units used throughout.
                      Features
                      • NEW – MyLogicLab
                      • Enhanced pedagogy–M.C. Escher part-openers and new "Visual Logic" feature visually explain complex logic concepts; "Overview" boxes summarize material for students; Marginal glossaries define terms as students read.
                        • Helps students enhance their comprehension.
                      • Ease of access—Improves overall structure of textual material for a more coherent flow, and thoroughly rewrites expository passages that have proved to be difficult to students in the past, with clearer transition, tighter prose, and the elimination of unnecessary qualifications throughout, all without reducing the authoritative accuracy and completeness which the text is known for.
                        • Enables students to more easily grasp and master logical principles and techniques.
                      • Real-life examples of lively arguments and explanations—Covers many topics drawn from current controversies—e.g., testing in schools, the uses of animals in medicine, euthanasia, the death penalty, school vouchers.
                        • Helps students apply logical principles to their everyday lives and understand their real-world significance.
                      • Separate presentation of classical syllogistic logic and modern symbolic logic—Incorporates the explanation and application of the most fundamental principles of logical inference and modern symbolic techniques.
                        • Gives instructors flexibility in teaching and makes clearer distinctions for students.
                      Features
                      The updated edition of the official self-study test preparation guide for the CCIE Routing and Switching written exam v3.0
                      • CCIE Routing and Switching exam is the most popular CCIE exam track, representing almost 80% of all CCIEs
                      • The new edition aligns with all the topics covered in the CCIE Routing and Switching written exam as updated in June 2007
                      • More challenging exam questions match the difficulty of the actual exam
                      About the Authors

                      Wendell Odom has been in the networking industry since 1981. He currently teaches QoS, MPLS, and CCNA courses for Skyline Advanced Technology Services. Wendell also has worked as a network engineer, consultant, and systems engineer, and as an instructor and course developer. He is the author of all prior editions of CCNA Exam Certification Guide as well as Cisco QOS Exam Certification Guide , Second Edition, Computer Networking First-Step , CCIE Routing and Switching Official Exam Certification Guide , Second Edition, and CCNA Video Mentor, all from Cisco Press. Rus Healy, CCIE No. 15025, wrote Chapter 20, “IP Version 6,” and made updates, large and small, to most other chapters in updating the book for the Cisco CCIE Routing and Switching version 3.0 blueprint. He has worked on several Cisco Press projects, including the second edition of this book, as a technical reviewer. Rus is a principal SE with Annese & Associates, the largest Cisco Upstate New York Silver partner. He was instrumental in guiding Annese to Cisco Silver partnership and their three Cisco Advanced Specializations (Wireless LAN, Security, and Unified Communications). In addition to the CCIE Routing and Switching certification, Rus holds Cisco CCDP and CCVP certifications, several Cisco Qualified Specialist certifications in Unified Communications, and the Cisco Technology Solution Specialist (TSS) designation in Unified Communications. Along with his wife, Nancy, and children, Gwen and Trevor, Rus lives in the Finger Lakes region of New York. He and his family enjoy camping, boating, skiing, bicycling, and many other family activities. Rus is also an avid amateur radio contest operator, particularly using Morse Code. He was a member of the U.S. team in the 2002 World Radio Team Championship in Helsinki, Finland. Rus is also active in the Ontario County, New York chapter of Habitat for Humanity and in St Mary’s Church in Honeoye, New York.Features

                      • Extensive coverage of object-oriented development, a programming perspective being implemented by many companies.

                      • Discussion of key issues in software engineering: risk management, technology transfer, and the role of decision-making in software engineering.

                      • Integrated treatment of concepts such as reuse, risk management, and quality engineering - Embeds discussion of these topics in the software engineering activities that are affected by them, instead of treating them as separate issues.

                      • Discussion of measurement issues as an integral part of software engineering strategy, rather than as a separate discipline.

                      • Examination of legal and ethical issues in software engineering - Poses thought-provoking questions at the end of each chapter.
                      About the Authors

                      Shari Lawrence Pfleeger (Ph.D., Information Technology and Engineering, George Mason University; M.S., Planning, The Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Mathematics, The Pennsylvania State University; B.A., Mathematics with high honors, Harpur College, Binghamton, NY) is a senior researcher at RAND’s Arlington, VA office where she helps organizations and government agencies understand whether and how information technology supports their mission and goals. Dr. Pfleeger began her career as a mathematician and then a software developer and maintainer for real-time, business-critical software systems. From 1982 to 2002, Dr. Pfleeger was president of Systems/Software, Inc., a consultancy specializing in software engineering and technology. From 1997 to 2000, she was also a visiting professor at the University of Maryland's computer science department. In the past, she was founder and director of Howard University's Center for Research in Evaluating Software Technology (CREST), and was a visiting scientist at the City University (London) Centre for Software Reliability, principal scientist at MITRE Corporation's Software Engineering Center, and manager of the measurement program at the Contel Technology Center (named by the Software Engineering Institute as one of the best such programs in the country). Dr. Pfleeger is well-known for her work in software quality, software assurance, and empirical studies of software engineering; she is particularly known for her multi-disciplinary approach to solving information technology problems. She is also well-known for her publications, many of which are required reading in software engineering curricula, including "Software Engineering: Theory and Practice" (3rd edition, with Joanne Atlee, 2005, Prentice Hall), "Security in Computing" (3rd edition, with Charles P. Pfleeger, 2003, Prentice Hall), "Solid Software" (2001, with Les Hatton and Charles Howell, Prentice Hall), and "Software Metrics: A Rigorous and Practical Approach" (2nd edition, with Norman Fention, 1996, Boyd and Fraser Publishers). Dr. Pfleeger is book review editor for IEEE Security and Privacy. For several years, she was the associate editor-in-chief of IEEE Software, where she edited the Quality Time column, and then associate editor of IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering. From 1998 to 2002, she was a member of the editorial board of Prentice Hall's Software Quality Institute series. She is a senior member of IEEE, the IEEE Computer Society, and the Association for Computing Machinery. Joanne M. Atlee is an Associate Professor in the School of Computer Science at the University of Waterloo. Her research program focuses on software modeling, documentation, and analysis, with a particular emphasis on what she calls practical formalisms: specification and design notations that are practitioner-friendly but have a precise semantics suitable for automated analysis. More recently, she has been working on configurable model-driven development, whereby modeling notations, analysis tools, and code generators can be configured via semantics parameters. Atlee was the founding Director of Waterloo’s Software Engineering degree program. She served on the Steering Committee for the Computing Curricula Software Engineering volume, co-sponsored by IEEE-CS and ACM. She is the vice chair of the International Federation for Information Processing (IFIP) Working Group 2.9 on software requirements engineering. Atlee was the program-committee chair for the International Conference on Requirements Engineering in 2005 (RE'05), and will be co-chair of the program committee for the International Conference on Software Engineering in 2009 (ICSE'09). She is a co-author with Shari Lawrence Pfleeger on the textbook "Software Engineering - Theory and Practice."Features
                      • A single text that contains all the material necessary for a business ethics course built around the case method.
                      • The book opens with two comprehensive chapters on theory; the remainder of the text is case-based, organized around the major topic areas of business ethics.
                      Features
                      • The only text that reflects the multimedia emphasis of real-world business communication
                      • Real-World Examples: The text is packed with examples and illustrations from real business practice and actual organizations
                      • The career-planning Prologue features advice on creating employment portfolios and using this course as a way to create work samples to show potential employers
                      • The text now has more emphasis on strategic and managerial communication with slightly less focus on tactical, transactional communication
                      Features
                      • Improved S.A.L. Updated and expanded Self-Assessment Library (S.A.L.) with 25 additional tests
                      • Updated Sections New and revised Opening Vignette, OB in the News, Ethical Dilemma, Point/Counterpoint, and Myth or Science? sections in each chapter
                      • NEW! Experiential Exercises Hand-on, in-class exercises added to each chapter to highlight a key concept discussed in the chapter
                      • NEW! Think and Do Exercises Think and do questions added to test the ability of students to apply concepts and theories to real-life situations
                      • NEW! Global Emphasis International OB highlights and a Global Implications section added to each chapter to enlighten students on international OB practice
                      • Case Incidents Based on articles from popular business press, the Case Incidents reinforce the chapter concepts through real-world application
                      • Indian Cases Case incidents on Indian organizations and personalities, including detailed cases on Indian Railways and M. K. Gandhi
                      Features
                      • More than 5000 problems with solutions
                      • Short-cut methods covering each type of question asked in the AIEEE
                      • Comprehensive practice exercises covering all topics are provided at the end of each chapter
                      • Problems asked in previous years’ AIEEEs are provided every chapter with explanations
                      • Smart table that analyses the number of questions asked from various topics in recent AIEEEs
                      Features

                      • Information on the Union Budget 2008–09, the Railway Budget 2008–09, and the Economic Survey 2007–08.

                      • An up-to-date, comprehensive, and scientifically prepared collection of contemporary events that will be of immense help to students preparing for various competitive exams coming up in 2008.

                      • The distinctive features of the book—an interactive structure, its easy-tounderstand approach, and alignment with the latest patterns of various examination bodies—make it a must-buy for all aspirants.
                      Features

                      • NEW - More than twice as many pages of tips and tricks as the First Edition.
                      • NEW - Completely new chapter on specialized digital filters.
                      • NEW - Two new chapters on quadrature signals, with 3D drawings not found in other texts.
                      • Intuitive, down-to-earth, and rich in well-chosen numerical examples-Written in a style that students have praised for its exceptional clarity and accessibility.
                      • Practical focus-Stresses the practical aspects of signal processing, avoiding unnecessary mathematical coverage that is hard for beginners to digest.
                      Features

                      • Provides a broad survey of designing, implementing, managing, maintaining, training, and refining the user interface of interactive systems.

                      • Includes practical techniques and guidelines for effective interface designs.

                      • Provides informative introductions to development methodologies, evaluation techniques, and user-interface building tools.

                      • Written by Ben Shneiderman, a leader in the field of HCI and Founding Director (1983-2000) of the Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory (HCIL) at the University of Maryland at College Park. Co-authored by Catherine Plaisant, Associate Research Scientist and Associate Director of HCIL.
                      Features

                      • New examples and problem sets
                      • An updated section on building blocks that provides various rules of English grammar and word lists
                      • Over 8,000 multiple-choice questions for practice
                      • Scientifically designed and structured time-bound exercises called Speed Maximizer Sectors (SMSs) to boost preparation level
                      • Vocabulary and English-usage tests, reading comprehension tests and composite tests
                      • More than 50 solved full-length test papers
                      Features
                      • A unified framework based on Law of One Price
                      • Pedagogical features include Common Mistakes boxes, step-by step examples, and Concept Check
                      • Focus on modern research and modern practice
                      • Excellent instructors¡¦ and students¡¦ support package in the form of solutions
                      • manual, instructors¡¦ manual, PowerPoint presentations, MyFinanceLab, and a study guide
                      About the Authors

                      Jonathan Berk, Professor of Finance, Haas School of Business, University of California, Berkeley. Peter DeMarzo, Mizuho Financial Group Professor of Finance, Stanford Graduate School of Business, Stanford University, StanfordFeatures
                      • The entire syllabus is strategically planned around 25 days.
                      • Weekly tests and cumulative tests add precision to your preparation.
                      • Comprehensive and holistic revision of complete syllabus.
                      • Each exercise generates skills for solving problems in the shortest possible time; thus building confidence, speed and accuracy.
                      • Based on an in-depth analysis of the recent trends of the AIEEE
                      Features
                      • The entire syllabus is strategically planned around 25 days.
                      • Weekly tests and cumulative tests add precision to your preparation.
                      • Comprehensive and holistic revision of complete syllabus.
                      • Each exercise generates skills for solving problems in the shortest possible time; thus building confidence, speed and accuracy.
                      • Based on an in-depth analysis of the recent trends of the AIEEE
                          Features
                          • The entire syllabus is strategically planned around 25 s.
                          • Weekly tests and cumulative tests add precision to your preparation.
                          • Comprehensive and holistic revision of complete syllabus.
                          • Each exercise generates skills for solving problems in the shortest possible time; thus building confidence, speed and accuracy.
                          • Based on an in-depth analysis of the recent trends of the AIEEE
                          Features
                          • Review exercises in each chapter
                          • Model questions and answers for self-development
                          • Practical tips included
                          • Chapter-wise questionnaires at the end
                          Features
                          • NEW - A chapter on Electronic Marketing.
                          • NEW - Expanded internet support—Features a website with support for both students and instructors. With Teaching Notes in the Instructor's Manual.
                          • NEW - More Cases—With Teaching Notes in the Instructor's Manual.
                          • NEW - New Video Cases.
                          • NEW - Additional real-life industry examples—Drawn from the authors' own experiences.
                          • NEW - Additional boxed Marketing Highlights.
                          • NEW - 3 types of chapter-end questions and exercises—Now includes Discussion, Experiential, AND Internet-Related exercises.
                          • NEW - Lists of key terms and complete glossary—Key marketing/hospitality terms are listed at the end of each chapter, and a complete end-of-text glossary defines all terms.
                          • NEW - Internet links related to chapter material are referenced throughout the book—Identified by an “e” in the margin.
                          • Comprehensive and flexible—Enables instructors to easily use all 19 chapters or choose the ones that best fit their course. The Instructor's Manual provides sample outlines for using different chapters.
                          • An integrative approach—Explains the role of marketing in the hospitality operation—focusing on the how and why of everyone's role in marketing.
                          • An international focus—Examples interwoven throughout show how domestic companies are expanding overseas, while their home markets are being invaded by international companies.
                          • Coverage of often slighted key topics—e.g., internal marketing; “building customer satisfaction through quality”; destination marketing; public relations.
                          • Chapter-opening mini-case studies—Describes an actual company situation which can be resolved through an understanding of the chapter's content.
                          • Vivid full-color photographs and illustrations—Of hospitality businesses and advertisements.
                          • Chapter Objectives.
                          • Chapter Reviews.
                          Features
                          • Unique focus on principles and underlying themes of biochemistry.
                          • Balanced coverage of biomolecular structure/function, metabolism, and molecular biology. Includes a chapter on photosynthesis.
                          • Strong chemical focus–Including mechanisms of reactions and attention to the physical chemistry of biomolecules.
                          • Authoritatively written by a collaborative team of experts.
                          Features

                          • Up-to-date, comprehensive and "all purpose" in approach
                          • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding
                          • Based on current trends in various examinations
                          • National and international current affairs included
                          Features
                          • One of the most widely translated texts! The response to the first four editions has been amazing with over eight international translations: Chinese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, French, Hungarian, Bahasa Indonesia, and Japanese. Additionally, several English editions have been published including North American, International, European, Indian, and Australia and New Zealand.
                          • Manager's Perspective Throughout - Highly applied and managerial orientation throughout; a decision-making approach is used blended with scholarship.
                          • Real Research Feature-These real company vignettes profile a wide range of big and small businesses to some of the world's most recognizable companies including Harley, Avon, and IBM
                          • NEW Cases with REAL Data. Several cases have been added containing real data sets. The data sets for these cases are real and obtained in actual surveys conducted by disguised companies.
                          About the Authors

                          Dr. Naresh K. Malhotra is Regents' Professor (Highest Academic Rank in the University System of Georgia), College of Management, Georgia Institute of Technology. He is listed in Marquis Who’s Who in America continuously since 51st Edition 1997, and in Who’s Who in the World since 2000. He received the prestigious Academy of Marketing Science CUTCO/Vector Distinguished Marketing Educator Award in 2005.Features
                          • Coverage of conventional, standard IC technology to allow a smooth transition to current digital technologies
                          • Techniques for applying HDLs to develop digital circuits and subsystems at the end of appropriate chapters
                          • Coverage of Altera’s AHDL, a powerful introductory-level language that is great for beginners
                          Features

                          • More than 3,000 problems, with hints and solutions
                          • Last five years' CAT question papers, with solutions
                          • Emphasis on all areas relevant to the CAT, including some unconventional topics such as 'calendars' and 'derivations in the number system'
                          • A separate chapter on graphs and maxima minima
                          • A benchmarking test for each of the five parts of the book, and four review tests to gauge the preparation level of students
                          • A table on 'percentage ratio equivalence' appended
                          • Comprehensive and up-to-date, reflecting the changing patterns of the CAT
                          • Web support
                          • A new chapter on algebra and managerial decision making
                          Features
                          Many features have been updated and expanded in this edition. They include:
                          • New case studies on topics such as excellent pricing strategy and simulation modeling give a simple and practical approach to quantitative methods used in business
                          • Solved problems in every chapter cover areas such as decision analysis, forecasting, linear programming, and financial application of nonlinear programming in portfolio selection, and project management guides students in solving chapter-end problems
                          • New sections on linear programming and network models include all-node-pairs, shortest paths, and solving zero-sum games.
                          • QA in Action boxes illustrate how business organizations and biological sciences have used quantitative analysis to solve problems
                          • Six modules available on the student CD-ROM include:
                            • Analytic Hierarchy Process
                            • Dynamic Programming
                            • Decision Theory and the Normal Distribution
                            • Game Theory
                            • Mathematical Tools: Matrices and Determinants
                            • Calculus-Based Optimization
                          Features
                          • Strictly in accordance with the latest syllabus of the University of Delhi
                          • Mathematical concepts are introduced using illustrative examples, diagrams and problems taken from various science domains
                          • More than 300 solved examples interspersed in the text
                          • 600 practice problems
                          • Statistical, logarithmic and exponential tables are provided to make the book self-sufficient
                          About the Authors
                          R. D. Sarma is Reader in the Department of Mathematics at Rajdhani College, New Delhi. He has over 13 years of teaching experience at the undergraduate and post-graduate level. He has published 20 research papers in various international journals and has undertaken several research projects under U.G.C. and C.S.I.R. His primary areas of interest are fuzzy set theory and topology. He has also worked as an associate professor in mathematics in the Eritrea Institute of Technology, Eritrea, under the aegis of The Ministry of Education, Eritrea. Umesh Kumar is a lecturer in the Department of Mathematics at Rajdhani College, New Delhi. He is an active member of The Mathematical Association of India (Delhi Chapter) and a life member of Indian Mathematical Society and Indian Science Congress Association. His area of research is topology. Features
                          • SQL is the foundation for querying databases; anyone working with databases regularly needs to learn SQL
                          • This book helps anyone get up to speed on SQL fast - with no previous experience required
                          • Fully updated for the most recent SQL standards
                          • Each chapter builds on the previous one with real world examples and hands on exercises
                          About the Authors
                          Ryan Stephens and Ron Plew are entrepreneurs, speakers, and cofounders of Perpetual Technologies, Inc. (PTI), a fast-growing IT management and consulting firm. PTI specializes in database technologies, primarily Oracle and SQL servers running on all Unix, Linux, and Microsoft platforms. Starting out as data analysts and database administrators, Ryan and Ron now lead a team of impressive technical subject matter experts who manage databases for clients worldwide. They authored and taught database courses for Indiana University-Purdue University in Indianapolis for five years and have authored more than a dozen books on Oracle, SQL, database design, and high availability of critical systems. Arie D. Jones is Senior SQL Server database administrator and analyst for Perpetual Technologies, Inc. (PTI) in Indianapolis, Indiana. Arie leads PTI’s team of experts in planning, design, development, deployment, and management of database environments and applications to achieve the best combination of tools and services for each client. He is a regular speaker at technical events and has authored several books and articles pertaining to database-related topics. The most recent is SQL Functions Programmer’s Reference from Wrox Publishing.Features
                          • Each chapter begins with a case that is followed throughout the chapter, allowing students to see how what they are learning applies to real business situations.
                          • It covers cross cultural issues in training.
                          • It covers computer based e-learning and learning management systems
                          • This book contains coverage on motivation to learn and how employees are motivated to transfer training into their job performance.
                          Features
                          • Extensive supply chain and ERP coverage–Includes detailed coverage of decision support in supply chain and ERP applications.
                          • Comprehensive coverage of data warehousing–Covers data warehouse access, analysis, mining, visualization, modeling, and more.
                          • Comprehensive coverage of knowledge-based decision support–Covers knowledge acquisition and representation, inference techniques, and intelligent systems development.
                          • Organizational and societal impacts–Covers the organizational and societal implications of advanced decision support technology.
                          About the Authors
                          Efraim Turban (M.B.A., Ph.D., University of California Berkeley) is a visiting scholar at the Pacific Institute for Information System Management, University of Hawaii. Prior to this he was on the staff of several universities including City University of Hong Kong, Lehigh University, Florida International University, California State University Long Beach, Eastern Illinois University, and the University of Southern California. Dr. Turban is the author of over 100 refereed papers published in leading journals such as Management Science, MIS Quarterly, and Decision Support Systems. He also the author of 20 books including Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective and Information Technology for Management. He is also a consultant to major corporations world wide. Dr. Turban’s current areas of interest are Web-based decision support systems, using intelligent agents in electronic commerce systems, and collaboration issues in global electronic commerce. Jay E. Aronson (M.S., M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University) is a professor of Management Information Systems in the Terry College of Business at The University of Georgia. Prior to this he was on the faculty at Southern Methodist University. Dr. Aronson is the author of about 50 refereed papers that have appeared in leading journals including Management Science, Information Systems Research, and MIS Quarterly. He is the author of three books, and contributes to several professional encyclopedias. He is also a consultant to major international corporations and organizations. Dr. Aronson’s current areas of research include knowledge management, collaborative computing, and parallel computing. Ting-Peng Liang (MA, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania) is a National Chair Professor of Information Systems at National Sun Yat-sen University in Taiwan and a visiting professor at Chinese University of Hong Kong. Prior to this, he had been on the faculties of University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign) and Purdue University. Dr. Liang has published more than 50 referred research papers in leading journals such as Management Science, MIS Quarterly, Decision Support Systems, and Journal of MIS. He is also the author of three books and a consultant to several major companies in the United States and Taiwan. Dr. Liang’s current areas for research and teaching include Web-based intelligent systems, electronic commerce, knowledge management, and strategic applications of information technologies. Ramesh Sharda (MBA, Ph.D, University of Wisconsin-Madison) is Director of the Institute for Research in Information Systems (IRIS), ConocoPhillips Chair of Management of Technology, and a Regents Professor of Management Science and Information Systems in the Spears School of Business Administration at Oklahoma State University. He started and served as the Director of the MS in Telecommunications Management Program at OSU. Over 100 papers describing his research have been published in major journals including Management Science, Information Systems Research, Decision Support Systems, Journal of Management Information Systems, and many others. Dr. Sharda serves on several editorial boards including INFORMS Journal on Computing, Decision Support Systems, and Information Systems Frontiers. His current research interests are in decision support systems, collaborative applications, and technologies for managing information overload. Dr. Sharda is also a co-founder of a company that produces virtual trade fairs, iTradeFair.com.Features
                          • Presents straightforward “step by step” instructions in each analysis chapter to clarify procedures.
                          • Hundreds of screen shots and “Step by Step” boxes guide the student through the program.
                          • All of the datasets used in the book are available for download on the text website.
                          • Exercises at the end of each chapter and selected answers on the website give students an opportunity to practice using SPSS.
                          Features
                          • The Book shows you where opportunities for refactoring typically can be found, and how to go about reworking a bad design into a good one.
                          • In addition to discussing the various techniques of refactoring, the book has a detailed catalog of more than seventy proven refactorings with helpful pointers that teach you when to apply them.
                          • Step-by-step instructions for applying each refactoring; and an example illustrating how the refactoring works.
                          • The illustrative examples are written in Java, but the ideas are applicable to any object-oriented programming language.
                          About the Authors

                          Martin Fowler is the Chief Scientist of ThoughtWorks, an enterprise-application development and delivery company. He's been applying object-oriented techniques to enterprise software development for over a decade. He is notorious for his work on patterns, the UML, refactoring, and agile methods. Kent Beck consistently challenges software engineering dogma, promoting ideas like patterns, test-driven development, and Extreme Programming. Currently affiliated with Three Rivers Institute and Agitar Software, he is the author of many Addison-Wesley titles. John Brant and Don Roberts are the authors of the Refactoring Browser for Smalltalk.They are also consultants who have studied both the practical and theoretical aspects of refactoring for six years. William Opdyke's doctoral research on refactoring object-oriented frameworks at the University of Illinois led to the first major publication on this topic. He is currently a Distinguished Member of Technical Staff at Lucent Technologies/Bell Laboratories.Features

                          • Based on the latest AIEEE syllabus
                          • Explanations of concepts and their applications given at the beginning of each chapter
                          • More than 5,000 solved problems
                          • More than 10,000 practice questions including previous years' questions
                          • Features such as Short Cuts, Key Points to Remember, and Caution enhance and sharpen problem-solving skills
                          Features
                          • NEW - “Strategy Openers”.
                          • NEW - “HR Framework” sections—Contained in each chapter.
                          • NEW - New and additional end-of-chapter cases.
                          • NEW - New global HR management appendix.
                          • Brief, inexpensive paperback—Provides a perfect primary text.
                          Features

                          • Covers all the latest developments on software engineering, keeping readers up-to-date.
                          • Core structure built around the key software engineering activities of specification, design, development, verification and validation and management, makes the subject even easier to grasp and gives students a clear understanding of how these important topics work together.
                          • 2 integrated, contrasting case studies flow through the text, continuously giving practical context and examples for topics discussed.
                          • Introduces management issues such as project planning early in the book, allowing it to be used in a project based course (where this material should be covered early).
                          • Discussion on systems engineering explains the role of software and why systems are more than just software.
                          • Significant coverage of requirements and architectural design emphasizing their importance in the overall SE process.
                          Features

                          • Prepared by experienced and highly qualified professionals (including graduates of IIT and IIM) of the Trimphant Institute of Management Education, the leader in training students for CAT and other MBA entrance examinations
                          • Comprehensive coverage of topics, with a large number of illustrative examples
                          • Three practice exercises, arranged in increasing order of difficulty - easy, medium and difficult - to help students learn and progress in a gradual manner
                          • Over 300 solved examples and 3,400 questions for practice
                          • Ten high-quality practice papers reflecting recent CAT papers
                          Features
                          • Contains 1,400 MCQs that cover all the concepts on topics
                          • The way this workbook is structured allows students to think about and answer problems naturally.
                          • All MCQs in this workbook are designed in such a manner that the options open up any conceptual doubts in the mind of students.
                          Features

                          • Based on the latest AIEEE syllabus
                          • Explanations of concepts and their applications given at the beginning of each chapter
                          • More than 5,000 solved problems
                          • More than 10,000 practice questions including previous years' questions
                          • Features such as Short Cuts, Key Points to Remember, and Caution enhance and sharpen problem-solving skills
                          Features

                          • Nearly 1,400 practice questions
                          • Uniqueness in featuring a robust section on both LR and DI
                          • A full chapter on DS (data sufficiency)
                          • Three levels of practice questions-foundation, moderate and advanced-helping students develop such skills as visualization of variables, time management, stress handling and mental imaging
                          • A unique feature called Flaw Detector that helps students avoid the "that's-an-obvious-answer" approach
                          • Five bench-marking tests provided for self-evaluation
                          • Analysis and solution of the last seven years' CAT questions
                          Features
                          • Perfect for telecommuters, business travelers and even families – online collaboration is the new web frontier
                          • The days of bulky, expensive computer programs are fading fast
                          • The new paradigm is one in which people use Web-based applications to work, socialize and play without doling out big bucks for bloated software applications that cost more than they're worth.
                          Features
                          • NEW - An appendix on the evolution of human resource management in India
                          • NEW - A section on Indian labor and legislation that discusses various Indian laws and their nuances
                          • NEW - Cases from India that discuss a variety of aspects, including human resource-related issues such as recruitment, performance appraisals, and joint-venture collaborations
                          • NEW - comprehensive cases including one from India to discuss and apply the concepts and techniques of this book
                          • A complete guide to the techniques and concepts essential to personnel management
                          • The New Workforce boxes that focus on the special issues involved in managing a diverse workforce
                          About the Authors

                          Gary Dessler is Professor of Management at Florida International University. Biju Varkkey is Professor of Personnel and Industrial Relations at the Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad. Features

                          • Exceptionally strong emphasis on managerial uses of cost information
                          • Clarity and understandability of the text
                          • Excellent balance in integrating modern topics with existing content
                          • Emphasis on human behavior aspects
                          • Extensive use of real-world examples
                          • Ability to teach chapters in different sequences
                          • Excellent quantity, quality, and range of assignment material
                          About the Authors

                          Charles T. Horngren is the Edmund W. Littlefield Professor of Accounting, Emeritus, at Stanford University. A Graduate of Marquette University, he received his MBA from Harvard University and his Ph.D. from the University of Chicago. He is also the recipient of honorary doctorates from Marquette University and DePaul University. Srikant M. Datar is the Arthur Lowes Dickinson Professor of Business Administration at Harvard University. A graduate with distinction from the University of Bombay, he received gold medals upon graduation from the Indian Institute of Management,Ahmedabad, and the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India. A Chartered Accountant, he holds two masters degrees and a Ph.D. from Stanford University. Cited by his students as a dedicated and innovative teacher, Datar received the George Leland Bach Award for Excellence in the Classroom at Carnegie Mellon University and the Distinguished Teaching Award at Stanford University. A Certified Public Accountant, Horngren served on the Accounting Principles Board for six years, the Financial Accounting Standards Board Advisory Council for five years, and the Council of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for three years. For six years, he served as a trustee of the Financial Accounting Foundation, which oversees the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Government Accounting Standards Board. Horngren is a member of the Accounting Hall of Fame. George Foster is the Paul L. and Phyllis Wattis Professor of Management at Stanford University. He graduated with a university medal from the University of Sydney and has a Ph.D. from Stanford University. He has been awarded honorary doctorates from the University of Ghent, Belgium, and from the University of Vaasa, Finland. He has received the Outstanding Educator Award from the American Accounting Association. Foster has received the Distinguished Teaching Award at Stanford University and the Faculty Excellence Award from the California Society of Certified Public Accountants. He has been a Visiting Professor to Mexico for the American Accounting Association. Research awards Foster has received include the Competitive Manuscript Competition Award of the American Accounting Association, the Notable Contribution to Accounting Literature Award of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the Citation for Meritorious Contribution to Accounting Literature Award of the Australian Society of Accountants. Features
                          • What do moderators look for in the GDs?
                          • How does one prepare for GDs?
                          • How does one score more points in a GD?
                          • How does one steer clear of the distractions during the course of a GD?
                          • How does one 'grab the initiative of others' while guarding one's own?
                          • What do interviewers look for?
                          • How does one double one's chances of selection?
                          • How does one make a 'stress interview' stress free?
                          Features
                          • Comprehensive and accessible with authoritative authorship and an excellent blend of theory and practice, European context
                          • Engaging case studies
                          • This new edition has been focused to concentrate on the most significant topics in the subject, with 10 chapters replacing the previous 15. New material has been added and coverage of some older topics has been revised (see new table of contents).
                          • End of chapter cases exercises have been replaced by major end-of book 'Harvard-type' cases.
                          • New coverage of hot topics, such as the implications of E-Business on ops strategy, agility & it's inter-relationship with lean, complexity, supply management issues, operations strategy for competitive advantage and SCM, and implementation.
                          Features
                          • Chapters have been restructured to improve the logical sequencing of topics
                          • Each of the 15 chapters has been revised. All chapters incorporate new examples and references to recent research
                          • New applications of technology—from Internet-based strategies to biometrics—and the opportunities and challenges they pose, for customers and service marketers alike, are woven into the text at relevant points
                          • Eight of the 11 readings are new and these are drawn from respected publications as Harvard Business Review, Business Week, Journal of Service Research, MIT Sloan Management Review, The Wall Street Journal, and The McKinsey Quarterly
                          • Ten new cases, including ones from Harvard, INSEAD, and Yale
                          Features
                          Prepare for all four of the CCNP certification exams with this concise review of the BSCI, BCMSN, ISCW, and ONT exam topics
                          • A quick and proven effective way to enhance understanding and retention of the information needed to pass the CCNP exams
                          • Topic-by-topic coverage of all materials covered on the four CCNP exams; BSCI, BCMSN, ISCW, and ONT
                          • Overview format provides the right level of detail to prompt concept recall as well as to help identify areas requiring further study
                          About the Authors
                          Denise Donohue, CCIE No. 9566, is manager of Solutions Engineering for ePlus Technology in Maryland. She is responsible for designing and implementing data and VoIP networks, supporting companies based in the National Capital region. Prior to this role, she was a systems engineer for the data consulting arm of SBC/AT&T. Denise was a Cisco instructor and course director for Global Knowledge and did network consulting for many years. Brent Stewart, CCNP, CCDP, CCSI, MCSE, is a network administrator for CommScope. He is responsible for designing and managing a large-scale worldwide IP network. He participated in the development of BSCI with Cisco and has written and taught extensively on CCNA and CCNP. Jerold Swan, CCIE No. 17783, is a senior network engineer for the Southern Ute Indian Tribe Growth Fund in Ignacio, CO. Prior to that he was a Cisco instructor and course director for Global Knowledge. He has also worked in IT in the higher education and service provider fields. He holds CCNP and CCSP certifications. Features
                          • A major change has been introduced by linking object-oriented information systems development environments (such as Java™ Technology and Microsoft® .NET) with the mainstream technology for maintaining organizational data–relational databases, and in the process dealing with important differences between object-oriented and relational frameworks.
                          • Chapter 11 has been significantly updated by focusing more on the design of the database component of data warehousing.
                          • A new chapter covers data quality and database processing accuracy to keep students up-to-date with what is happening in business. These topics are extremely important for national and international regulations such as Sarbanes-Oxley, Basel II, COSI, and HIPPAA.
                          Features
                          • Details of formal processes shored up by practical advice
                          • A chapter dedicated to the visa process
                          • Original application essays and statements of purpose (SOPs) included
                          • Interviews with American officials
                          • Special emphasis on cultural adaptability
                          Features
                          • More than 12500 MCQs with answer keys to simulate test-paper pattern
                          • More than 3000 MCQs on Science and technology
                          • Each subject dealt with using a number of 50-question test-sets to facilitate effective assessment and learning
                          • Different types of questions, such as Assertion-Reason (AR), Match-the-Column, and Pictures and Maps, dealt with in separate groupings
                          • Topic-wise arrangements of questions systematically equip the student in every subject area.
                          • Further invaluable tools available to readers who register on-line
                          • Perked-up web-companion site with plenty of free downloads and on-line tests
                          Features
                          • More than 1500 MCQs throughout the book, including 150 exclusive ‘Fact-Issue-Decision’ type questions on Criminal law
                          • Provides preliminary understanding of legal terminology and maxims in a lucid and easily comprehensible manner
                          • Presents systematically drafted theoretical portions with special reference to and in the light of bare provisions of law
                          • Includes adequate coverage of Civil, Criminal and Constitutional law for the test
                          • Covers advanced levels of legal niceties, technicalities and case laws in candid and clear language
                          • MCQs have been meticulously designed to make students understand the practical application of all legal concepts
                          Features
                          • Accurate, well-researched and examination-oriented material
                          • Selective groupings of information from which current-affairs questions are likely to be asked
                          • Information on the Union Budget 2009–10, the Railway Budget 2009–10, and the Economic Survey 2008–09
                          • Up-to-date and relevant information on the Indian economy and policy
                          Features
                          • Discusses concepts and their applied aspects purely from the CAT prospective
                          • Takes into account the CAT aspirants’ time constraints as well as the fact that most CAT aspirants aren’t interested in grammar
                          • Provides adequate concepts for CAT aspirants to work with, enabling them to tackle the practice material and tests more confidently
                          • Aesthetically designed in two colors for clearer understanding of concepts
                          Features
                          • Accurate, well researched and examination oriented, this best seller helps to master the subject of “general knowledge” for various competitive examinations.
                          • Based on current trends in general knowledge questions featured in various competitive examinations as well as in examinations conducted by UPSC, SSC, Banking Services, Railway Recruitment Boards, and central and state-recruitment bodies
                          • Includes ample practice exercises for each subject area and a comprehensive question bank for practice, in all three media paper-pencil, on-line and on-mobile (GPRS only) platforms
                          • Up-to-date national and international “Current Affairs” section.
                          • Latest updates and downloadable test papers available as FREE on the web-companion site (www.thorpeseducation.com)
                          • New look, elegant design and printed on quality paper
                          Features
                          • As per the latest AIEEE syllabus
                          • Explanations of concepts and their applications given at the beginning of each chapter to facilitate understanding
                          • More than 5,000 solved problems to support the concepts explained
                          • More than 10,000 practice questions, including the previous years’ questions
                          • Short cuts and Key Points to Remember enhance and sharpen problem-solving skills
                          • Explain the kinds of traps that students might expect in their exam, and how to deal with them
                          Features
                          • Up-to-date, comprehensive and “all purpose” in approach
                          • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding
                          • Based on current trends in various examinations
                          • National and international current affairs included
                          Features
                          • Focus on fundamentals
                          • Easy and lucid development of concepts that underlines all topics
                          • Step-by-step approach to the application of concepts
                          • Reinforces conceptual understanding as opposed to memorization and equation hunting
                          Features
                          • Systematically and comprehensively presents the topics as per the syllabuses of the CBSE, ICSE, and other major state education boards
                          • Presents basic concepts clearly and concisely
                          • Offers application-oriented material to bring conceptual clarity and to help the students build a strong foundation in the subject
                          • Provides illustrative examples solved in a logical and step-wise manner
                          • Includes both objective and subjective questions at the end of each chapter
                          • Hints and explanations for the exercises provided in the books also highlight the common mistakes that students make
                          • Also useful for various talent search examinations such as the NTSE, Olympiads, science quizzes, etc.
                          Features
                          • Systematically and comprehensively presents the topics as per the syllabuses of the CBSE, ICSE, and other major state education boards
                          • Presents basic concepts clearly and concisely
                          • Offers application-oriented material to bring conceptual clarity and to help the students build a strong foundation in the subject
                          • Provides illustrative examples solved in a logical and step-wise manner
                          • Includes both objective and subjective questions at the end of each chapter
                          • Hints and explanations for the exercises provided in the books also highlight the common mistakes that students make
                          • Also useful for various talent search examinations such as the NTSE, Olympiads, science quizzes, etc.
                          Features
                          • Systematically and comprehensively presents the topics as per the syllabuses of the CBSE, ICSE, and other major state education boards
                          • Presents basic concepts clearly and concisely
                          • Offers application-oriented material to bring conceptual clarity and to help the students build a strong foundation in the subject
                          • Provides illustrative examples solved in a logical and step-wise manner
                          • Includes both objective and subjective questions at the end of each chapter
                          • Hints and explanations for the exercises provided in the books also highlight the common mistakes that students make
                          • Also useful for various talent search examinations such as the NTSE, Olympiads, science quizzes, etc.
                          Features
                          • Complete information on all of the world's most important standards—For cellular, cordless telephone, and personal communications systems, including AMPS, ETACS, U.S. Digital Cellular, GSM, CDMA, DECT, WACS, CT-2, PDC, and CDPD.
                          • All new end of chapter solved example problems—On topics ranging from cellular system design to networking.
                          • Hundreds of figures, tables, and diagrams—With clear explanations of all major concepts.
                          Features
                          • A comprehensive tutorial to the C# programming language, for programmers who are new to C# and to object-oriented programming
                          • Uses the Deitels' signature "live code" style, where every programming concept is explored in the context of a complete working program, not a code fragment
                          • Covers everything from C# fundamentals to advanced .NET topics
                          Features
                          • Strictly in accordance with the latest syllabus of the University of Delhi
                          • Mathematical concepts are introduced using illustrative examples, diagrams and problems taken from various science domains
                          • More than 300 solved examples interspersed in the text
                          • 600 practice problems
                          • Statistical, logarithmic and exponential tables are provided to make the book self-sufficient
                          About the Authors
                          R. D. Sarma is Reader in the Department of Mathematics at Rajdhani College, New Delhi. He has over 13 years of teaching experience at the undergraduate and post-graduate level. He has published 20 research papers in various international journals and has undertaken several research projects under U.G.C. and C.S.I.R. His primary areas of interest are fuzzy set theory and topology. He has also worked as an associate professor in mathematics in the Eritrea Institute of Technology, Eritrea, under the aegis of The Ministry of Education, Eritrea. Umesh Kumar is a lecturer in the Department of Mathematics at Rajdhani College, New Delhi. He is an active member of The Mathematical Association of India (Delhi Chapter) and a life member of Indian Mathematical Society and Indian Science Congress Association. His area of research is topology.Features
                          • New terms facilitate understanding of new words.
                          • Facts and Do You Know enrich knowledge by giving additional information.
                          • Case studies included for detailed study of some topics.
                          • Activity and Let’s do reinforces learning through activities and projects.
                          • Frequently Asked Questions with answers facilitate recapitulation.
                          Features
                          • New terms facilitate understanding of new words.
                          • Facts and Do You Know enrich knowledge by giving additional information.
                          • Case studies included for detailed study of some topics.
                          • Activity and Let’s do reinforces learning through activities and projects.
                          • Frequently Asked Questions with answers facilitate recapitulation.
                          Features
                          • A focused, to-the-point guide for students preparing to crack the MBA entrance examination
                          • Systematic, section-wise handling of the verbal reasoning, data interpretation and analytical reasoning, and quantitative aptitude sections
                          • Tips and guidelines for the group discussion and the interview build confidence and enhance skills
                          • An extensive practice drill through selected practice questions and their solutions
                          • Three online simulated tests (http://wps.pearsoned.com/sidharth_CATintro ) for practice, with a free access code included in the book
                          Features
                          • Worksheets linked to Main Coursebook units
                          • A comprehension passage in every worksheet
                          • Reinforcement of grammar, vocabulary, writing and study skills
                          • Two papers provided for summative assessment
                          Features
                          • Over 1400 multiple-choice questions that specify the estimated time required to solve the problem, allowing students to plan their practice schedule effectively
                          • Examples and illustrations have been provided to help candidates understand and retain concepts
                          • Innovative tabular classification of key concepts to help understand the differences among various terminologies
                          • Figurative representation of theory in the form of user-friendly concept-tress
                          Features
                          • Up-to-date and easy to follow
                          • Over 12,000 words and phrases, as used in the Longman Basic English Dictionary culled out of the British National corpora
                          • Easy definitions in English, using only simple, basic set of words
                          • Focus on colloquialism and spoken language in both source and target languages
                          • Emphasis on the use of the Indian language equivalents of English words, thus facilitating learning
                          • Thousands of authentic examples in both English and the Indian languages showing how these words are to be used
                          About the Authors
                          Longman’s English Dictionaries are the leading dictionaries for learners of English of all ages and levels who want to learn more about English: definitions, everyday usage, pronunciation etc. National Translation Mission (NTM) is a Government of India initiative to make knowledge-based texts accessible in all major Indian languages listed in the Constitution, through translation and therefore, to increase access to knowledge in many critical areas. Central Institute of Indian Languages aims at coordinating the development of Indian languages through scientific studies and inter-disciplinary research, which would contribute to mutual enrichment of languages.Features
                          • Two new chapters on Geometry of complex numbers and De-Moivre’s Theorem
                          • Includes the University of Delhi’s last three years solved mathematics question papers
                          • More than 350 solved examples and 700 practice problems
                          Features
                          • Two unique topics: Explores the role of negotiations in business communication and the need for capability development within organizations to ensure sustained growth
                          • Learning tools: Uses several tools such as learning objectives, opening vignettes, figures, tables, key terms, chapter summaries, review questions, and critical thinking questions to help students grasp concepts
                          • India-centric case studies: Features closing cases depicting real-life situations and successful managerial practices in organizations to foster a hands-on learning approach
                          • The teaching and learning package: Includes PowerPoint lecture slides and an instructor’s manual for instructors and an online question bank along with bonus material on managerial skill–development techniques and methodologies of management research for students (available at www.dipakkumarbhattacharyya)
                          Features
                          • Accurate, well researched and examination oriented, this best seller helps to master the subject of “general knowledge” for various competitive examinations.
                          • Based on current trends in general knowledge questions featured in various competitive examinations as well as in examinations conducted by UPSC, SSC, Banking Services, Railway Recruitment Boards, and central and staterecruitment bodies.
                          • Includes sample practice exercises for each subject area and a comprehensive question bank for practice, in all three media paper-pencil, online and on-mobile (GPRS only) platforms
                          • Up-to-date national and international “Current Affairs” section.
                          • Latest updates and downloadable test papers available as FREE on the webcompanion site ( www.thorpeseducation.com)
                          • New look, elegant design and printed on quality paper
                          • FREE Access code INSIDE the cover for Online and Mobile based practice tests for live URL at ( http://wps.pearsoned.com/thorpe_concisegk_m );
                          Features
                          • Up-to-date, comprehensive and “all purpose” in approach
                          • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding
                          • Based on current trends in various examinations
                          • National and international current affairs included
                          Visit www.thorpeseducation.com for the latest updates and sample test papers and online testingFeatures
                          • Diagnostic tool for initial assessment – Read and Proceed
                          • Theme-based chapters – ‘Travel’, ‘Gender’, ‘Health’, ‘Disaster Management’, ‘Sport’
                          • Comprehension passages from popular books, magazines, newspapers and Web sites
                          • Activity-based interactive models of exercises
                          • A three-tier evaluation system with detachable feedback sheets for periodic assessment
                          Features
                          • Original previous years GS questions
                          • Coloured map booklet
                          • Dynamic CSAT Dashboard
                          • Book Excerpts
                          • Additional readings
                          • CSAT aptitude reader
                          • Author’s webpage
                          • Social networking connectivity
                          • Access codes inside
                          Features
                          • Original previous years GS questions
                          • Coloured map booklet
                          • Dynamic CSAT Dashboard
                          • Book Excerpts
                          • Additional readings
                          • CSAT aptitude reader
                          • Author’s webpage
                          • Social networking connectivity
                          • Access codes inside
                          Features
                          • Balanced and comprehensive coverage of ring theory
                          • An exclusive chapter on Galois theory and its application
                          • A real flavor of numerical notes to the text, which reminds the students of the real-life use of algebra
                          • Concepts are summarized visually using graphs and charts
                          About the Authors
                          U. M. Swamy is former Dean, Faculty of Science, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh.

                          A. V. S. N. Murty is a Professor of Mathematics, Srinivasa Institute of Engineering and Technology, Amalapuram, Andhra Pradesh.Features
                          • Theory supported with necessary examples and case studies
                          • Features like multiple-choice questions, Test Your Kknowledge, landmark judgments and case studies at the end of each chapter
                          • Legal updates up to 1 January 2011.
                          • Book includes:
                            • 270+ case studies
                            • 750+ questions under the Test Your Knowledge segment with hints
                            • 340+ landmark judgments
                            • 1800+ MCQs with answers
                          Features
                          • Complete coverage of the course of various universities across India
                          • Inclusion of current advances like: IPTV, Blogging, RFID, Brain Computer Interface
                          • Exhaustive discussion on MS Office 2003
                          • Discussion on Windows 7
                          • Coverage on MS Office 2007
                          • Excellent pedagogy: Chapter openers, Chapter objectives, Fact files and things to remember, Further reading, Exercises
                          Features
                          • Presented in a question and answer format following the examination pattern
                          • Covers all key topics in the syllabus
                          • Designed to make learning fast and effective
                          • Precise and up-to-date
                          • Helps students excel in their examinations
                          Features
                          • The book serves as an invitation to sociology.
                          • It helps the reader to learn the language that sociologists employ, and the way commonly used words (such as family, marriage, caste) are given distinct definitions.
                          • It follows the logic of scientific research that governs sociological analysis.
                          • Professor Atal takes care in this book to guard against ideological and theoretical biases.
                          • The various topics covered in the book are illustrated with examples taken from everyday life, and from studies conducted in India.
                          Features
                          • Presented in a question and answer format following the examination pattern
                          • Covers all key topics in the syllabus
                          • Designed to make learning fast and effective
                          • Precise and up-to-date
                          • Helps students excel in their examinations
                          Features
                          • Presented in a question and answer format following the examination pattern
                          • Covers all key topics in the syllabus
                          • Designed to make learning fast and effective
                          • Precise and up-to-date
                          • Helps students excel in their examinations
                          Features
                          • Presented in a question and answer format following the examination pattern
                          • Covers all key topics in the syllabus
                          • Designed to make learning fast and effective
                          • Precise and up-to-date
                          • Helps students excel in their examinations
                          Features
                          • Detailed examination of special probability distributions
                          • A separate chapter on estimation theory
                          • Detailed examination of regression and correlation analysis
                          • A separate chapter on queuing theory
                          Features
                          • Presented in a question and answer format following the examination pattern
                          • Covers all key topics in the syllabus
                          • Designed to make learning fast and effective
                          • Precise and up-to-date
                          • Helps students excel in their examinations
                          Features
                          • Chapter outlines to give an overview of the chapter
                          • Modular questions to test a students’ understanding
                          Features
                          • The language is easy and simple.
                          • The answers are to the point covering all the aspects of the question.
                          • The book sticks to the semester-I course designed by Delhi University for B.A. Programme (History).
                          • Recent researches have been included.
                          Features
                      • Learning outcomes at the beginning of each chapter
                      • Summary at the end of every chapter, for the purpose of reinforcing what is learnt in the chapter.
                      • Several tables and examples to make each topic more comprehensible
                      • An extensive list of recommended readings given at the end of the book.
                      • A glossary of difficult words to aid students’ understanding.
                      • Model test papers for each topic
                      • Model answers have been provided for every question, separately
                      Features
                      • Makes the student understand the paper and syllabus
                      • Exclusive chapter on decision-making
                      • All topics of paper 2 covered
                      • Chapter-end exercises
                      • Mock tests with solutions provided
                      Features
                      • Diversity continues to be a current and important theme in the field. In addition, the authors incorporate the coverage of diversity throughout the text. Discussion of the topic is annotated in the margin of the book with a diversity icon.
                      • “Connections tables” are provided at the end of every chapter to help explain the relationship between certain topics within the field of social psychology. “Critical Thinking” questions follow the “Connections” tables.
                      • “Key Points” at the end of every major section help students understand what they have read and key terms are printed in bold so that students will be able to look for definitions both within the text and the glossary at the end of the book. Chapter summaries, called “Summary and Review of Key Points” help students assess what they have read.
                      • Subscription to Research Navigator (ContentSelect and New York Times online research archives) included with every book—free, unlimited access for six months from any computer with an Internet connection.
                      • Special User Guide in the front of the book helps students use the resources in Research Navigator for every chapter in the book.
                      • A new feature, “Beyond the Headlines: As Social Psychologists See It,” takes real-life news events and examines them from the field of social psychology. This feature illustrates how the topics can be applied to many aspects of human behavior.
                      • Another new feature, “Ideas to Take with You,” highlights important concepts. At the end of every chapter, these concepts are focused on because they will impact the student long after the course is completed.
                      • The evolutionary perspective has been embraced by much of the academic community, and the authors discuss this perspective at numerous points in the text. Discussion of this topic is annotated in the margin of the book with a biological icon.
                      • Important new topics: Effects of ingratiation on attraction, salary, and promotions; cultural differences in the content of attractiveness stereotypes; costs and benefits of romantic relationships; effects of high temperatures and alcohol on aggression; memories of abuse in childhood; genetic and personal factors in job satisfaction; and interpersonal justice.
                      • Applied psychology is now covered in one chapter (Ch. 13).
                      Features
                      • NEW—Completely rewritten chapter on International Business—Includes a case study of Nike and a discussion of sweatshops.
                      • NEW—Chapter on ethics in finance
                      • NEW—New cases—Includes “Beech-Nut's Bogus Apple Juice” in Chapter 2 and a case on AIDS drugs in South Africa featured in Chapter 4.
                      • Ethical theory as a basis for understanding ethical problems in business
                      • The legal perspective—Contains a substantial amount of background legal material.
                      • An integrated approach to business ethics—Considers ethical, economic, and legal points of view.
                      • Numerous real-life examples and legal cases.
                      • The full range of business ethics issues.
                      • 50 short cases—An average of 3 per chapter.
                      About the Authors
                      Karl E. Case is the Katherine Coman and A. Barton Hepburn Professor of Economics at Wellesley College where he has taught for 24 years and is a Visiting Scholar at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Professor Case received his B.A. from Miami University in 1968, spent three years on active duty in the Army including a year in Vietnam, and received his Ph.D. in Economics from Harvard University in 1976.Features
                      • NEW - Chapter on Distribution networks (Chapter 4). Provides a conceptual basis for designing a supply chain network. It contains a discussion of different distribution networks and when a firm should prefer one over the other.
                      • NEW - New Chapter on Sourcing (Chapter 13). Discusses different sourcing activities including supplier assessment, supplier contracts, design collaboration, and procurement. Our goal in this chapter is to provide a framework for evaluating a variety of sourcing decisions.
                      • NEW - New Chapter on Price and revenue management (Chapter 15). Discusses how pricing and revenue management may be used to improve profits from a given set of supply chain assets.
                      • NEW - Earlier coverage of designing the supply chain network.
                      • NEW - Major Revision of Information Technology in the Supply Chain (Chapter 17). Provides a new framework for supply chain software that we feel provides an improved view of where enterprise software is headed.
                      • Fully updated—All the classic features that have made the text the #1 best-selling supply chain management book have been retained and updates have been incorporated into the remaining chapters, adding numerous new ideas and examples, to keep the book on the forefront of supply chain management.
                      • Features
                        • More than 15 new cases have been added and all others have been revised and updated—Includes Cran Chik, Lukoil, Cisco Systems, Johnson and Johnson and Global Software Piracy.
                        • Ethical dilemmas and social responsibility section—In each chapter.
                        • No other International Business book has better coverage of Latin America, cases, examples, etc...
                        • NEW - Part-ending Culture Quest Global Business Videos.
                        • Review of latest institutional actions, market trends, and company activities.
                        • “Looking to the future” section-In each chapter.
                        • Concise and insightful new approach to classic and difficult topics—Notably Chapter 8, Factor Mobility and Foreign Direct Investment.
                        Features
                        • NEW - New skills-based exercises—Four exercises at the end of each chapter in a section called “Developing OB Skills.”
                        • NEW - End-of-chapter questions—Three sets of questions in a section called “Points to Ponder”: Questions for Review, Experiential Questions, and Questions to Analyze.
                        • NEW - “OB in an E-World” boxes—Included in each chapter; pay special attention to the role of OB in Internet-based businesses.
                        • “How to Do It” sections—Provided in each chapter; explain how to implement particular ideas shown in the text.
                        • “Best Practices” sections—In each chapter; highlight the successful application of OB practices in various companies.
                        • Current and cutting-edge research topics—Include employee support policies; innovative rewards systems; practical, emotional, and cognitive intelligence; procedural justice; dispositional model of job satisfaction; high-performance teams; video-mediated communication; and goal-framing effects.
                        • International examples—Highlight the global nature of today's business world.
                        • New skills-based exercises—Four exercises at the end of each chapter in a section called “Developing OB Skills.”
                        • End-of-chapter questions—Three sets of questions in a section called “Points to Ponder”: Questions for Review, Experiential Questions, and Questions to Analyze.
                        • “OB in an E-World” boxes—Included in each chapter; pay special attention to the role of OB in Internet-based businesses.
                        Features
                        • Major Revision—This text has been thoroughly revised. Each chapter has been completely rewritten to improve the flow and clarity of topics and to update the material.
                        • Balance of theory and application—Many of the topics are developed in more depth, providing a better balance of theory and application.
                        • Modeling—Greater emphasis is placed on selecting proper Forecasting models.
                        • Software—Output from Excel and Minitab is integrated into the chapters with an emphasis on interpreting output. Optional sections at the end-of-chapters provide additional instruction in the use of Excel and Minitab.
                        • Cases and Exercises—Many new exercises and about one fourth the cases are new. There are forty-four cases included.
                        Features
                        • "Cognitive Excersises" boxes provide short critical thinking exercises.
                        • "Business First" boxes provide insights into real business domestic and international issues, as well as high-tech and e-business industries.
                        • The statement of cash flow is introduced.
                        • Ethics and decision-making are emphasized
                        • Closing entries have been added to the accounting cycle coverage.
                        About the Authors
                        Professor Horngren has taught and written about accounting. His work has concentrated on how management decisions can be influenced by how accounting systems work within organizations and on how financial accounting principles are formulated. Charles Horngren began his university teaching at the University of Chicago as an instructor and assistant professor from 1952-1955. He received his doctorate there in 1955. He moved to his home city, Milwaukee and taught for a year at Marquette University, where he had received his undergraduate degree. In 1956 he became an associate professor at the newly created University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee (UWM). After three years at UWM, he returned to the University of Chicago in 1959. Throughout this span from 1952-1959, he had taught the full range of accounting courses, including auditing and income taxes, plus courses in finance and business policy. He also wrote several research articles that appeared in the Accounting Review and the Journal of Accountancy. Features
                        • NEW—Chapter on Global emarketing.
                        • Cases provide students with new cases and teaching notes that refresh and update course.
                        • Cases cover consumer, industrial, low tech and high tech, product and services marketing.
                        About the Authors
                        Dr. Warren J. Keegan is Professor of International Business and Marketing and Director of the Centre for Global Business Strategy at the Lubin School Business of Pace University, New York.Features
                        • NEW—Adapted from Kotler's #1 selling textbook, Marketing Management.
                        • NEW—New Chapter 2, Adapting Marketing to the New Economy—Coverage exploring the impact of the Internet/new technologies and customer relationship management has been fully updated, expanded, and now appears much earlier.
                        • NEW—Real-world vignettes (Marketing Management at…) open each chapter.
                        • NEW—Analysis with a twist of skills—A new Marketing Skills feature appears in each chapter.
                        • NEW—More illustrations and marketing advertisements.
                        • NEW—Interactive case analysis tool assignments.
                        • Four part organization—Part I features understanding marketing management; Part II covers analyzing marketing opportunities; Part III describes how to make marketing decisions; Part IV discusses managing and delivering marketing programs.
                        Features
                        • NEW - Emphasis on new applications and technologies to digitally enable business processes for electronic business and electronic commerce—Highlights what will improve firms' relationships with customers and create additional value.
                        • NEW - Running Case project on Laudon Web site and accompanying CD-ROM—Teaches students about a fictitious company called Dirt Bike USA; each text chapter contains a project requiring students to use application software, Web tools, or analytical skills to solve a problem the company has encountered.
                        • NEW - Updating of Chapters 12 and 14—Emphasizes more contemporary system building methods such as Web services and object-oriented development.
                        • NEW - Coverage of new topics—Includes Wi-Fi wireless networks and Wi-Fi security issues; utility computing model; peer-to-peer and grid computing; collaborative commerce; and much more.
                        • Application Software Exercises—Each chapter features a hands-on Application Exercise requiring students to use application software tools.
                        • Coverage of the strategic role of information systems—Chapter 3 discusses how information systems and business strategy have changed as a result of the Digital Firm.
                        Features
                        • NEW—Revised and clarified content throughout—Features improved illustrations.
                        • NEW—Detailed discussion of Advanced Encryption Standard.
                        • NEW—Added chapter on finite fields—Chapter 4.
                        • NEW—Expanded treatment of Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
                        • NEW—More field-tested problems.
                        • A comprehensive treatment of cryptography.
                        • Chapters on IP security and Web security.
                        • Coverage of important network security tools and applications.
                        Features
                        • NEW—Integrated coverage of what advertising effectiveness means and how to measure it. Effectiveness models are covered and elaborated on in Chapters 1, 6, 7, 11, and 12 so students will see how advertisers actually measure whether their ads are working.
                        • NEW—Every chapter opens with new cases that feature award-winning ad campaigns, most of them EFFIE-award winners. These cases show theory in action by stressing the components of effective advertising campaigns. Additional award-winning ad campaigns are featured in the Matter of Practice and Matter of Principle boxes.
                        • NEW—Expanded coverage of interactive advertising (Internet, e-commerce, and more)—Infused into every chapter. Web-related questions and projects are included in each chapter.
                        • NEW—Streamlined discussion of copy writing, design, and production for both print and broadcast advertising. Chapter 12 covers copywriting; Chapter 13 covers design and production.
                        Features
                        • NEW - Text Authorship—Authored by leading consultants, this text focuses on management accounting issues all business managers need to know instead of an encyclopedic presentation of management accounting topics.
                        • NEW - Chapter 9 on the Balanced Scorecard—This is the ONLY textbook available to offer authoritative, comprehensive, single-chapter treatment of this topic.
                        • NEW - Reorganization of chapters; Chapters 1-3 are now re-written and revised into two new chapters:
                        • NEW - Updated and revised chapter on Activity Based Cost Management Systems written by Bob Kaplan Chapter 4.
                        • NEW - Updated “In Practice” and “Technological Edge” boxes—Includes costing procedures at Dark Horse Comics; costs and revenues in the motion picture industry; sunk costs in baseball; and a pricing glitch in Amazon DVD store.
                        • NEW - Use of an extended example in Financial Control coverage—Chapter 12.
                        Features
                        The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                        • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                        • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                        • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                        • Pencil talk initiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                        Features
                        The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                        • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                        • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                        • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                        • Pencil talk initiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                        Features
                        The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                        • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                        • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                        • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                        • Pencil talk initiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                        Features
                        • Learner-centric approach related to everyday activities
                        • Lucid language and easy text flow that minimises verbosity
                        • Diverse and creative activities to arouse the interest of all students.
                        • Do You Know? to enrich the knowledge of young learners and provide
                        • additional information for the inquisitive
                        • Teacher's Notes that provide an easy teaching reference tool with ample
                        • room for creativity to achieve the learning outcome
                        • A separate Talk About page at the end of each unit to promote discussion
                        • and understanding
                        • The Snap Recap at the end of each unit further tests the assimilation of students-linking the parts of the unit as one whole
                        • Emphasis on visual communication as a tool for content learning. Illustrations are attractive and prompt students to infer facts.
                        Features
                        • Offers a readable presentation with engaging, real-world examples.
                        • Provides comprehensive coverage of many aspects of SQL programming.
                        • Compares and contrasts use of the E/R model and ODMG/s Object Definition Language when designing database systems.
                        • Explains object-oriented and object-relational database programming, with coverage of the ODMG de facto standard for OODBs and object-oriented features of SQL3.
                        • Covers advanced issues important to database designers and users, including views, integrity constraints, assertions, triggers, transactions, security, and recursion in SQL3.
                        About the Authors
                        JEFFREY D. ULLMAN is the Stanford W. Ascherman Professor of Computer Science at Stanford. He is the author or co-author of 14 books and 170 technical publications, including Elements of ML Programming (Prentice Hall). His research interests include database theory, database integration, data mining, and education using the information infrastructure. He has received numerous awards such as the Guggenheim Fellowship and election to the National Academy of Engineering. JENNIFER WIDOM is an Associate Professor in the Computer Science and Electrical Engineering Departments at Standford University. She has served on numerous editorial boards and program committees, and she has published widely in computer science conferences and journals. Her current research interests include heterogeneous and semi structured databases, data warehousing, and active database systems. Features
                        • NEW - Mechanism Boxes—For clearer understanding of how reactions occur, the process and steps underlying these reactions are highlighted and described within the text.
                        • Key Mechanism Boxes.
                        • NEW - Revised all NMR images to high-field resolution—To match the spectra work students will be conducting in the lab and in the workplace.
                        • NEW - Amines interchapter. Pulls together and summarizes concepts related to amines in a small, coherent section.
                        • Stereochemistry—Covered early (Ch. 5), before substitutions and eliminations.
                        • Reaction Summaries—Includes cross-references to reactions that are discussed elsewhere.
                        • Unique Problem-Solving Essays. Assists students to approach more complicated problems, especially problems that require proposing mechanisms and developing multi-step synthesis.
                        • Over 190 Problem-Solving Hints—Derived from Skip Wade's many years of teaching experience, these head off common student errors and offer “over the shoulder” advice.
                        • Over 1300 (mostly multi-part) problems.
                        • NEW - New problems added and existing ones revised.
                        • NEW - Updated and enhanced design and art program—Contains state-of-the-art, computer-generated molecular and orbital art.
                        • NEW - Added electrostatic potential maps.
                        • NEW - Added biological (and other) applications in marginal Applications Notes.
                        Features
                        • NEW - Major update—New material has been added to each chapter and the text has been streamlined from 18 to 15 chapters for greater clarity.
                        • NEW - Co-author Jochen Wirtz, an expert in customer feedback and service recovery.
                        • NEW - 15 class-tested cases—Range in length and are drawn from a cross-section of service industries including business-to-business, nonprofit, and financial services. All are copyrighted post-2000.
                        • NEW - 6 new readings—Sources include Harvard Business Review, International Journal of Service Industry Management, Journal of Service Research, and Sloan Management Review, as well as articles specifically commissioned for this text from leading academic experts.
                        • An integrated approach—Places marketing issues within a broader general management context while offering a balanced focus on the close ties that link the marketing, operations, and human resource functions, and explores the broader competitive arena in the marketplace.
                        • The 8Ps framework of integrated service management—Presents Productivity and Quality as linked concepts and modifies several of the elements of the traditional 7Ps framework (e.g., describing service delivery systems in terms of “Place, Cyberspace, and Time” instead of the outdated “Place” terminology).
                        Features
                        • NEW - Updated and improved “Using Statistics” business scenarios. Each chapter begins with a “Using Statistics” scenario and it is often revisited throughout the chapter to reinforce the concepts with an applied example.
                        • NEW - Emphasis on data analysis and interpretation of computer output.
                        • NEW - Hundreds of new applied examples and exercises with data from the Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and other sources have been added.
                        • Student CD—Contains PHStat 2, data files in Excel, Minitab, and SPSS, and Visual Explorations exercises.
                        • NEW - Visual Explorations exercises now available on accompanying free CD-ROM.
                        • NEW - Using Microsoft Office feature has been added.
                        • NEW - Report Writing exercises are now included.
                        • NEW - Internet Exercises, located on the text Companion Website (www.prenhall.com/levine), have been added.
                        • NEW - Case Studies and Team Projects have been added.
                        Features
                        • NEW - New research—Includes discussions on the development of a business plan; information technology, knowledge management, and game theory; and creativity and intrapreneurship.
                        • NEW - New Chapter 10—Describes six types of revolutionary and evolutionary change, with a new section on organizational development and action research.
                        • NEW - Reorganized text—Provides in Part I much more focus on what an organization is, which stakeholders it serves, and how an organization is structured. Part II lays out central design challenges. Part III presents expanded coverage of organizational change.
                        • NEW - Expanded coverage on ethics—Includes a new chapter, “Stakeholders, Managers, and Ethics” and an explicitly ethical theme which features a new section at the end of each chapter, “The Ethical Dimension.”
                        • NEW - Changing global environment—Introduces this information earlier than in the previous edition, in response to instructor feedback.
                        • An ongoing “Analyzing the Organization” feature—Requires students to select an organization to study and complete chapter assignments that lead to an organizational theory analysis and a written case study, which can be presented to the class at the end of the semester.
                        • Case studies—Presented at the end of the text, these should be introduced in conjunction with each chapter.
                        • Chapter-end “Organizational Theory in Action” sections—Includes hands-on learning exercises/assignments.
                        Features
                        • Practical approach to management concepts and research.
                        • Chapter-end management skills workshop sections.
                        • Three modules—Covers historical, quantitative, and career information.
                        • "One manager's perspective" boxes.
                        • "Details on a Management Classic" boxes.
                        • "Ethical Dilemmas in Management" boxes.
                        • Chapter-end Internet exercises
                        Features
                        • Coverage of topics in corporate risk management, including enterprise risk management, loss forecasting, financial analysis in decision making, and the application of new technology to risk management programs in Chapters 3 and 4.
                        • “Internet Resources” boxes, with numerous Web site references in each chapter, recognize the importance of the Internet as a learning tool and source of consumer information.
                        • Primary emphasis on the insurance consumer, addressing personal risk management and financial planning, presents students an opportunity to apply concepts to their own lives.
                        • Updated “Insight” boxes provide current real-world applications that illustrate key chapter concepts.
                        Features
                        • Building and managing customer relationships is the foundation this text is built upon – This text is first in its class to incorporate a customer value framework upfront and carry it throughout. It describes the importance of understanding the marketplace and customer needs, illustrates the proper design of customer-driven marketing strategies, and shows the development of marketing programs that deliver value and satisfaction.
                        • Exciting, current real marketing applications–Kotler and Armstrong are known for telling the stories that reveal the drama of modern marketing, using contemporary examples such as NASCAR, MTV, McDonald’s, RFID technology, Anheuser-Busch (BudNet), Lexus, Pottery Barn, Krispy Kreme, and more.
                        • 4 integrated themes.
                          • Building and managing profitable customer relationships– Emphasizes how today’s marketers must be good at creating customer value and managing customer relationships. Shows how companies that develop marketing programs that deliver value and satisfaction build strong customer relationships, and, in return, capture value from customers in the form of sales, profits, and customer equity.
                          • Building and managing strong brands to create brand equity. Shows how well-positioned brands with strong brand equity provide the basis upon which to build profitable customer relationships.
                          • Harnessing marketing technologies in the digital age. Explores how digital and high-tech marketing developments are dramatically changing both buyers and marketers. Emphasizes that today’s marketers must know how to leverage new information, communication, and transportation technologies to connect more effectively with customers and marketing partners.
                          • Marketing in a socially responsible way around the globe. As technological developments make the world a smaller place, knowing how to market brands globally responsibly is becoming increasingly important.
                        • NEW–Global marketing–Offers integrated chapter-by-chapter coverage, as well as a revised Chapter 19 that focuses on global marketing considerations.
                        • NEW-Socially responsible marketing - Offers integrated chapter-by-chapter coverage, as well as a revised Chapter 3 that focuses on ethics and socially responsible marketing.
                        Features
                        • Managerial Orientation. Most of the presentations in the text are geared toward functional and general managers. The Text’s primary focus in about EC applications and implementation.
                        • Interdisciplinary Approach. Because EC is interdisciplinary, this text covers Accounting, Finance, Information Systems, Marketing, Management, and Human Resources Management.
                        • Real-World Orientation. Extensive examples from large corporations, small businesses, and government and not-for-profit agencies make concepts come alive by showing the capabilities of EC, its costs and justification, and some of the innovative ways real corporations are using EC in their operations.
                        • Solid Theoretical Background. The text provides the theoretical foundations necessary for understanding EC—ranging from consumer behavior to economic theory of competition.
                        • Most Current. The book presents the most current topics of EC as evidenced by the many 1998 and 1999 citations and includes extranets, organization knowledge bases, Web-based supply chain systems, and Economics.
                        • Integrated Systems. The text emphasizes those systems that support the enterprise and supply chain management. Interorganizational systems are particularly highlighted, including the latest inno0vations in global electronic commerce.
                        • Global Perspective. The text also explores the importance of global competition, partnerships, and trading. EC facilities export and import, managing multinational companies, and trading electronically around the globe. International examples are provided throughout the book.Features
                          • NEW—New chapter on the use of futures for hedging (Ch.4). The use of futures for hedging was in Chapter 2 in the previous edition.
                          • NEW—New Chapter 29, Insurance, Weather, and Energy Derivatives.
                          • NEW—New Chapter 28, Real Options. Many reviewers requested a chapter on real options because this material is becoming increasingly important.
                          • NEW—Chapter 16, Value at Risk, rewritten.
                          • NEW—Second chapter on swaps (Ch.25).
                          • One- and two-step binomial trees—Provide a good introduction to no-arbitrage arguments, risk-neutral valuation, and numerical procedures.
                          • Discussion of credit risk and credit derivatives. Credit risk is becoming a more important issue in derivatives markets and the volume of trading in credit derivatives is growing fast.
                          Features
                          • NEW - Focus on how the Internet has changed the way people obtain information, select products, and make purchases almost anywhere in the world.
                          • NEW - Thirty-two mini-cases have been added to help students learn by applying the theory.
                          • Streamlined coverage—The new edition remains slimmed down and concise without sacrificing content.
                          • Builds a model—A clear consumer decision making model is set out in each chapter to facilitate learning.
                          Features
                          • NEW - Fully updated to reflect the latest management support system technologies and techniques.
                          • NEW - Improved knowledge management coverage.
                          • NEW - DSS In Action boxes present real-world scenarios and applications.
                          • NEW - Coverage of the latest advances in expert systems, neural networking, data mining, and OLAP technologies.
                          • NEW - Increased focus on Web technologies: their use and their implications.
                          • Extensive supply chain and ERP coverage—Includes detailed coverage of decision support in supply chain and ERP applications.
                          • Comprehensive coverage of data warehousing—Covers data warehouse access, analysis, mining, visualization, modeling, and more.
                          • Comprehensive coverage of knowledge-based decision support—Covers knowledge acquisition and representation, inference techniques, and intelligent systems development.
                          • Organizational and societal impacts—Covers the organizational and societal implications of advanced decision support technology.
                          • Detailed coverage of implementation and integration.—Covers the real-world challenges of integrating new decision support tools into existing technical and business infrastructures.
                          Features
                          • NEW - Chapter-opening vignettes–These real-world vignettes, all new and updated, highlight current retail leaders including Wal-Mart, Gap Inc., Amazon.com, Target, eBay, Starbucks, Nordstrom and Home Depot.
                          • NEW - All new cases–There are 32 shorter cases and 8 comprehensive cases involving a wide range of retailers and retail practices.
                          • NEW - Enhanced Website (www.prenhall.com/bermanevans)–Provides a strong integration of the book.
                          • NEW - Retailing relationships–Covering “value” in relationships and new material on the American with Disabilities Act.
                          • NEW - Web, nonstore and other nontraditional retailing chapter revised.
                          • NEW - Implementing Merchandise Plans updated.
                          • NEW - Total retail experience and retail positioning.
                          • NEW - Every chapter contains a Technology in Retailing box, a Retailing Around the World box, an Ethics in Retailing box and a Careers in Retailing box.
                          • Internet and E-commerce applications integrated throughout–Companies cited throughout the text include Amazon.com, Auto-by-Tel, Buy.com, Costco, eBay, and more.
                          • Merchandise management and the distinction between the roles of buyers and sales managers.
                          • Coverage of database management and the roles of different channel members in acquiring data–Discusses the uses of computerized census data.
                          • Web exercises conclude each chapter.
                          Features
                          • Extensive Use of Examples. Horngren/Sundem/Stratton make extensive use of real-company examples, including a wealth of service examples.
                          • Student-Friendly Design and Developmental Editing enhance the overall readability and writing of the new edition.
                          • Real World Decision-Making
                            • Making Managerial Decisions boxes appear at the ends of most sections and encourage students to apply their strategic decision-making skins and immediately apply what they have learned thus far in the chapter.
                            • Ethics Sections appear where appropriate within each chapter.
                            • New and revised Business First boxes appear within each chapter provide insights into operations at well-known domestic and international companies, including technology and e-commerce companies such as Reichhold Inc., DaimlerChrysier, IBM, Battelle, and EncrypTix.
                          Features
                          • Problem-Solving Strategy Boxes have been enhanced to include an explicit four-step approach (ISEE: Identify, Set up, Execute, and Evaluate).
                          • Worked Examples within the text now consistently implement the ISEE strategy. More conceptual examples have been added throughout the text.
                          • A wealth of tried-and-tested Exercises, Problems, and the more rigorous Challenge Problems cover quantitative and qualitative aspects of all key concepts and integrate real-life situations.
                          • Popular Caution Paragraphs focus on typical misconceptions and student problem areas have been enhanced for easy reference and many more added throughout the text.
                          • More than 600 new problems have been added to the text's revered, tried-and-tested stable, giving it more than 3,700.
                          • The ISEE problem-solving strategy is used consistently throughout to help students build their skills and tackle more advanced problems more confidently and with greater success.
                          • Visual Summaries at the end of each chapter take key concepts and match a descriptive explanation, mathematical representation, and thumbnail diagram or graph in one easy-to-review table that better enables students to translate between these multiple representations.
                          • All art and diagrams have been completely redesigned and the color palette streamlined to create a consistent, simplified, and carefully crafted visual pedagogy that better helps students to identify key concepts and processes.
                          • Chapter Openers and Questions are used to motivate students with an interesting or unusual real-life situation. Key content the student needs to answer the question is marked in the chapter. This is wrapped up at the end of the chapter where the answer is provided to help students easily check their comprehension of the material.
                          • Quick in-text Test Your Understanding questions help students check their grasp of key concepts at the end of each section.
                          Features
                          • Focus on processes – the fundamental unit of work in all organizations
                          • Instructive pedagogical structure
                          • Active models, OM explorer tutors, end-of-chapter cases, and experiential exercises
                          • Discussion questions changed and problems replaced
                          • Examples of Indian industry using Six Sigma given
                          • Solved examples given at the end of each chapter
                          • Available with student CD-ROM
                          • Indian success stories and examples added along with global ones to compliment the text. Success stories are from:
                            • Asian Paints
                            • Titan
                            • Taj Group of Hotels
                            • TATA Group
                            • Mahindra and Mahindra
                            • Nat Steels
                            • Yuken India Ltd
                            • Madras Cements
                            • Wipro
                            • ITC echoupals
                            • AMUL
                            • Nirma
                            • HLL
                            • ITC Group of Hotels
                            • Reliance Group
                            • Dr. Reddy’s
                            • Tetley
                            • Godrej Sara Lee
                            • Skoda Autos
                            • Gold Seal Engineering Products Ltd
                            • BHEL
                          Features
                          • More information on the properties of integers, including base n representations; more contexts for isomerism
                          • Aspects of coding, including efficiency, effectiveness, and security explained
                          • Useful in developing the skills of building mathematical models through abstraction
                          • Focus on topics used in computer science
                          • End-of-chapter exercises and solved problems as per Indian curriculum requirements
                          Features
                          A new edition of the best-selling book that covers three popular open-source tools in one complete Starter Kit package.
                          • Revised and updated to reflect latest release of these technologies - PHP 5 and MySQL 5.
                          • Carefully steps the reader through the basic set up of PHP, MySQL, and Apache, and shows how to combine these technologies to quickly create simple interactive Web applications.
                          • CD-ROM allows the reader to install a safe, foolproof learning environment for either a Windows or Linux-based PC.
                          Features
                          • Wide range of selections graded according to the interest level of different age groups.
                          • Wide variety of exercises aimed at harnessing both the intuitive and the critical faculties of the student.
                          • Questions that range from the textual (comprehension) to the analytical, where the student is led to infer for himself.
                          • Fun exercises with words and phrases that help build the student's vocabulary
                          • Exercises aimed at appropriate usage by focusing on idiom and turn of phrase.
                          • Think and Write exercises at the end of each lesson foster creative thinking and self-expression by encouraging the student to imagine and empathise.
                          Features
                          • Wide range of selections graded according to the interest level of different age groups.
                          • Wide variety of exercises aimed at harnessing both the intuitive and the critical faculties of the student.
                          • Questions that range from the textual (comprehension) to the analytical, where the student is led to infer for himself.
                          • Fun exercises with words and phrases that help build the student's vocabulary
                          • Exercises aimed at appropriate usage by focusing on idiom and turn of phrase.
                          • Think and Write exercises at the end of each lesson foster creative thinking and self-expression by encouraging the student to imagine and empathise.
                          Features
                          • Wide range of selections graded according to the interest level of different age groups.
                          • Wide variety of exercises aimed at harnessing both the intuitive and the critical faculties of the student.
                          • Questions that range from the textual (comprehension) to the analytical, where the student is led to infer for himself.
                          • Fun exercises with words and phrases that help build the student's vocabulary
                          • Exercises aimed at appropriate usage by focusing on idiom and turn of phrase.
                          • Think and Write exercises at the end of each lesson foster creative thinking and self-expression by encouraging the student to imagine and empathise.
                          Features
                          • Wide range of selections graded according to the interest level of different age groups.
                          • Wide variety of exercises aimed at harnessing both the intuitive and the critical faculties of the student.
                          • Questions that range from the textual (comprehension) to the analytical, where the student is led to infer for himself.
                          • Fun exercises with words and phrases that help build the student's vocabulary
                          • Exercises aimed at appropriate usage by focusing on idiom and turn of phrase.
                          • Think and Write exercises at the end of each lesson foster creative thinking and self-expression by encouraging the student to imagine and empathise.
                          Features
                          • Wide range of selections graded according to the interest level of different age groups.
                          • Wide variety of exercises aimed at harnessing both the intuitive and the critical faculties of the student.
                          • Questions that range from the textual (comprehension) to the analytical, where the student is led to infer for himself.
                          • Fun exercises with words and phrases that help build the student's vocabulary
                          • Exercises aimed at appropriate usage by focusing on idiom and turn of phrase.
                          • Think and Write exercises at the end of each lesson foster creative thinking and self-expression by encouraging the student to imagine and empathise.
                          Features
                          • Based on recent trends in the UPSC Civil Services Preliminary Examinations
                          • Clear, exhaustive and scientifically prepared text
                          • MCQs based on the study of examination patterns over the last 12 years
                          • A set of MCQs at the end of each section
                          • Solved question papers of the last five years
                          • Question bank for practice
                          • Latest national and international current affairs
                          • A number of illustrations to support the concepts explained
                          • More than 1500 boxed items providing cutting-edge information on each subject
                          Features
                          • Lucid explanation of concepts
                          • Contains maps, figures, flow charts and tables to aid learning
                          • Marginalia for extra information
                          • More than 4500 multiple choice questions
                          • Ten Model Test Papers
                          • Previous years’ question papers (2001-2005) with answers
                          • Chronology of events of Ancient India, Medieval India, and Modern India.
                          • Glossary of Key Terms
                          About the Authors
                          Richard H. Hall is Distinguished Service Professor at the University at Albany, State University of New York.Features
                          • The organization of chapters - provides coverage of DC analysis of BJT networks and FET networks in the chapter preceding the AC analysis of each.
                          • Expanded coverage of GaAs, MESFETS, LEDs, op-amps, and zener devices.
                          • Practical examples -- Completely updated and expanded, to reflect current trends in the market place.
                          • Systems Approach used throughout the text to introduce the concept of system engineering and demonstrate the impact of the source and load resistance on the system response.
                          Features
                          • Text developed from an exclusive access to course from Cisco Systems.
                          • NEW - Content based on new course and exam.
                          • Scenarios and case studies.
                          • Review questions in each chapter.
                          • NEW - Content based on new course and exam.
                          Features
                          • Updated for UML 1.3
                          • Boxed sections on important distinct issues, such as Design by Contract, the Law of Demeter and persistence.
                          • Straightforward questions to test understanding.
                          • Discussions questions to encourage deeper exploration and further research.
                          • UML features explained using examples drawn from the case studies.
                          • Technical notes on UML to tie in what is presented with the primary source material.
                          • Accompanying web site with source code for the case studies, pointers to additional sources useful for further research and instructors’ material.
                          About the Authors
                          Dr Perdita Stevens is a Lecturer in the Division of Informatics at the University of Edinburgh. Professor Rob Pooley is Professor of Computer Science at Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh. The book is based on two courses they have developed and taught: an introduction to object orientation and UML, and a more advanced course on software engineering with objects and components.Features
                          • A case study on Unix systems examines the internal structures of the most popular versions, including AT&T’s SystemV,4.3BSD, and SunOS.
                          • Special discussion of distributed Unix Systems features Sun’s Network File System(NFS), AT& Ts Remote file System(RFS), Berkeley’s sockets and AT&T’s streams.
                          • New case studies on MS-DOS, OS/2, and the Macintosh Operating system.
                          • Increased emphasis on distributed operating system.
                          • Examinations of the implications of open systems interconnection (OSI) on network operating systems.
                          • Expanded coverage of parallel processing techniques.
                          About the Authors
                          Dr. Harvey M. Deitel is currently Chairman of the Computer Science Department of Boston College, where he teaches courses in system, programming, Computer architecture, operating systems, software engineering, and computer networking. He has worked in the computer field for nearly thirty years, and has participated in the research and development of several large-scale operating systems, including IBM’s OS and TSS, and MIT’s Multics. Dr. Deitel also serves as an external Senior Research Consultant to the Corporation for Open Systems International.Features
                          • Stresses the importance of molecular structure in understanding the properties and principles of organic chemistry.
                          • Provides a wide variety of spectra to be analyzed.
                          Features
                          Prepare for the new CCNP® 642-831 CIT Exam with the official exam preparation guide.
                          • Learn the troubleshooting and support topics for the NEW Cisco CCNP 642-831 CIT exam with the only official preparation book.
                          • Practice with over 200 test questions including simulation based questions on the enclosed CD-ROM.
                          • Prepare for the CCNP CIT exam with proven learning tools from the number 1 selling Exam Certification Guide Series from Cisco Press.
                          Features
                          • New reader-friendly format
                          • Marginalia for easy recapitulation of concepts
                          • End-of-chapter Case Study/Study Topic with pertinent questions
                          • A new appendix on control of the MNCs’ activities
                          • Topics like International Ethical Environment, Outsourcing of Services, Real Options in International Capital Budgeting added
                          • Objective-type questions along with their answers
                          • Wherever possible, numerical problems and their answers
                          • Comprehensive glossary
                          • Updated facts and figures
                          • Maps and more charts, diagrams and box items
                            • Features
                              • Detailed description of the procedure adopted by examination bodies such as the UPSC, MBA, SSC, Banking services, Railway recruitments etc
                              • All aspects of personality development discussed in detail
                              • Nine model interviews
                              • How to write a Resume right
                              • Intricacies of Group Discussion discussed at length
                              Features
                              • Simple to understand and easy to remember.
                              • Use of flowcharts and tables to add to conceptual clarity.
                              • A chapter on “Interpretation of Taxing Statutes" to highlight the rules generally followed by courts to interpret direct tax laws.
                              • Important judicial milestones presented in an interesting and reader-friendly manner as “Landmark Judgments”.
                              • Numerous “Examples” have been added to illustrate specific law points in a simple manner.
                              • Numerous “Practicals” have been added to furnish a firm overview of law discussed under various chapters.
                              • Carefully selected problems from various professional examinations have been solved and furnished with each chapter as “Examination Review”.
                              • Latest judicial pronouncements have been included.
                              • Prospective amendments for the assessment year 2006-07 have also been highlighted as a separate chapter.
                              Features
                              • Comprehensive coverage of methods with detailed easy-to-follow practical experiments
                              • Basic analytical theory which is essential for understanding the subject
                              • Greatly expanded sections on instrumental analysis including aspects of miniaturization
                              • Increased emphasis on minor/trace component analysis and revised statistical handling of data
                              • New chapters on sampling, mass spectrometry and nuclear magnetic resonance
                              • Chemometrics and statistics are clearly explained
                              About the Authors
                              J Mendham is a consultant analytical chemist and R C Denney a consultant forensic scientist. J D Barnes and M J K Thomas are members of the School of Chemistry, University of Greenwich.Features
                              • Real-life examples of lively arguments and explanations
                              • Introduction of many new exercises
                              • Separate presentation of classical syllogistic logic and modern symbolic logic
                              • Simplified explanations
                              • Student-friendly design
                              • Organization of chapters according to Indian curriculum requirements
                              • Addition of many examples with Indian perspective
                              Features
                              • Up-to-date, comprehensive and “all purpose” in approach.
                              • Includes a set of multiple-choice questions at the end of each section to test your understanding.
                              • Based on current trends in various examinations.
                              • Up-to-date national and international current affairs.
                              Features
                              • Examples from Indian corporates like Infosys, Wipro, Procter & Gamble, Hero Group, Mahindra & Mahindra, ICICI, TISCO, Tata Group of Companies, LG Electronics, and Reliance Industries have been added.
                              • Indian workforce demography has been explained to understand market and the changing scenario.
                              • Applications of all concepts of organizational behaviors like personality, motivation, teambuilding, leadership, conflict management, power and politics are supported with real life examples from Indian organizations.
                              • The book also includes a topic on HRM practices in a call centre which is a vital topic of discussion in the management field.
                              • Topics in OB in the News on ‘Culture, Flexibility and Competing Values’, ‘Employment of Disabled in the Corporate Sector’, ‘Teams in Action at Hero Group’, ‘Great leaders…….People Centric’, ‘Fight for Power?.... What Happens to Family Values in Indian Family Business’ have been discussed to help Indian students understand concepts with a cutting edge research and clarity
                              Features
                              • Corporate Governance text rewritten incorporating measures on Indian Corporate Governance.
                              • Strategic Practice Exercise will be based on Indian context.
                              • Given examples in the chapters replaced with suitable Indian examples, wherever necessary.
                              • Many case studies and examples of reputed companies like National Highways Authority of India, Nirma Industries, Asian Paints, Hindustan Lever, Infosys are given.
                              • Issues on technology and innovation, SMEs and not-for-profit organizations in the light of policy changes in India having strategic implications, with suitable Indian examples incorporated.
                              Features
                              • Useful to academicians and practitioners
                              • Scientific approach to investment management
                              • Comprehensive coverage of theory, tools, and techniques of investments
                              • Focus on stock market instruments
                              • Richly illustrated to help understand methods of processing investment information
                              Features
                              • NEW - Revamped JavaScript chapters—Provides more practical examples for aspiring Web developers, including a dynamic welcome page and random image generator.
                              • NEW - Compliant with XHTML 1.1 Specification, a W3C Recommendation since May, 2001.
                              • NEW - Expanded coverage of Flash and DHTML chapters ( Structured Graphics ActiveX Control and Path, Sequencer, and Sprite ActiveX Controls)now on the CD—Changed to reflect the latest market research.
                              • NEW - Refined treatment of XML—Explains key terms and definitions more clearly; now discusses 6 XML Vocabularies: XBRL, ChemML, MathML, MusicML, SVG, and SMIL. Also introduces XML-based Web services.
                              • NEW - New examples for Flash MX—Demonstrates motion paths, synchronized sounds and other useful functionality not in the 2nd edition. Added study chapter for Macromedia Flash MX.
                              • NEW - An introduction to Macromedia Dreamweaver MX—Covers the basics of the environment, explains how to create simple Web pages, and touches on some of Dreamweaver's more advanced features.
                              • NEW - Updated coverage of PhotoShop Elements—Presents PhotoShop Elements 2.0.
                              • NEW - Integration of multimedia content into Web pages—Discusses additional aesthetic considerations.
                              • NEW - Macromedia ColdFusion—Includes this enormously popular and easy-to-use server-side scripting language.
                              • NEW - Rewritten ASP.NET chapters—Covers Active Server Pages using JScript rather than VBScript.
                              • NEW - Focus on Apache—the most popular Web Server—Includes clearer istallation instructions for both Apache and IIS.
                              • NEW - New instruction on creating tables using SQL commands.
                              • NEW - Updated coverage—Updates coverage on PHP to version 4.3 and Perl to version 5.8.
                              • NEW - New treatments of Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 and related Internet tools.
                              • NEW - Updated coverage on building Web pages accessible to people with disabilities—Includes the latest accessibility tools and discusses the most recent legislation. The Windows accessibility programs have been updated to their Windows XP counterparts.
                              • NEW - e-Business and e-Commerce chapter—Includes information from professional papers and conferences, as well as discussing payment options for selling goods and services on the Internet.
                              • Signature “Live Code™ Approach” Language—Presents language features in the context of a wide variety of complete working programs, with thousands of lines of code in hundreds of complete working programs.
                              • Outstanding, consistent, and applied pedagogy—Includes icons throughout that identify Software Engineering Observations, Good Programming Practices, Common Programming Errors, Portability Types, Performance Tips, Testing and Debugging Tips, and Look-and-Feel Observations.
                              • Extensive set of interesting exercises and substantial projects—Includes projects that enable students to develop their own personal Web pages and create multi-tier, client/server database-intensive Web-based applications.
                              Features
                              • NEW - Added section on Discrete Cosine transform—In Chapter 12.
                              • NEW - Reorganized chapters—Simpler development of continuous-time convolution and Discrete Fourier transform.
                              • NEW - New problems and examples—Over 300 homework problems and over 150 examples.
                              • NEW - New answer key—To selected answers at the back of the text.
                              • Mathematical theory of systems and signals—Relates mathematical theory to practical systems.
                              • Advanced features of student version of MATLAB—Integrated into the examples and problems.
                              • Short sections on the bilateral Laplace and z-transforms.
                              • Repetition of equations referenced.
                              • Verification of results—Requires that almost all problems' results are verified by an independent procedure; this includes, but is not limited to, MATLAB.
                              Features
                              • NEW - Rewritten material on satellites—Includes their history; orbits; elevation categories; orbital patterns; and antenna look angles.
                              • NEW - Materials in the Fundamentals chapters on AM envelopes—Produced by complex nonsinusoidal signals, Quadrature Amplitude Modulation, noise limiters and blankers, alternate signal-to-noise measurements, single-sideband suppressed carrier, frequency division multiplexing, double-sideband suppressed carrier, quadrature multiplexing, microstrip, and stripline.
                              • NEW - Material in the Advanced chapters—On trellis encoding, CCITT modem recommendations, PCM line speed, extended superframe format, wavelength division multiplexing, Kepler's laws, Clark orbits, limits of visibility, Satellite Radio Navigation and Navstar GPS.
                              • NEW - Chapter 20 provides comprehensive coverage of mobile telephone systems—Includes analog and digital cellular telephone (AMPS), CDMA personal communications systems (PCS), and the IRIDIUM personal communications satellite system (PCSS).
                              • NEW - Optical fiber communications has been moved from Chapter 20 to Chapter 11—Includes new sections on light sources, optical power, optical sources and link budget.
                              • Numerous examples throughout.
                              • Chapter-end questions and problems—Includes selected answers.
                              Features
                              •  
                              About the Authors
                              Martin Fowler is a pioneer in the application of object technology to business information systems. For the past twelve years, he has consulted in the areas of object technology with such companies as Citibank, Chrysler Corporation, IBM, Andersen Consulting, and Sterling Software. He is the author of the acclaimed Analysis Patters: Reusable Object Models. His latest book, Refactoring: Improving the Design of the Existing Code, is a guide written for the professional programmer interested in improving the internal design of existing code. Kendal Scott is a technical writer who specializes in writing about financial and accounting applications. He is the principal of Software Documentation Wizards. He is also the co-author (with Doug Rosenberg) of Use Case Driven Object Modeling with IML: A Practical Approach, which outlines an efficient, proven, and streamlined approach to software development.Features
                              • Provides in-depth coverage of all the important topics, in particular, extensive coverage of ALL the objectives defined for the Sun Certified Programmer for Java TM 2 Platform exam (CX-310-035).
                              • Provides advice on how to avoid common pitfalls in mastering the language and passing the exam.
                              • Each chapter concludes with review questions.
                              • The accompanying CD contains: complete source code for all the examples, solutions for the programming exercises and a complete mock exam with NEW questions.
                              Features
                              • Unique guide to bioinformatics linked to an interactive practical on the World Wide Web
                              • Introduces key databases, tools and resources, and outlines pitfalls of methods
                              • The Web link integrates conventional and Web-based publishing, allowing interactive exploration of concepts discussed in the book
                              • Clear two-colour diagrams with full-colour counterparts available on the Web site
                              • Includes numerous Further Reading suggestions, Web references and a useful Glossary
                              About the Authors
                              Dr Teresa K Attwood is a Royal Society University Research Fellow and Senior Lecturer in the School of Biological Sciences, University of Manchester, UK, Visiting Fellow at the European Bioinformatics Institute, and author and curator of the PRINTS protein fingerprint database. Dr David J Parry-Smith is Informatics Director at Cambridge Drug Discovery Limited, Cambridge, UK, with main research interests in algorithm development.Features
                              • NEW - “Bacteria in Our Daily Lives" Section in Experiment 2 asks students to produce discrete colonies using cultures from local environments, such as a table top, bathroom sink, or water fountain.
                              • NEW - “Caution" icons alert users to experiments that pose a potential risk.
                              • NEW - Experiment on the "Utilization of Amino Acids" has been added.
                              • NEW - Two appendices have been added: Scientific Notification and Methods for Preparation of Dilution.
                              • Variety of labs, from simple to complex, allows a customized instructional approach.
                              • Experiments that accommodate any lab by using the most common and affordable laboratory materials.
                              Features
                              • Includes more end of the chapter problems with emphasis on design
                              • Devotes a complete chapter to the analysis of the internal circuit of an op-amp
                              • Covers current topics, such as charged capacitor filters and switching power supplies
                              • Includes a separate lab book
                              Features
                              • The classic approach of this leading text has been revised and updated without increasing the overall length of the book.
                              • Problem sets are now helpfully divided into "Derivations" and "Exercises."
                              Features
                              • Provides the mix of skills in mechanical engineering, electronics and computing which are required for students to be able to comprehend and design mechatronics systems
                              • Enables students to operate and communicate across a range of engineering disciplines
                              • More discussion of microcontrollers and programming
                              • Increased use of models for mechatronics systems
                              • Numerous examples and case studies
                              • End-of-chapter problems with answers at the back of the book
                              Features
                              • A focus on “buy and integrate” rather than make
                              • Agile Methodologies and extreme Programming
                              • The sources of application software and components
                              • Coverage of Use Cases
                              • Coverage of Class and Object Models in Designing Databases
                              About the Authors
                              Jeffrey A Hoffer is a Professor of Data Management in School of Business Administration, University of Dayton. Dr.Hoffer’s research interests include human factors and usability of database technology, database query optimization, data cleansing and quality control, database management and systems analysis education and e-learning. He has published numerous research articles in these areas. Joey F. George is the Thomas L. Williams Jr Eminent Scholar in Information Systems in Information & Management Sciences Department, Florida State University. Dr.George’s research interests include organizational and behavior implications of group support systems, especially with regard to deceptive communication and subterfuge, computer-based monitoring, including employer monitoring of Internet use and e-mail and information systems development and implementation. He has published numerous research articles in these areas. Joseph S. Valacich is the George and Carolyn Hubman Distinguished Professor in Information Systems in the College of Business and Economics at Washington State University. His current research interests include electronic commerce, the diffusion of technology in organizations, group decision behavior, and distance learning. Prior to pursuing an academic career, Valacich worked in the Seattle area in a variety of technical and managerial positions. Parbin K Panigrahi is a Professor of Information Systems at the Loyola Institute of Business Administration, Chennai. Dr. Panigrahi was involved in 20 long-term developmental projects sponsored by Govt. of Orissa, Govt. of India, and International NGOs as well as consortiums. His areas of interest include Data Management and M.I.S. He has presented and published numerous papers in national and international journals.Features
                              • NEW—Updated content throughout—Including updates of pay and compensation practices; updated charts and other pertinent materials; updates to reflect recent changes in a worldwide economy.
                              • In-depth explanations of the procedures involved in establishing and administering a compensation system—Including how to analyze work requirements and design a job, how to determine job worth, how to establish job rates of pay, what is included in a total compensation package, and the importance of labor costs in a modern economy.
                              • Executive and International compensation—Addresses the various components of executive compensation including long-term incentives and relevant legislation.
                              • The design and administration of a pay system—Focuses on how to design and administer a compensation system that rewards employees fairly, while, at the same time, stimulating them to provide goods and services that satisfy customer demands and permit the organization to operate profitably.
                              • Macro review of compensation—Provides a “big picture” review of compensation management and the reward system of an organization, and analyzes some of the major forces that influence compensation opportunities. Recognizes compensation as a broad, complex system where organizational revenues for labor costs can be distributed in many ways.
                              • Micro analysis of compensation—Explores the “nuts and bolts,” or micro analysis of compensation in organizations—including a step-by-step discussion of the processes involved in establishing the base pay program of an organization: 1) How to describe and define employee work assignments; 2) How to develop a pay system for employees who are members of teams; 3) How to analyze work; 4) How to evaluate jobs and establish a job hierarchy by job worth; 5) How to develop a pay structure that recognizes market competition, yet produces a plan that is fair and equitable; and 6) How to integrate base pay into a motivating pay-for-performance system.
                              • Redesign, downsizing, and reengineering—Provides students with information on recent trends in the field.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Enhanced discussions of Multivariate Quality Control and Correspondence Analysis.
                              • NEW—Eight new data sets—Includes bear data, lizard data, Egyptian skulls, welding data and more.
                              • An abundance of examples and exercises based on real data—Over 50 real data sets are included on an enclosed computer disk.
                              • Important results and formulas are highlighted and boxed.
                              • Applications of multivariate methods are emphasized.
                              • A clear and insightful explanation of multivariate techniques.
                              About the Authors
                              Richard A. Johnson is from University of Wisconsin—Madison Dean W. Wichern is from Texas A&M University Features
                              • NEW - Enhanced coverage of—Performance metrics, ERP, supply chain approaches and implications, lean production fundamentals, and basic scheduling rules now included.
                              • APICS concepts and vocabulary—Provides users with a good working-knowledge of production and inventory procedures used in industry, while preparing them with the vocabulary for efficient on-the-job communication.
                              • Key Terms—Highlighted with a margin icon.
                              • Materials Management defined—Physical supply, operations planning and control, and physical distribution.
                              • An emphasis on operations planning and control.
                              • Factors influencing materials flow—Provides users with a basic understanding of materials flow concepts, and how they actually work in industry.
                              • Examples, questions and problems.
                              • Revised figures in end–of–chapter problems.
                              • Updated index.
                              Features
                              Master the world's leading image editing and manipulation tool with this accessible yet detailed, step-by-step tutorial
                              • Discover new software version features with this updated edition of the popular Teach Yourself title
                              • Learn Photoshop techniques from a market-leading author with a demonstrated ability to teach the most important features of a complicated product to the beginner
                              • Includes a 16-page full-color insert of images from the book
                              About the Authors
                              Carla Rose started her photography career at the age of 8 with a Brownie Hawkeye. A graduate of the School of the Museum of Fine Arts in Boston, she has been a TV news photographer and film editor, as well as an advertising copywriter and graphic artist, before discovering the Macintosh. She has written all or part of about thirty computer books, including Maclopedia, Adobe InDesign for the Mac, Sams Teach Yourself Digital Photography in 14 Days, Scrapbooking with Adobe Photoshop Elements 3, The Whole Mac, Managing the Windows NT Server, PageMaker 6.5 Complete, Sams Teach Yourself Digital Photography and Adobe Photoshop Elements 3 All in One, Mac Online, The First Book of Macintosh, The First Book of PageMaker 4 for Macintosh, It's a Mad, Mad, Mad, Mad Mac, Turbocharge Your Mac, and Everything You Ever Wanted to Know About the Mac. She is a contributing editor to Photoshop User magazine and has also written for publications ranging from the Atlantic Fisherman to Adobe Magazine to The New Yorker. She lives near Boston, with her husband, audio guru Jay Rose, and three large, friendly cats. She welcomes e-mail addressed to author@graphicalcat.com. Kate Binder is a graphics expert who works from her home in New Hampshire. She has written articles on design tools and techniques, publishing workflows, and photography for magazines including Publish, PEI, and Desktop Publishers Journal. Kate is also the author of several books, including The Complete Idiot's Guide to Mac OS X, Easy Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger, and Easy Adobe Photoshop Elements 3, and she is the coauthor of several more books, including Microsoft Office: Mac v.X Inside Out, SVG for Designers, and Get Creative: The Digital Photo Idea Book. To those interested in a successful career as a designer, photographer, or computer book writer, Kate recommends acquiring several retired racing greyhounds (find out more about http://www.adopt-a-greyhound.org—she finds her four greyhounds extraordinarily inspirational. Kate can be reached via her website at http://www.prospecthillpub.com. Features
                              Complete beginner's guide to creating graphics and designs with Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, GoLive, and InDesign
                              • Master five graphics programs with five reference books in one
                              • Learn the fundamentals of the programs in the Adobe Creative Suite, and gain a reference guide as you grow in your skills
                              • Develop skills on how the five programs work together, as well as separately
                              About the Authors
                              Mordy Golding has played an active role in the design and publishing environment since 1990. A production artist for both print and the Web for many years, Mordy, an Adobe Certified Expert and Adobe Certified Print Specialist, has served as a hands-on trainer and has spoken at worldwide events and seminars including Macworld, Seybold, NAB, and PhotoshopWorld. Mordy worked at Adobe as the product manager for Adobe Illustrator 10 and Adobe Illustrator CS, and is currently a consultant specializing in the Adobe Creative Suite through his company, Design Responsibly (http://www.designresponsibly.com). You can often find Mordy hanging around the Adobe User to User forums (http://www.adobeforums.com) or the Print Planet forums (http://www.printplanet.com), and you can reach him at mordy@mordy.com. Other books published by Mordy Golding include Real World Adobe Illustrator CS2 (Peachpit Press, 0-3213-3702-6, 2005), Sams Teach Yourself Adobe Illustrator in 24 Hours (Sams Publishing, 0-672-32313-3, 2003), and The Web Designer's Guide to Color (Hayden Books, 1-5683-0354-8, 1997). Features
                              • End-of-chapter case study
                              • Comprehensive glossary
                              • Chapter-end References and Bibliography
                              • Excellent pedagogical features like box items, Key Words, Summary and Questions
                              • Reader-friendly format
                              • Marginalia for easy recapitulation of concepts
                              • Up-to-date data
                              Features
                              Prepare for the CCNP BCMSN exam with the only Cisco Systems authorized self-study test preparation book!
                              • Updated edition of best-selling CCNP BCMSN Exam Certification Guide provides complete coverage of all exam objectives
                              • The only authorized study guide for the second most popular Cisco certification exam
                              • Companion CD-ROM has testing engine with 200+ practice questions, including simulation-based questions
                              • Well-known author is recognized for his earlier works
                              Features
                              • NEW—Added chapter on Communications Circuits.
                              • NEW—Revised chapter on Operational Amplifiers.
                              • NEW—Reorganized format.
                              • NEW—More circuit simulations within numbered examples and problem sets.
                              • Strong coverage of troubleshooting and applications throughout.
                              • Fine-tuned data and discussions throughout.
                              • Coverage of advanced integrated circuits—includes instrumentation and isolation amplifiers; OTAs; log/antilog amplifiers; and converters.
                              • Illustrated summaries—Integrates key principles, symbols, circuits, and formulas.
                              • Over 160 worked examples—With accompanying related problems throughout the text.
                              • Diversified problem sets in each chapter—Includes basic, advanced, troubleshooting, data sheet, and EWB/multisim troubleshooting.
                              • More than 1400 exercises—Includes questions; self-tests; and four types of chapter-end problems.
                              Features
                              • Full treatment of cellular networks, including a discussion of cellular technology, plus a survey of first-, second-, and third- generation systems.
                              • Cellular technology is perhaps the most important aspect of wireless communications and networking and also one of the most complex. Provides readers with a well-organized and thorough survey of this area.
                              • Comprehensive treatment of spread spectrum.
                              • Spread spectrum is pervasive in wireless technology and the author provides a thorough presentation.
                              • Coverage of essential elements of antennas and propagation, including modes of transmission, propagation effects, and fading.
                              • Readers need a basic foundation in the areas of antennas and propagation to understand the design issues for various wireless communication and networking schemes.
                              • Full coverage of forward error correction techniques, including conventional codes and turbo coding.
                              • FEC is an essential part of all wireless communications system and the author provides an accessible overview.
                              About the Authors
                              William Stallings has made a unique contribution to understanding the broad sweep of technical developments in computer networking. He has authored 17 titles, and counting revised editions, a total of 41books on various aspects of this subject. He has won the annual Text and Academic Authors Association award five times for the best computer science textbook. He is an independent consultant whose clients have included computer and networking manufacturers and customers, software development firms, and government research institutions. Dr Stallings holds a Ph.D. degree in Computer Science from M.I.T. in Computer Science.Features
                              • NEW—Thoroughly updated to reflect the most current trends in the technology and theoretical understanding of devices.
                              • NEW—Expanded description of silicon Czochralski growth, wafer production, and vapor phase epitaxy
                              • NEW—Clearer discussion of chemical bonding, energy band formation and hole transport
                              • NEW—Consolidated coverage of p-n junction diodes and its applications
                              • NEW—Greatly expanded/updated discussion of device fabrication processes
                              • NEW—Earlier discussion of MOS devices
                              • NEW—Major revision of chapter on Field Effect Transistors
                              • NEW—Updated chapter on Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs)
                              • NEW—Consolidated coverage of optoelectronic devices in a single chapter
                              • NEW—Updated coverage of integrated circuits
                              • NEW—A section on the insulated gate bipolar transistor
                              About the Authors
                              Ben G. Streetman is Dean of the College of Engineering at The University of Texas at Austin and holds the Dula D. Cockrell Centennial Chair in Engineering. He is a Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering and was the founding Director of the Microelectronics Research Center. He has taught at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign as well as the University of Texas at Austin. Sanjay Banerjee is the Cullen Trust Endowed Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering, and Director of the Microelectronics Research Center at The University of Texas at Austin. Features
                              • presents an object-oriented software development methodology — from analysis, through design, to implementation.
                              • focuses on high-level, front-end conceptual processes of analysis and design (rather than just the low-level, back-end implementation steps of programming).
                              • presents graphical notation and methodology independent of any particular programming language.
                              • covers the entire development life cycle — analysis, design, implementation — without a change of notation at each stage.
                              • includes case studies of industrial object-oriented applications developed by the authors.
                              • offers extensive examples and exercises that bring out fine points, summary lists of concepts and methodology steps, and almost 300 diagrams.
                              About the Authors
                              James R Rumbaugh & Michael R. Blaha are at OMT Associates, Inc., Chesterfield, Missouri. William Lorensen, Frederick Eddy, and William Premerlani are at General Electric Research and Development Center.Features
                              • Organization of final chapters which includes gathering the material on finite elements from several chapters into one chapter.
                              • Computer programs in either Fortran 90 or C are given at the conclusion of each chapter. The computer algebra system MATLAB has been added (with several comparisons to Maple and Mathematica) as well as addressing the use of the advanced calculator.
                              • The chapter on approximations of functions has been moved forward in the text.
                              • More problems which are challenging have been added to the end of the exercise sets.
                              Features
                              • More reader friendly language, keeping Indian readership in mind
                              • 200 plus solved problems added
                              • Currency (dollar) converted to rupees for better understanding
                              • Text rearranged to conform to syllabi requirements of Indian universities
                              About the Authors
                              Charles T. Horngren is the Edmund W. Littlefield Professor of Accounting, Emeritus, at Stanford University. A Graduate of Marquette University, he received his MBA from Harvard University and his Ph.D. from the University of Chicago. He is also the recipient of honorary doctorates from Marquette University and DePaul University.
                              Srikant M. Datar is the Arthur Lowes Dickinson Professor of Business Administration at Harvard University. A graduate with distinction from the University of Bombay, he received gold medals upon graduation from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad, and the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India. A Chartered, Accountant, he holds two masters degrees and a Ph.D. from Stanford University.
                              George Foster is the Paul L. and Phyllis Wattis Professor of Management at Stanford University. He graduated with a university medal from the University of Sydney and has a Ph.D. from Stanford University. He has been awarded honorary doctorates from the University of Ghent, Belgium, and from the University of Vaasa, Finland. He has received the Outstanding Educator Award from the American Accounting Association. M Y Khan, Professor of Finance, Department of Financial Studies, University of Delhi, Delhi, has more than 40 years of teaching and research experience and has authored/co-authored about a dozen books in Financial Management, Management Accounting, Cost Accounting, Indian Financial System etc. Apart from doing many research studies, he has published many research papers in journals of national and international repute and completed several research projects. Dr Khan has also held several positions as a member of the boards of banks, mutual funds, academic institutions and so on. He has guided more than a dozen Ph. D students in the areas of Finance and Accounting and has organised several management development programme both for public and private sector executives in the areas of Financial Management, Financial and Cost Analysis, Profit Planning and Cost Control, Investment Decisions, etc. Dr Khan was earlier Head of Department of Financial Studies and Dean Faculty of Business, University of Delhi. He has also been Head, Department of Commerce, University of Delhi. P K Jain, Professor of Finance, Department of Management Studies, IIT, Delhi is at present Modi Foundation Chair Professor. Before this, he was Dalmia Chair Professor and co-coordinator of Dalmia Research Programme on Management in Asia. Dr Jain has teaching experience of more than 30 years in subjects like Management Accounting, Financial Management, Financial Accounting, Cost Analysis and Cost Control and has been involved in many teaching assignments in Iraq, Paris, Bangkok, Slovenia etc. He has authored/co-authored eleven textbooks and 8 research books and has published more than 100 research papers in journals of national and international repute. His contributions in the field of Finance have been recognized at national and international levels and several awards and recognition have been conferred on him. About the Authors
                              W. Richard Stevens is the highly respected author of three other best-selling books: TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2 with Gary R. Wright, TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1, and UNIX Network Programming. He is also a popular tutorials instructor and consultant.Features
                              • NEW - Updated and valuable information on corporate culture, dual career families, small businesses, technology, and managing the diverse workforce.
                              • NEW - Chapter on social responsibility and business ethics.
                              • NEW - All new Trends and Innovations sections–Portray the many changes that are currently occurring in the field of human resource management.
                              • NEW - All new Global Perspectives.
                              • NEW - All new Ethical Dilemma exercises.
                              • NEW - “HR Web Wisdom.”
                              • NEW - Updated chapter appendix on Internet recruiting Includes specific material on the Internet's influence in this industry, i.e., steps to effective internet recruiting, employment websites, and much more.
                              • Chapter-opening HRM in Action sections.
                              Features
                              • NEW - Brief Compensation in Action chapter introductions—Focus on compensation practice issues, often citing compensation consultants or referencing companies' experiences with compensation.
                              • NEW - Articles—From practitioner-oriented literature such as Workspan and HR Magazine.
                              • NEW - Compensation Online Internet exercises
                              • NEW - Flip Side of the Coin vignettes—Brought back from the first edition by popular demand with new or revised content, the Flip Side illustrates the paradox of particular compensation practices. They are found in a boxed insert feature within each chapter.
                              • NEW - Short What's New in Compensation? cases—Draws on the student New York Times subscription offered as a supplement to the text. These appear at the end of each chapter.
                              Features
                              • The book emphasizes on developing an intuitive rather than mathematical understanding of statistics.
                              • It provides a large number of examples and data analyses graphically.
                              • Contains case studies that involve a variety of real-world situations to which students can easily relate their understanding of statistical methods.
                              • Large number of Solved Examples and Self- Practice Problems (all with hints and answers) to give hands-on practice in applying statistical concepts to real-life data.
                              • Chapter Concepts Quiz, Glossary of Terms and list of Formulae Used, in each chapter to help students evaluate their understanding of chapter objectives.
                              Features
                              • NEW - Real Research Feature!—These real company vignettes profile a wide range of big and small businesses—from entrepreneurial ones like Recipio.com to some of the world's most recognizable companies including IBM, Procter & Gamble, and Kellogg.
                              • NEW - Ethics in Marketing Research examples have been revised and are now integrated throughout the book. Rather than treat this timely topic in a separate chapter at the end of the book, Ethics in Marketing Research material appears in every chapter via this new boxed feature.
                              • NEW - New and updated real-life examples and cases—Includes two new comprehensive cases with data sets and questions on each chapter in the text.
                              • NEW - Current references—The majority of references cite articles or research dated 2001 or more recent. Many classic and best-practice references have also been retained.
                              • “Focus on Burke” sections appear in every chapter - Exposes students to marketing research professionals from one of today's most established marketing research firms.
                              • Integrated coverage of the Internet. The section on “Internet and Computer Applications” that appears in each chapter has been expanded and updated.
                              • Highly applied and managerial orientation—Blended with scholarship.
                              • Integrated coverage of international marketing research.
                              • Extensive “Exercises” and “Activities”.
                              Features
                              • Gives students an overview of archaeological and paleoanthropological research and discusses the types of evidence archaeologists and paleoanthropologists use to reconstruct the past
                              • Discusses of the evolution of bipedal locomotion and the various types of australopithecines and how they might have evolved
                              • Discusses the types of jobs outside of academia, the history and types of applied anthropology, and the ethical issues involved in trying to improve people's lives
                              • Provides students with extensive discussions of cultural understandings of health and illness, political and economic influences on health, and the contributions of medical anthropologists to the study of various health conditions and diseases
                              • Contains Applied Anthropology boxes, Research Frontiers boxes, Current Issues boxes, and New Perspectives on Gender boxes
                              Features
                              • NEW—Updated discussion of hypothesis testing
                              • NEW—Chapters 11, 12 and 13 significantly reorganized—All are re-written and streamlined to remove computational drudgery so that instructors can more quickly focus on the analysis and interpretation of data.
                              • NEW—Increased emphasis on the graphical display of data.
                              • Flexible organization makes text appropriate for 1 or 2 term courses.
                              • Accurate, compelling exercise sets—Concepts introduced in exercises and examples are spiraled throughout the exercise sets.
                              • Complete detailed case studies—Topics include two-sample inference, 1 and 2 factor ANOVA, multi-factor ANOVA, regression, etc.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Thoroughly re-written to reflect the new features and functionality of Visual Basic .NET.
                              • Signature “Live Code™ Approach” —Language features are presented in the context of a wide variety of complete working programs. Features thousands of lines of code in hundreds of complete working programs.
                              • Outstanding, consistent and applied pedagogy—Icons throughout identify Software Engineering Observations; Good Programming Practices; Common Programming Errors; Portability Tips; Performance Tips, Testing and Debugging Tips, and Look-and-Feel Observations.
                              • Extensive set of interesting exercises and substantial projects.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Innovations and advances in measurement, instrumentation, and control—e.g. smart sensors, embedded control systems and enhanced P&ID.
                              • NEW—Enhanced and rewritten treatment of PLCs.
                              • NEW—Introduction of the control system busses, Profibus and FieldBus.
                              • NEW—Revised and updated, plus new examples.
                              • Comprehensible approach—Technical writing without obscure jargon and mathematics.
                              • Embedded examples demonstrate applications.
                              • Excellent problems—From very basic to complex real-world design.
                              • Practical coverage of analog and digital signal conditioning.
                              • Coverage of non-Laplace controller/compensator action.
                              • Programmable Logic Controller programming.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Reorganized Tools and Techniques section—Provides students with a more logical chapter sequence that is easier to understand and access.
                              • NEW—TQM exemplary organization descriptions conclude each chapter—Provides students with a brief description of a TQM exemplary organization, putting chapter concepts into a real-word setting.
                              • NEW—Reflects 2000 revision of ISO 9000—Provides students with the most current standards in the field.
                              • NEW—Chapter on Information Technology.
                              • Principles and practices of TQM—Including leadership, customer satisfaction, employee involvement and performance measures.
                              • Explores TQM's tools and techniques—Including information technology, quality management systems, statistical process control, benchmarking, experimental design and products liability.
                              • Practical state-of-the-art approach and refined mathematical techniques.
                              • Figures, charts and tables add clarity to concepts presented.
                              • Theory presentation—Provides students with the background information for an additional level of understanding.
                              Features
                              • Covers the computer architecture, organization, and design associated with computer hardware
                              • Covers the various digital components used in the organization and design of digital computers
                              • Covers detailed steps that a designer must go through in order to design an elementary basic computer
                              • Covers the organization and architecture of the central processing unit
                              • Covers the organization and architecture of input-output and memory
                              • Covers the concept of multiprocessing
                              • two new chapters on pipeline and vector processing
                              • two sections devoted completely to the reduced instruction set computer (RISC)
                              • sample worked-out problems to clarify topics.
                              Features
                              • Interactive approach that makes the reading engaging and interesting.
                              • Classroom activities after almost every section give the learners adequate practice and practical understanding of the concepts.
                              • Review questions at the end of every chapter.
                              • Chapter introductions and chapter summaries will help the reader get a better perspective of the contents.
                              • Box items highlight the important aspects of a topic. They also help the readers understand and assimilate the content and thus reinforce their learning.
                              • The wide range of topics address the diverse communication and growth needs of learners and also provide a comprehensive view of all important factors that contribute to effective communication in varied contexts.
                              About the Authors
                              DR. BERNARD SKLAR has over 40 year of experience in technical design and management positions at Republic Aviation, Hughes Aircraft, Litton Industries, and at The Aerospace Corporation, where he helped develop the MILSTAR satellite system. He is now head of advanced systems at Communications Engineering Services, a consulting company he founded in 1984. He has taught engineering courses at several universities, including UCLA and USC, and has trained professional engineers worldwideFeatures
                              • New - All new Chapter 3 devoted to strategic HR and the HR Scorecard - Introduces the new theme of the text and underscores the importance of HR to every employee.
                              • New - Integration of Strategic HR and the HR Scorecard
                              • New - Improving productivity through HRIS –Featured in each chapter.
                              • New - Know Your Employment Law –Contained in each chapter.
                              • The New Workplace features - Familiarize students with issues in diversity and global HR management, and supplies them with examples and tips for managing diversity.
                              • Actual HR forms–Includes dozens of new or updated forms in this edition.
                              • New - When You're on Your Own boxed features -Focus on practical applications that all managers can use to deal with their HR-related responsibilities.
                              • Ethics, Justice and Fair Treatment in HR Management chapter - Explains the meanings of ethics and fair treatment at work, and how HR managers can support the twin goals of improving ethical behavior and fair treatment in their companies
                              Features
                              • Integrated Running Case on Global Foods, Inc. - Every chapter begins and ends by explaining a situation facing managers at Global Foods, Inc., a company competing in the beverage industry.
                              • Capstone Case on the Semiconductor Industry
                              • Over Two-Dozen Interactive Spreadsheet Modules
                              • International Applications - The authors use these current examples to show students how economic tools help businesses compete in the rapidly changing global economy.
                              • New Chapter on The Multinational Corporation and Globalization
                              • Price and Output Decisions, relative in Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly are covered together in one chapter to clearly demonstrate the differences and similarities in these two imperfectly competitive markets
                              Features
                              • Pragmatics of compiler development
                              • Increased coverage of syntax-directed translation, type checking, run-time organization, automatic code generation, and code optimization
                              • Wide variety of graded problems and exercises
                              About the Authors
                              Alfred V. Aho is Head of Computing Principles Research Department at AT&T Bell laboratories in Murray Hill, New Jersey. He holds a Bachelor of Applied Science degree in engineering physics from the University of Toronto, and a doctorate from Princeton University. Ravi Sethi is a member of the research staff at AT&T Bell Laboratories in Murray Hill, New Jersey. He received a Bachelor of Technology degree from the Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, India, and a doctorate degree from Princeton University. Jeffery D. Ullman is currently a professor of computer science at Stanford University. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in engineering mathematics from Columbia University, and a doctorate from Princeton University. Features
                              • Market-leading, lucid, and accessible presentation of the complexities of international finance.
                              • Managerial emphasis on both Indian and international contexts to help train tomorrow's business leaders, who will operate in an increasingly global financial environment.
                              • Exceptional currency of coverage to keep students abreast of contemporary issues and events both at local and global levels, an imperative for business and financial literacy.
                              • An early focus on corporate governance issues, with a strong focus on how it is being implemented in India.
                              • A completely rewritten chapter on India’s balance of payments, the ongoing debate on capital account convertibility, and recent crises in countries like Argentina and their implications for MNEs.
                              • A new chapter on the political risk challenges faced by multinational enterprises across three corridors of exposure: firm-specific risk, country-specific risk, and global-specific risk.
                              • New coverage on cross-border transactions and repositioning of funds with a strong focus on transfer pricing regime in India, with relevant and practical illustrations.
                              • Increased coverage of the complexities of payments and financing of international trade in the Indian context, as well as other key financial management issues in emerging markets.
                              • Updated mini-cases on such companies and organizations as Toyota Europe, Bang & Olufsen, Benecol, and Romanian Telecom.
                              • More than 260 quantitative problems (all with spreadsheet solutions), as well as over 300 qualitative questions reviewing chapter material.
                              About the Authors
                              David Eiteman received his business and economics degrees from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and the University of California, Berkeley, before graduating from Northwestern with a Ph.D. in finance. He then started teaching and researching at prestigious schools across America, Asia, and Europe. In his other affiliations, Eiteman was previously president of the International Trade and Finance Association, the Society for Economics and Management in China, and the Western Finance Association. He has authored and co-authored four books and a significant number of articles, which have appeared in 29 publications, includingInternational Trade Journal, Journal of World Business, Business Horizons, Management International, and others. Arthur Stonehill is professor of finance and international business Emeritus at Oregon State University, where he taught for 24 years. Previously, he held appointments at leading universities in America and Europe. He also served as president of the Academy of International Business, as well as director of the Financial Management Association. Stonehill has authored or co-authored nine books and numerous articles, which have appeared in Financial Management, Journal of International Business Studies, International Business Review, and other influential publications. He is an alumnus of the University of California, Berkeley, where he graduated with a Ph.D. in business administration. In recognition of his immense contributions to the fiscal world, Stonehill was awarded honorary doctorates from the Aarhus School of Business - Denmark, the Copenhagen Business School - Denmark, and Lund University - Sweden. Michael Moffett graduated with a Ph.D. in economics from the University of Colorado - Boulder, and went on to a number of teaching or research appointments in several renowned institutions in America and Europe. Moffett’s research work has been featured in 15 prominent publications, and he has also authored or co-authored eight books. Together with Arthur Stonehill and David Eiteman, he has written one of today’s most widely used textbooks in finance— Multinational Business Finance, Ninth Edition. Moffett is currently professor of finance at Thunderbird, the American Graduate School of International Management. Alok Pandey is an Associate Professor of Finance at Institute of Management Technology, Ghaziabad. He has over ten years of experience in industry and academics. He received his B.Sc. (Physics, Mathematics) from Lucknow University (1993); MIBA from FMS, Banaras Hindu University (1995) and a Ph.D. (Commerce) from University of Lucknow (2002). He teaches subjects such as International Financial Management, Risk Management, Financial Derivatives and Financial Econometrics. His areas of interest are International Finance, Risk Management, Derivatives and Financial Econometrics.Features
                              • Services industries like BPO, KPO, IT and IT-enabled services have been highlighted
                              • Reflects the nature of what today’s service marketers do in the real world
                              • Fourteen exciting class-room tested cases of which some are from Indian Service Industries like Bharat Sanchar Nigam, Hotel Industry in India etc.
                              • Six current readings from leading thinkers in the field
                              • Practical management applications reinforced by current examples
                              • Many Indian examples incorporated retaining global context.
                              Features
                              • A new chapter on Internet and Information Technology Applications in Sales, which includes a section on Customer Relationship Management.
                              • A chapter devoted to Direct Marketing.
                              • Many new and updated case studies.
                              • An expansion of the ‘’Selling and Sales Management in Action’’ case histories.
                              • An expansion on Ethics in Sales.
                              • A new section on Leadership within the Motivation and Training chapter.
                              • Coverage of selling as a career.
                              Features
                              • Comprehensive treatment analog, FIR and IIR filter designs
                              • Exhaustive coverage of discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and fast Fourier transform algorithms
                              • Integration of hundreds of solved examples, including MATLAB-based examples
                              • Over 500 homework problems
                              Features
                              • A step-by-step guide to International MBA admissions
                              • Easy to understand
                              • Informative and meticulously arranged data
                              • With resume, application and essay samples
                              Features
                              • The market-leading text for both a first and follow-on database course.
                              • Features an extensive table of contents that includes basic topics (modeling, diagrams, relational algebra/calculus, SQL, normalization) and advanced object database, toning, mining, XML, and security.
                              • Famous for its clear and complete writing style.
                              • Renowned for its combinational theory, examples, and exercises which provide the foundational knowledge on topics.
                              • Covers advanced modeling in the areas of active, temporal, and spatial databases.
                              • Discusses current database application areas of GIS, genome, and digital libraries.
                              • Presents a clear and complete discussion of the relational approach, including modeling, design, algebra and calculus, and query languages.
                              About the Authors
                              Ramez Elmasri, University of Texas at Arlington Shamkant B. Navathe, Georgia Institute of Technology D.V.L.N. Somayajulu, National Institute of Technology, Warangal S.K. Gupta, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi Features
                              • Coverage of recent debates on globalization and its meaning for developing countries.
                              • Updated material on urban policy and the emerging role of cities in development.
                              • Coverage of current micro policies, including microcredit; incentives for child schooling; and integrated health, education, and income generation programs.
                              • Inclusion of new thinking on finance and development, such as recent debates on the role of stock markets.
                              • Section on the political economy of development policymaking and the state, including issues in governance and civil service reform.
                              • Coverage of Sen's 'capabilities` approach to poverty and the meaning of development.
                              • Section on development participation and strategies for making it work better in the field.
                              • Development insights from the economics of imperfect information and the new institutional economics.
                              • Coverage of transition countries that are now classified as developing and their unique development problems.
                              • Thoroughly updated country and comparative case studies.
                              Features
                              • NEW - More technology and global examples, plus over 100 Branding Briefs.
                              • NEW - More cases—Best Practice in Branding case studies are now packaged as a separate casebook. New cases include Snapple; Dupont; Red Bull; Starbucks; MTV; Accenture; and Yahoo!
                              • An emphasis on the role of the brand in marketing strategies.
                              • A practical, widely-applicable orientation—Offers a perspective that is relevant to any type of organization and setting, e.g., public or private, large or small.
                              • A three-part approach—Presents students with a new customer-based brand equity framework to build, measure, and manage brand equity and outline the strategic brand management process.
                              • An outline of the three main ways to build brand equity—Details how to properly choose brand elements, design supporting marketing programs, and leverage secondary associations.
                              • A unique perspective on integrated marketing communications.
                              • An exploration of different approaches to measuring brand equity.
                              • A detailed review of brand extensions.
                              • A focus on the role of various brands.
                              • Coverage of maximizing brand equity.
                              • Related branding topics—e.g., legal issues; brand crises; corporate name changes; etc.
                              • Discussion Questions.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Greater emphasis on process and product—Reorganizes chapters into a series of three easy-to-follow steps: planning, writing, and completing business messages
                              • NEW—Integrated approach to technology
                              • NEW—Sample documents throughout—Many of the real-company documents now contrast a poor and improved example and are accompanied by marginal comments highlighting common errors and effective techniques for correcting them.
                              • NEW—Over 60% new exercises and cases
                              • NEW—Emphasis on teams throughout
                              • Rich pedagogy to enhance student learning
                              Features
                              • NEW - New chapter on important types of training programs—Discusses orientation, diversity, sexual harassment, and team-training.
                              • NEW - Expanded examples of training objectives—With a comprehensive comparative table of poor training objectives and how they were made better.
                              • NEW - “How to Actually Do It” sections—Use real training situations, with step-by-step instructions from inception to evaluation.
                              • NEW - Design theory—Only text that provides guidance in training design using this theory.
                              • A comprehensive model of the training process—Which is then used to study the various programs presented.
                              • Strategic approach—Puts training into the larger context of an organization's overall objectives and strategy.
                              Features
                              Maximize effectiveness and ensure accountability for every dime you spend on marketing!
                              • The definitive guide to the state-of-the-art in marketing metrics.
                              • Create a marketing metrics "dashboard" that shows you exactly where you stand and where you're headed.
                              • Covers promotions, advertising, distribution, customer perceptions, market share, pricing, margins, product portfolios, salesforce and channel effectiveness, and much more.
                              About the Authors
                              Paul W. Farris is Landmark Communications Professor and Professor of Marketing at The Darden Graduate Business School, University of Virginia, where he has taught since 1980. Professor Farris’ research has produced award-winning articles on retail power and measurement of advertising effects. He has published many marketing articles in publications such as the Harvard Business Review, Journal of Marketing, Journal of Retailing, and Marketing Science. Farris is currently working on methods for integrating and improving marketing metrics. He is author or co-author of several books, including Advertising Budgeting: A Report from the Field. Farris’ consulting clients range from Procter & Gamble, to Apple and IBM. Before moving to Virginia, he taught marketing at the Harvard Business School and also has worked in product management for Unilever, Germany and account management for the LINTAS advertising agency. He is a current and past board member for several U.S and international companies. Neil T. Bendle is a Ph.D. student in marketing at the Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota. He holds an MBA from Darden, and has nearly a decade’s experience in marketing management, consulting, business systems improvement, and financial management. Bendle was responsible for measuring the success of marketing campaigns for the UK’s Labour Party. Phillip E. Pfeifer, Alumni Research Professor of Business Administration at The Darden Graduate Business School, currently specializes in interactive marketing. He has published a popular MBA textbook and over 25 refereed articles in journals such as the Journal of Interactive Marketing, Journal of Database Marketing, Decision Sciences, and the Journal of Forecasting. Pfeifer was recognized in 2004 as the Darden School’s faculty leader in external case sales. His teaching has won student awards and been recognized in Business Week’s Guide to the Best Business Schools. His recent clients include Circuit City, Procter & Gamble, and CarMax. David J. Reibstein is the William Stewart Woodside Professor and Professor of Marketing at the Wharton School. His research focuses on marketing metrics and their link to financial consequences, competitive marketing strategy, market segmentation, brand choice, and product line breadth. He has been published in every major marketing journal and has authored or co-authored numerous books. He served as the Executive Director of the Marketing Sciences Institute, and co-founded Wharton’s CMO Summit. Reibstein architected and teaches the Wharton Executive Education course on marketing metrics. He consults with leading businesses, including GE, Shell Oil, HP, Novartis, Johnson & Johnson, Merck, and Major League Baseball. He has served as Vice Dean and Director of Wharton’s Graduate Division, as visiting professor at Stanford and INSEAD, and as faculty member at Harvard. Reibstein was the co-founder of Shopzilla, one of the first product search engines, and serves on several corporate boards. Features
                              Delves into the power of collaboration and knowledge management for small, medium and enterprise level businesses.
                              • Revised based on reader feedback to further strengthen the best-selling SharePoint book on the market.
                              • SharePoint 2003 technologies make it easier for everyone on the network to find the information they need, manage it, and collaborate with others
                              • Major corporations utilizing SharePoint include General Mills, Compaq, HR Block, and Delphi.
                              Features
                              • Clear, easy-to-read text and accurate mathematical equations.
                              • Unique lesson-format for professional-style instruction.
                              • Practice-test structures that closely simulate the actual MBA examinations.
                              • Solved questions papers of eight major MBA exams: CAT, MAT, JMET, ATMA, FMS, SNAP, NMIMS, and XAT.
                              • Case-in-point illustrations and numerous solved problems to help you extract maximum from Study Mode Drills in each section.
                              • Proven test-taking techniques and strategies that help you master all types of questions in various MBA examinations.
                              • Over 6000 MCQs as per latest examination trends.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              About the Authors
                              Douglas E. Comer is a Professor of Computer Science at Purdue University and a Fellow of the ACM. He is the author of many best-selling books: the three-volume series, Internetworking with TCP/IP, Computer Networks and Internets, Second Edition, and the Internet Book. Comer served as chairman of the DARPA Distributed Systems Architecture Board and the CSNET Technical Committees, and is a former member of the Internet Architecture Board (IAB)Features
                              • MediaLinks—Icon that refers students to CD or Web for additional content.
                              • Nursing Care Plans—Based on case studies with critical thinking questions following.
                              • Nursing Process in Action Sections—A visual summary of the nursing process that outlines the five steps of the nursing process.
                              • Assessment Interview boxes.
                              • Home Care Assessment boxes.
                              • Visual presentation of Health Assessment—Assessment data is summarized with normal and abnormal findings, followed by a review of body anatomy, then by actual assessment techniques/procedures, and photos and graphics to illustrate techniques/procedures.
                              • Identifying Nursing Diagnoses (IND) and Identifying Nursing Diagnoses, Outcomes and Interventions (INDOI) boxes—List NANDA diagnoses, NIC and NOC taxonomy terms.
                              • Focus on Critical Thinking boxes—Brief case studies followed by critical thinking questions.
                              • Research Notes—Review and provide implications of current research reports.
                              • Lifespan Consideration boxes.
                              • Clinical procedures detailed.
                              • Home Care Considerations boxes—Follow each skill.
                              • Practice Guidelines boxes.
                              • Concept maps—Follows each care plan.
                              • Culturally Competent Care boxes.
                              • Diagnostic Testing chapter—Consolidates content from many different chapters.
                              • Circulation chapter added.
                              • Clinical Alerts.
                              Features
                              • Covers all the latest developments on software engineering theory, keeping students up-to-date.
                              • New structure built around the core software engineering activities of specification, design, development, verification and validation and management, makes the subject even easier to grasp and gives students a clear understanding of how these important topics work together.
                              • An introductory section introduces management issues such as project planning early in the book, allowing it to be used in a project based course (where this material should be covered early).
                              • Discussion on systems engineering explains the role of software and why systems are more than just software.
                              • Significant coverage of requirements and architectural design, emphasizing their importance in the overall SE process.
                              • New development paradigms covered in the context of existing software engineering knowledge rather than as separate material, allowing students to find all the relevant material on a topic in one place.
                              • Program examples in Java.
                              • Graphical system models in standard UML.
                              • NEW - Increased coverage of new software development paradigms: agile methods (NEW Chapter 17) and component-based software engineering (NEW Chapter 19).
                              • NEW - Design section refocused towards architectural design including new material on service-centric systems and application architectures.
                              • NEW - UNIQUE coverage of application architectures (Chapters 12 and 13).
                              • NEW - In recognition of the increasing importance of dependability issues such as availability and security, the material on critical systems is integrated with more mainstream chapters.
                              • NEW - Two linking case studies of different types (information system and embedded system) are covered throughout the book – giving students an excellent understanding of how the theory applies to the real world.
                              Features
                              • Explores recent environmental problems such as the depletion of the ozone layer, global warming, groundwater contamination, and indoor air quality.
                              • Includes several important pedagogical aids.
                              • Many examples of each quantitative concept.
                              • Worked examples in each quantitative section.
                              • Numerous problems and questions at the end of each chapter.
                              • Includes new chapters covering Environment and resources (Chapter 4), Ecology and biodiversity (Chapter 5) and Waste Management (Chapter 10).
                              • Other chapters have been revised to reflect the importance of these topics in Environmental Engineering and Science in the Indian context.
                              • Provides a comprehensive chapter on Global Atmospheric Change corresponding with the perspectives, terminology, and approaches that have become the standard according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Scientific Assessments. (Chapter 9)
                              • Presents expanded coverage of water pollution and Groundwater remediation (Chapters 6 and 7)
                              • Covers the management of solid and hazardous wastes and descriptions of the key pieces of environmental legislation. (Chapter 10)
                              • All topics have been given a more careful, thorough treatment in order to bring them up-to-date and increase the depth and breadth of the information in the Indian context.
                              • Online supplements are available for instructor’s at www.pearsoned.co.in/gilbertmmasters
                              Features
                              • SQL coverage has been upgraded to the level of current standard.
                              • Provides exceptionally strong and expanded coverage of the relational model.
                              • Material on types or domains has been expanded for wider coverage.
                              • Chapter 9 on Integrity has been completely rewritten for better understanding.
                              • Chapter 15 on Recovery and Chapter 16 on Concurrency provides extensive details.
                              • Includes careful analysis of some unorthodox conclusions regarding the ACID properties of transactions.
                              • Chapter 20 on Type Inheritance and chapter 23 on Temporal Databases have been completely rewritten to reflect latest research developments.M
                              • Chapter 27 on XML covers the relationship between databases and emerging XML standards.
                              • The appendices include An overview of the TransRelational Model, A BNF grammar for SQL expressions, A glossary of important abbreviations,acronyms and symbols used in the text and Storage Structures and Access Methods.
                              Features
                              • Chapters revised and enlarged to include all changes and amendments.
                              • New concepts such as the green-shoe option, micro-insurance, micro-finance, financial inclusion and risk management in insurance and mutual funds are discussed extensively.
                              • Detailed description of new financial instruments.
                              • A new chapter - Management of Non-performing Assets by Banks - added.
                              Features
                              • Explains operations functions, their relationship with other domains and the strategy-formulation process
                              • Discusses various elements pertaining to the design of an operations system. These include process technology, product development, location, layout, quality, and capacity
                              • Covers alternative approaches for planning and control of operations
                              • Addresses contemporary topics of productive maintenance and continuous improvement
                              • Numerous Indian examples of the application of concepts discussed in the chapters through a novel feature called Ideas at Work. This feature enables students to develop an application orientation to the concepts described
                              Features
                              • Simple and lucid language to explain concepts and theories
                              • Several case studies
                              • Exhaustive references of books, journals and magazines to facilitate research
                              • Comprehensive glossary and list of acronym and their expansions
                              • Marginalia for ease in recapitulating the main points
                              Features
                              • Comprehensive coverage of topics with flexible organization and logical flow.
                              • Simple language with real world examples, illustrative figures and exercises.
                              • Easy-to-use, step-by-step methodologies for conceptual and logical database designs covering functional dependency, decomposition, normalization, relational algebra, relational calculus, query processing and optimization.
                              • Advance and emerging database concepts such as parallel databases, distributed database management, decision support systems, data warehousing and data mining, Web-enabled databases, mobile databases, multimedia databases, spatial databases, and digital libraries.
                              • Chapters on commercial databases, namely, DB2 Universal Databases, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, Microsoft Access and MySQL to help the student in visualizing practical and real-time implementation of database system.
                              • Rich in pedagogy—contains review questions, multiple choice questions with answers at the end of each chapter.
                              • Bridges the gap between theory and practical implementation of database concepts for business applications through a large number of case studies.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Reorganizes chapters to provide a practical, more logical progression of the phases of analysis and to group similar types of techniques applicable to most situations.
                              • NEW—Expands coverage of the use of factor analysis in creating multi-item summated scales for use in the other multivariate techniques.
                              • NEW—Extends coverage of logistic regression as a complement to discriminant analysis in the prediction of nonmetric dependent variables.
                              • NEW—Adds a simplified example for each multivariate technique to illustrate its basic principles.
                              • NEW—Includes a Managerial Overview section in the discussion of the results after the empirical example to illustrate the types of conclusions that can be drawn from the HATCO results.
                              • NEW—Replaces the single reading in each chapter with a set of annotations drawn from application-based articles employing the multivariate techniques.
                              • Offers an applications-oriented approach — focusing throughout on the use of each technique, rather than its mathematical derivation.
                              • Introduces a six-step framework for organizing and discussing techniques across nearly all types of multivariate data analysis.
                              Features
                              • NEW - Expanded coverage of wireless communications and networking—Devotes one chapter each to spread spectrum technology, cellular wireless networks, and wireless LANs.
                              • NEW - Improved pedagogy—Features a clarified, tightened narrative; improved illustrations; new “field-tested” problems; lists of key words and review questions at the end of each chapter; and expanded Web support.
                              • NEW - New, updated, and expanded topics—Gigabit Ethernet (including 10-Gbps Ethernet), differentiated Services, Guaranteed frame rate (GFR), multiprotocol label switching (MPLS).
                              • NEW - A new background chapter on TCP/IP.
                              • A modular format.
                              • Unifying principles—Repeatedly emphasizes such principles as multiplexing, flow control, and error control, and contrasts their application in specific areas of technology.
                              • Design Approaches—Examines alternative approaches to meeting specific communication requirements.
                              • Standards—Offers a comprehensive discussion of the current status and future direction of related technology standards.
                              • Over 250 homework problems—With a range of difficulty.
                              • Strong pedagogical support—Includes liberal use of figures and tables; glossary; list of acronyms; recommended reading list and Websites; and a bibliography.
                              Features
                              • NEW—Streamlined narrative—Eliminates ambiguity and redundancy in coverage.
                              • NEW—Most algorithms supported and explained by appropriate software tools
                              • NEW—Complete solutions to selected chapter problems.
                              • Carefully designed numerical examples—Every single mathematical concept is explained using carefully designed numerical examples, rather than using complex mathematical proofs
                              • Chapter-end open-ended Comprehensive Problems—Based on published case studies.
                              Features
                              • A comprehensive chapter devoted to technology.
                              • Seven fresh case studies
                              • Examples, illustrations, and topic-based discussions in every chapter.
                              • Updated material that reflects changes in business and society since 9/11.
                              • Classroom questions and discussion points in every chapter.
                              • New writing and speaking assignments in each chapter.
                              • Appendices Analyzing a Case Study, and Writing a Case Study.
                              Features
                              • Precise and eloquent exposition on TQM logically arranged in seven discrete yet free flowing chapters, to cover the entire spectrum of knowledge on TQM.
                              • Simple and lucid presentation of topics—makes learning a truly enjoyable experience.
                              • Rich core text supported by numerous
                              Features
                              • Complex microeconomic theories explained with self-explanatory diagrams and real-life examples.
                              • Simple algebraic models used to show the applicability of microeconomic theories.
                              • Plenty of numerical examples used to show how economic problems can be solved.
                              • Each chapter begins with Chapter Outline to give on-the-spot view of what the chapter contains.
                              • Further Readings in each chapter for readers interested in original and advanced references.
                              • Model questions, Problems and Short-Answer Questions at the end of each chapter for students to test their understanding.
                              Features
                              • Services Marketing details additional tools that drive customer value and their effective management for competitive superiority.
                              • The book relies heavily on concept-visualization techniques to enhance reader friendliness and to facilitate understanding through image creation. Concepts and ideas are presented in picture form.
                              • The exercises given at the end of each chapter form an inventory of ideas for instructors and can be provided to students as practical exercises.
                              • The battery of review questions can be used to test academic understanding of subject.
                              Features
                              • Extraordinary scholarship, providing the most comprehensive and current presentation on the market.
                              • “Contemporary Problems” sections at the beginning of each country study introduce students to the current policy issues and challenges faced by that country, drawing students into the chapter and piquing their interest.
                              • “Example Boxes” throughout text illustrate discussions with practical examples of how politics works in the real world, helping to make abstract concepts concrete.
                              • Technology Advantage—Longman Interactive Comparative Politics Web site(www.ablongman.com/comparativepolitics). This robust and highly interactive site features 24 country profiles, interactive maps, practice tests, case studies, Web links, and more.
                              • Fully revised country study chapters include the most recent political developments in each nation, from the 2001-02 election in several democracies to the first peaceful transition of leadership in China in fall 2002.
                              • Key Web sites added to each country study chapter.
                              • New focus on international issues in the post-9/11 world.
                              • In Parts I & II, the authors have streamlined text and better integrated visuals, further improving readability.
                              Features
                              • Brief review of concepts and definitions to enable students to easily grasp the subject matter.
                              • Short cuts, caution and important points for each chapter.
                              • More than 3500 solved problems using short-cut techniques.
                              • More than 5000 problems for practice.
                              • Self evaluation tests and questions from competitive exams at the end of each section.
                              • Ten Model test papers.
                              Features
                              • A comprehensive coverage of all aspects of the banking and financial services industry
                              • Explanation of the concepts followed by a discussion on the application
                              • Chapters on risk management, international banking and some contemporary issues in bank management
                              • Numerous case studies for a better understanding of the real business (providing an insight into the real business/the banking environment)
                              About the Authors
                              Dr. Justin Paul currently teaches at the Indian Institute of Management Indore. He began his career as an officer in the Corporation Bank; then served as Assistant Professor at NMIMS, Mumbai; and as faculty at the South Indian Bank Staff Training College, Kerala. He has served as the Department Chair at IIM Indore for two years. He has also been a visiting professor and speaker at the University of Washington; the University of San Francisco; St. Martin's University, Seattle; the University of New South Wales; and Fudan University, Shanghai. Dr Paul holds a Ph.D. from IIT Bombay, two master’s degrees and two postgraduate diplomas. He has served as a Ph.D. examiner for University of Madras; University of Mysore; and Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli. He has been a consultant to the Tata group of companies and the CII. He has authored two best-selling books, Business Environment and International Business. Padmalatha Suresh is an alumnus of the IIM Ahmedabad. She also holds an LLB and CAIIB. She has more than two decades of industry experience at senior levels, primarily in banking, and briefly in the IT sector. Her long exposure to the banking sector has enabled her to evaluate banking and financing strategies, risk entailments and options for redressing them as also commentate on banking, in general, and infrastructure finance, in particular. She is director, DMS Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. Features
                              • NEW – “Holistic marketing” coverage – Explores the emerging concept that everything matters in marketing: internal marketing, integrated marketing, relationship marketing, and socially responsible marketing. For example: See pg. 18 (Figure 1.3) and new Chapter 22, which brings it all together.
                              • NEW – Modular Organization - Kotler and Keller focused on preserving the strengths and core topics from previous editions, while carefully tightening coverage in every chapter for greater clarity. By organizing the text into eight parts of related material, a more modular approach, instructors have greater flexibility. For example: see Table of Contents.
                              • NEW - “Marketing Memos” - 2-3 new per chapter. Provide tips and suggestions at all stages of the marketing management process, as well as practical advice and directions in dealing with various marketing decisions.
                              • NEW - “Marketing Insights” - 2-3 new per chapter. Highlight current research findings and cover key marketing topics in greater depth.
                              • NEW - Hands-on marketing plan exercise – Located at the end of many chapters, starting in Chapter 2. Gives students hands-on experience in developing a customized marketing plan.
                              • Hundreds of mini cases and discussions - Show marketing in action and concepts in practice at large and small real world companies. To achieve a tighter presentation, every mini case was reviewed by the authors; brand new cases were added and any extraneous ones removed.
                              • Universal applications—e.g., products and services; consumer and business markets; profit and nonprofit organizations; domestic and foreign companies; and low and high-tech industries. Kotler and Keller encourage students to apply marketing thinking to the complete spectrum of marketing.
                              Features
                              Prepare for the new Cisco CCNA INTRO 640-821 exam with the only official INTRO preparation guide available.
                              • All-new CD-ROM testing engine featuring customizable test banks, score and history reporting, and a study plan building tool.
                              • Network simulation software allows readers to try out lab scenarios in book.
                              • Modular writing style breaks subjects into easier to absorb learning blocks for networking novices.
                              • Testing engine includes simulation-based and ICND questions.
                              Features
                              • Modular Chapter Organization—Breaks topics down into smaller, easy to understand and absorb blocks of information.
                              • Simulation Based Questions—Emulates new testing environment and test hands-on networking skills.
                              • CD-ROM Testing Engine and Chapter-ending quizzes.
                              • Hands-on Lab Exercises.
                              • Aligned to Cisco Certification exam objectives—Prepares students for exam.
                              • Only Cisco Systems authorized materials of its kind.
                              Features
                              Prepare for the new CCNP® 642-801 BSCI routing exam with the only Cisco Systems—authorized self-study preparation book!
                              • The revised edition of the all-time best-selling CCNP BSCI/Routing book.
                              • Redesigned format with modular, smaller chapters for easier concept comprehension.
                              • Prepare for the exam with the 200-plus question electronic testing engine on CD-ROM, complete with simulation based questions.
                              • Prepare for the CCNP, CCDP, and CCIP certifications with proven tools.
                              Features
                              Prepare for the new CCNP® 642-821 BCRAN Exam with the official exam preparation guide.
                              • Learn the remote access design and management topics for the NEW Cisco CCNP 642-821 BCRAN exam with the only official preparation book.
                              • Practice with over 200 test questions including simulation based questions on the enclosed CD-ROM.
                              • Prepare for the CCNP and CCDP BCRAN exam with proven learning tools from the number 1 selling Exam Certification Guide Series from Cisco Press.
                              Features
                              • NEW! The Fourth Edition examines a broad spectrum of macroeconomic issues and ideas.
                              • NEW! Applications in each chapter, including many that are new to this edition .
                              • NEW! Earlier presentation of business cycles.
                              • NEW! Password now included. This edition includes a password that gives students access to a special edition of The Conference Board's Business Cycle Indicators database, containing over 100 hand-picked data series.
                              • Modern, balanced, comprehensive coverage.
                              • NEW! Included are new EOC problems (including the Conference Board exercises), many new applications, and new built-in Web links.
                              • NEW! Web site features
                              Features
                              • Learner-centric approach related to everyday activities
                              • Lucid language and easy text flow that minimises verbosity
                              • Diverse and creative activities to arouse the interest of all students.
                              • Do You Know? to enrich the knowledge of young learners and provide
                              • additional information for the inquisitive
                              • Teacher's Notes that provide an easy teaching reference tool with ample
                              • room for creativity to achieve the learning outcome
                              • A separate Talk About page at the end of each unit to promote discussion
                              • and understanding
                              • The Snap Recap at the end of each unit further tests the assimilation of students-linking the parts of the unit as one whole
                              • Emphasis on visual communication as a tool for content learning. Illustrations are attractive and prompt students to infer facts.
                              Features
                              • Learner-centric approach related to everyday activities
                              • Lucid language and easy text flow that minimises verbosity
                              • Diverse and creative activities to arouse the interest of all students.
                              • Do You Know? to enrich the knowledge of young learners and provide
                              • additional information for the inquisitive
                              • Teacher's Notes that provide an easy teaching reference tool with ample
                              • room for creativity to achieve the learning outcome
                              • A separate Talk About page at the end of each unit to promote discussion
                              • and understanding
                              • The Snap Recap at the end of each unit further tests the assimilation of students-linking the parts of the unit as one whole
                              • Emphasis on visual communication as a tool for content learning. Illustrations are attractive and prompt students to infer facts.
                              Features
                              • Emphasis on Real Managers—This is not a book that just describes management theories. In addition to including explanatory examples (which most other textbooks do), we go out and talk with real managers. Then we bring their experiences to our readers. No other textbook has so successfully blended management theory with management practice. In each chapter we have three different Real Manager's Features: Manager's Dilemma; Each chapter opens with a dilemma that a real-life manager faced and ends with the statement “What Would You Do?” Managers Respond; Features real, practicing managers from a variety of organizations and provides a short discussion of what they'd do if they were faced with the dilemma described at the beginning of the chapter. Managers Speak Out; Interviews real managers that ask them a broad range of questions.
                              • Entrepreneurship Modules—The unique issues of entrepreneurship and managing entrepreneurial ventures are highlighted in five part-ending sections.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • Introduces and imparts computer knowledge as a hands-on-experience rather than an esoteric subject.
                              • User-friendly approach tailors specially for each age group, with ample screen shots and illustration to aid understanding.
                              • Uses dialogue between young learners to highlight practical problems before giving the solutions.
                              • Assesses learning through graded exercises at the end of the book. Provides a glossary of shortcut commands as well as timeline of computers.
                              • Introduces Logo in book 3.
                              • Test Papers added at the end of the book to aid evaluation.
                              • Introduces Visual Basic, Photoshop and Corel Draw in the middle school.
                              Features
                              • NEW - An integrated approach to learning—Combines the best of top-down networking with the best of bottom-up networking.
                              • NEW - Updated and revised content throughout.
                              • NEW - Added chapter on UDP: Datagram Transport Service — Chapter 24 explains UDP and shows the package format.
                              • NEW - Added chapter on Network Address Translation —Chapter 26 explains the major variants of NAT including NAPT and shows how NAT works.
                              • NEW - Added chapter on IP Telephony—Chapter 33 covers the technology that allows voice telephone communication over the Internet.
                              • Broad and substantial coverage.
                              • Focus on concepts and principles.
                              • Flexible organization—Chapters can be covered in a variety of orders after students have completed Parts I and II.
                              • CD-ROM included with every text—Features keyword search mechanism and links to the Website, which is updated continuously.
                              • Excellent, optional internetworking with TCP/IP coverage.
                              • Highly accessible—Does not use sophisticated mathematics, defines concepts clearly with analogies and examples, uses examples and drawings to illustrate how the technology operates, states results of analysis without mathematical proofs, and does not assume a knowledge of operating systems.
                              Features
                              • Meets all AACSB guidelines—Which supports a practitioner orientation rather than a theory/research approach.
                              • Global, natural environment and e-commerce themes throughout.
                              • Perspectives boxed inserts in each chapter.
                              • Concise, conversational and logical presentation.
                              • Integrative strategic management model throughout.
                              • Skills oriented Experiential Exercises—Eighteen exercises apply text material to the Cohesion Case; ten apply textual material to a college or university; ten send students into the business world to explore important strategy topics.
                              • Extensive pedagogy—e.g. Notable Quotes and Objectives; Key Terms, Current Readings and Discussion Questions.
                              Features
                              • Flash memory, magnetic and optical storage devices
                              • Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)
                              • Error detection and correction codes
                              • 317 review questions and 178 self-test questions, with answers
                              • 178 solved examples supplemented with related problems
                              • 410 practice problems. Answers to all the odd-numbered problems.
                              About the Authors
                              Ken Arnold, a Staff Engineer at Sun Microsystems Laboratories, is a leading expert in object-oriented design and implementation, one of the original architects of the JiniTM technology, and the lead engineer of Sun's JavaSpacesTM technology. James Gosling is a Fellow and Vice President at Sun Microsystems, the creator of the Java programming language, and one of the computer industry's most noted programmers. He is the 1996 recipient of Software Development's "Programming Excellence Award". He previously developed NeWS", Sun's network-extensible window system, and was a principal in the Andrew project at Carnegie-Mellon University, from which he holds a PhD in Computer Science David Holmes is a Senior Research Scientist at the Cooperative Research Centre for Enterprise Distributed Systems Technology (DSTC Pty Ltd), located in Brisbane, Australia. He completed his PhD at Macquarie University, Sydney, in 1999. Features
                              • NEW—An early, understandable introduction to Digital Control
                              • NEW—Closer MATLAB/SIMULINK integration throughout illustrates how calculations are made as the concepts are introduced.
                              • NEW—Improved chapter on Dynamic Response.
                              • NEW—More detailed examples for Internal Model Principle
                              • NEW—Added and revised problems.
                              • NEW—Chapter-end study problems—Includes answers at the back of the book.
                              • An in-depth, comprehensive treatment—Not found in other texts.
                              • Comprehensive case studies Illustrates real-world problems and applies techniques from earlier chapters.
                              • Extensive examples throughout.
                              About the Authors
                              Gene F. Franklin is from Stanford University J. David Powell is from Stanford University Abbas Emami-Naeini is from SC Solutions, Inc. Features
                              • Consistent chapter pedagogy – Each chapter includes homework problems, review questions, a list of key words, suggestions for further reading, and recommended Web sites.
                              • Detailed, chapter-by-chapter summary of each part– Appears at the beginning of that part.
                              • Abundant homework and class-work assignment material
                              • An extensive glossary, a list of frequently used acronyms, and a bibliography.
                              • Simplified AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) – An educational, simplified version of AES, that enables students to grasp the essentials of AES more easily.
                              • New block cipher modes of operation – Includes the CMAC mode for authentication and the CCM mode for authenticated encryption.
                              • Expanded, updated treatment of intruders and malicious software.
                              • Coverage of the essential new topic of public key infrastructure (PKI).
                              • Updated, expanded content throughout to bring material up to date.
                              • New Online Appendices that supplement the material in the book.
                              • Writing assignments – Now included in the instructor's material to facilitate learning and expand instructor options.
                              • Programming assignments – Now includes a number of end-of-chapter programming assignments that can be programmed in any language; facilitates learning and expand instructor options.
                              • Laboratory exercises – Adds a new set of lab exercises to the instructor package
                              • Approximately 50% more end-of-chapter homework problems.
                              Features
                              • NEW—End of chapter summaries—Outline all essential concepts.
                              • NEW—New chapter on the simulation of unsteady flow conditions, from free surface to air distribution networks.
                              • NEW—Enhanced treatment of dimensional analysis and similarity and an introduction to the fundamentals of CFD.
                              • NEW—Worked examples backed up by self assessment questions and a comprehensive downloadable Solutions Manual.
                              About the Authors
                              Dr. John Douglas formerly of South Bank University, London. Dr. Janusz Gasiorek, formerly of South Bank University, London where be led the Fluid Mechanics group in Mechanical Engineering, with specialist research interest in rotodynamic machinery and fan engineering. Professor John Swaffield, Heriot-Watt University, his taught Fluid Mechanics for 30 years with specialist research interests in pressure transients, free surface unsteady flows, and water conservation.Features
                              The world's most exciting, fastest-growing new market is where you least expect it: at the bottom of the pyramid.
                              • "The real source of market promise is not the wealthy few in the developing world, or even the emerging middle-income consumers. It is the billions of aspiring poor who are joining the market economy for the first time." - CK Prahalad
                              • Endorsed by world leaders and the UN Commission on Private Development and the Poor
                              Features
                              • Streamlined coverage is easy to follow and understand
                              • End-of-chapter revision questions reinforce the concepts and issues introduced
                              • Extensive use of case studies and boxes illustrate key concepts, issues, and specific topics in a more detailed manner
                              • Recommended reading, glossary, index, and suggestions included for further study
                              About the Authors
                              Ian Heywood is currently Director of Learning for UK Business Lab Ltd. Sarah Cornelius is from School of Education, University of Aberdeen. Steve Carver is Senior Lecturer in the Department of Geography at the University of Leeds. Srinivasa Raju is Senior Lecturer in the Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai. Features
                              • NEW - Chapter 1: Introduction has been enhanced to broaden the introductory presentation of the field of robotics—Previews what is covered in the book.
                              • NEW - Clear exposition.
                              • NEW - Includes MATLAB exercises.
                              • Real-world practicality with underlying theory presented.
                              • Large set of homework problems with a “difficulty grade” assigned.
                              • The most cited textbook on robotics in the field.
                              • “Programming Assignments” at the end of each chapter.
                              Features
                              • The authors' extensive scientific, consulting and teaching backgrounds provide an unmatched dimension of reality to the text.
                              • First book to describe the arbitrage activity associated with mergers and acquisitions. Mark Mitchell, our new co-author and a member of the management of a significant merger arbitrage firm, has published articles on the subject in leading journals of financial economics and his work is contributed here.
                              • Explains the merger and acquisition process within a broad framework of companies strategic plans.
                              Features
                              The workbooks reinforce the different aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Word play enriches the learner’s vocabulary through interesting exercises; new words are not taught in isolation but are related to other vocabulary items in the same field.
                              • Say it right stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills, following a progression ffrom simple vowel sounds to consonant sound clusters, word stress, rhythm, etc.
                              • Language play provides additional practice in the structures learnt in the main course book.
                              • Pencil talk hones the writing skills of the learners by providing further practice.
                              Features
                              The workbooks reinforce the different aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Word play enriches the learner’s vocabulary through interesting exercises; new words are not taught in isolation but are related to other vocabulary items in the same field.
                              • Say it right stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills, following a progression ffrom simple vowel sounds to consonant sound clusters, word stress, rhythm, etc.
                              • Language play provides additional practice in the structures learnt in the main course book.
                              • Pencil talk hones the writing skills of the learners by providing further practice.
                              Features
                              The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                              • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                              • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                              • Pencil talk initiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                              Features
                              The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                              • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                              • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                              • Pencil talk initiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                              Features
                              The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                              • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                              • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                              • Pencil talk initiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                              Features
                              The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                              • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                              • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                              • Pencil talkinitiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                              Features
                              The course books cover all aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Comprehension tests the factual, inferential and global comprehension powers of the learner.
                              • Word play enriches the learners’ vocabulary through a variety of interesting exercises. Stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills.
                              • Language play deals with the fundamental grammatical elements such as structures, syntax, syntax, punctuation and grammar and its usage. These have been covered through a variety of exercises.
                              • Pencil talkinitiates the learner into the world of writing. Beginning with guided composition, he/she is slowly steered towards composition short piece independently.
                              Features
                              The workbooks reinforce the different aspects of language learning through the following features:
                              • Word play enriches the learner’s vocabulary through interesting exercises; new words are not taught in isolation but are related to other vocabulary items in the same field.
                              • Say it right stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills, following a progression ffrom simple vowel sounds to consonant sound clusters, word stress, rhythm, etc.
                              • Language play provides additional practice in the structures learnt in the main course book.
                              • Pencil talk hones the writing skills of the learners by providing further practice.
                              Features
                              • New sections on Stages of Production, Indian MRTP Act, and International Price Discrimination and Dumping
                              • Vivid and engaging examples to bring the economic concepts to life
                              • Current data and information used in all examples
                              • Interesting coverage of Behavioral Economics
                              • Special section on Human Capital
                              • Revised and updated coverage of the core material on Demand, Production, and Cost
                              • Key terms highlighted
                              Features
                              • “The Changing World Order” boxes in each chapter help students examine the impact of 9/11 on international relations.
                              • Unique “text-and-technology” learning system integrates the book's Companion Website and the Microsoft Encarta Interactive World Atlas CD-ROM with the text, offering today's students a way of learning international relations that will stimulate and engage.
                              • “Web Link” icons in the text's margins direct students to “Web Link” activities on Goldsteins Companion Website (www.internationalrelations.net), where they link to relevant resources and use the information they find to answer online critical thinking questions about core IR concepts.
                              • “Information Revolution” icons also direct students to the Companion Website where they participate in activities that explore how changes in information technologies are impacting IR.
                              • “Atlas” icons indicate related assets—maps, videos, photos—that can be found on the Microsoft® Encarta® Interactive World Atlas CD-ROM. The CD-ROM can be ordered packaged with the text at more than an 60% discount off the retail price!
                              • Full-color design and large trim size make the book visually appealing for students.
                              Features
                              • Concepts lucidly explained and backed by examples to facilitate learning
                              • Chapter Objectives in each chapter
                              • Marginalia for easy recapitulation of the points
                              • Objective type questions and a variety of numerical problems with answers
                              • Practical aspects of Capital Budgeting in tune with real-life experiences discussed in detail
                              • Exclusive chapter on Capitalisation
                              • Topics like Corporate Expansion and Corporate Failure explained
                              • Comprehensive discussion on International Financial Management
                              • Select Further Reading(s) for every chapter
                              • Glossary of key terms
                              • Author and Subject indices for quick reference
                              Features
                              Unique Features:
                              • Student friendly. Written in a lecture mode and conversational style. Classroom simulative.
                              • Case study-centric and analysis oriented. A practical business-oriented analysis keeping in mind the real-world financial practices of blue-chip corporates.
                              • Enriched by my own industry experience, independent thinking and research on the subject resulting in providing a practitioner’s perspective and making the text thoroughly enjoyable.
                              • Thorough discussion on Conceptual Framework of Financial Statements and contemporary issues such as Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAPs), Valuation of Assets Under Finance Lease, Intangible Assets, Amortisation and Asset Impairment.
                              • Accounting Standards interwoven with the text throughout the book, in a non-technical language to the extent possible, instead of bundling them in a separate chapter with the objective of making their understanding more and more contextual and enjoyable.
                              • Thorough coverage of Significant Accounting Policies and Notes to Accounts, Auditors’ Report, Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Report, Management Discussion and Analysis Report, Quality of Earnings, Window Dressing, and Information from Sources Other Than Corporate Annual Reports.
                              • A systematic, organised and integrated reading and understanding of financial statements and reports through the case of Nestle India Ltd., based on its external annual financial reporting, integrated with the text throughout the book.
                              • A model developed for a strategic analysis and interpretation of the annual report comprising an integration of financial, qualitative and quantitative information with the objective of giving recommendations to the management on strategic issues emanating out of analysis and suggesting more transparency in financial reporting.
                              • Nestle’s full annual report analysed as per the said model in Chapter 21. Special emphasis laid on contemporary financial issues such as Segment Reporting, Related Party Disclosures, Earnings Per Share, Impairment Loss, Accounting for Taxes on Income and Contingency Provision, and analysed threadbare.
                              • Innovative analytical techniques like Per Employee Analysis and Per Equity Share Analysis introduced.
                              • Detailed discussion on Global Financial Reporting.
                              • Coverage of Emerging Dimensions in Financial Reporting, that is, Value Reporting™ comprising Intangible Asset Scorecard, Human Resource Accounting, Value-added Statement, Brand Valuation, Balance Sheet Including Intangible Assets, Economic Value-Added (EVA®) Statement, Enterprise Value and Current-cost-adjusted Financial Statements.
                              Outstanding Pedagogical Features: The outstanding pedagogical features in the book have been designed to chart a clear and well-targeted route map for students’ understanding and knowledge enhancement. These features are:
                              • Chapter Openers
                              • Chapter Objectives
                              • Bird’s Eye View Box
                              • Website Resource Box
                              • Publication Resource Box
                              • Before You Move Further, Stop... Box
                              • Chapter Illustrations
                                • Case Studies
                                • Corporate Financial Practices
                                • Corporate Window Dressing/Creative Financial Practices
                                • Exhibits
                                • Computational/Numerical Illustrations
                                • Analytical Illustrations
                                • Integrated Project
                              • Keywords
                              • References
                              • Chapter-end Exercises
                                • Case Studies
                                • Integrated Group Projects
                                • Computational/Numerical Exercises
                                • Analytical Exercises
                                • WAC (Written Analysis and Communication) Exercises
                                • MOC (Managerial Oral Communication) Exercises
                                • Capitaline Plus/CMIE Prowess Data based Exercises
                                • Open Exercises
                                • Integration of Exercises through VarioAbout the Authors
                                  George Couloris, Jean Dollimore and Tim Kindberg, all teachers at Queen Mary and Westfield College at the University of London, have based this book on courses at Masters and undergraduate levels given to students at Queen Mary and Westfield College.About the Authors
                                  MANI SUBRAMANIAN is a professor at Georgia Institute of Technology, where he teaches a Network Management course based on his years of industry experience. He has led research and development at several networking corporations and has practical knowledge of networking and network management. In 1989, he was elected Technical Director of the OSI Network Management Forum and was responsible for the first release of OSI NM specifications. Dr. Subramanian received his Ph.D. from Purdue University.Features
                                  • Includes an overview of and up-to-date background material on networking and networking technologies.
                                  • Presents foundations of models which are needed to build various network management architectures and protocols.
                                  • Covers SNMP-based protocols that manage TCP/IP networks.
                                  • Applies material to real-world examples throughout the book.
                                  Features
                                  • Core theory chapters, followed by chapters applying theory to major policy questions.
                                  • New - Chapter 9, “The Political Economy of Trade Policy,” looks at the influence of special interest payments on political decisions over trade policy and brings the story of the World Trade Organization up-to-date.
                                  • New - Chapter 11, “Controversies in Trade Policy,” examines the theory of strategic trade policy and its explanation of why countries might gain from promoting particular industries, and explores the contemporary roiling debate over globalization.
                                  • New - Chapter 19, “Macroeconomic Policy and Coordination Under Floating Exchange Rates,” features an intuitive discussion of the major results on international policy repercussions.
                                  • New - Chapter 20, “Optimum Currency Areas and the European Experience,” presents fresh perspectives on Europe's single-currency experiment to date.
                                  • New - Chapter 22, “Developing Countries: Growth, Crisis, and Reform,” recounts the dramatic collapse of the Argentine currency in 2002.
                                  • New and updated boxes and case studies, and an expanded, animated PowerPoint program featuring the text's tables and figures.
                                  • New enhanced Web site that updates periodically to showcase important global macroeconomic events and developments.
                                  Features
                                  • Covers both design and analysis frameworks.
                                  • Employs an innovative and more comprehensive taxonomy of algorithm design techniques.
                                  • Covers mathematical analysis of both nonrecursive and recursive algorithms, as well as empirical analysis and algorithm visualization.
                                  • Discusses limitations of algorithms and ways to overcome them.
                                  • Treats algorithms as problem-solving tools and develops algorithmic thinking by using puzzles and games.
                                  • Contains over 600 exercises with hints for students and solutions for instructors.
                                  • Includes material suggested by ACM Curriculum 2001.
                                  Features
                                  • NEW - Three complementary strategy lenses—Design, an analytical approach; experience, builds on cultural, institutional and cognitive schools of thought; and ideas, builds on evolutional and complexity theories.
                                  • NEW - Critical commentaries conclude each section.
                                  • NEW - Strategies for a fast changing world—Including hypercompetitive and game theoretic strategies.
                                  • NEW - Framework for corporate level strategies.
                                  • NEW - Integrated approach to issues of structuring—Structures, processes, boundaries and relationships.
                                  • NEW - Chapter on the links between overall strategy and strategies for separate resource areas—e.g. people, information, finance and technology.
                                  • NEW - Economic issues—IT, deregulation, globalization and flexible structuring.
                                  • Combines analytic and process view of strategy.
                                  • Links theory and practice—With over 80 one-page illustrations, 11 chapter-end case examples and over 30 case studies.
                                  • Cases and examples from different sectors around the world—i.e. AOL/Time Warner, Honda, Virgin, British Airways, Xerox, BMW, Formula One and WH Smith.
                                  Features
                                  • Completely rewritten to be less formal, providing more accessibility to undergraduate students.
                                  • Emphasizes modern applications of the theory
                                  • Uses numerous figures to help convey ideas
                                  • Provides more detail and intuition for definitions and proofs
                                  • Includes special sidebars to present supplemental material that may be of interest to readers
                                  • Challenges readers with extensive exercises of wide-ranging difficulty levels
                                  • Presents a graphical notation for PDA’s and Turing machines.
                                  About the Authors
                                  John E. Hopcroft is the Joseph Silbert Dean of Engineering at Cornell University, and winner of the 1986 A.M. Turing Award. Rajeev Motwani is Associate Professor and Director of Graduate Studies for Computer Sciene at Stanford University. Jeffrey D. Ullman is the Stanford W. Ascherman Professor of Computer Science at Stanford UniversityFeatures
                                  • A thorough and balanced treatment of the foundations of AI
                                  • The combination of theoretical foundations of intelligent problem solving with the date structures and algorithms needed for implementation
                                  • Example programs written in LISP and PROLOG
                                  • Putting practical applications of Al into context
                                  • A unique discussion of the social and philosophical issues of AI
                                  About the Authors
                                  George Luger received his PhD from the University of Pennsylvania in 1973. He spent the next five years as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the Department of Artificial intelligence of the University of Edinburgh. He is currently a Professor of Computer Science, Linguistics, and Psychology at the University of New Mexico in Albuquerque. Features
                                  • A database perspective is used throughout.
                                  • Clearly written algorithms.
                                  • An emphasis on the use of data mining concepts in real-world applications with large database components.
                                  • Appendix providing overview of available data mining products.
                                  • Strategic text organization of four major sections: Introduction, Core Topics, Advanced Topics, and Products.
                                  Features
                                  • unparalleled topic coverage and clarity
                                  • avoids unnecessary mathematical complexity and illustrates all maths techniques with practical examples
                                  • contains a wealth of worked examples and hundreds of end-of-chapter problems
                                  • pedagogical features include chapter objectives, highlighted key equations, summaries of formulae and key terms and concepts
                                  • divided into four sections, covering Electrical Principles, Electronic Engineering, Power Engineering and Measurements
                                  About the Authors
                                  The late Edward Hughes was a fellow of Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh. The late Ian McKenzie Smith was formerly Deputy Principal, Stow College, Glasgow. Dr John Hiley and Dr Keith Brown are both lecturers in the Department of Computing and Electrical Engineering at Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh. Features
                                  • NEW - A systematic strategy and techniques for solving material balance and energy balance problems— one that can be used consistently as a framework for solving word and open-ended problems, and that can be used successfully in connection with unfamiliar types of problems.
                                  • NEW - Treats methods of solving problems with the help of computer software—Avoids reference to programming, but explains briefly how to use current software packages and provides sample software, Polymath, on an accompanying CD disk.
                                  • NEW - Revises and simplifies coverage of energy balances.
                                  • NEW - Offers a completely revised chapter on material balances—Provides a consistent algebraic approach to the formulation of problems that is carried out in all subsequent chapters.
                                  • An accompanying CD disk—FORTRAN programs that solve linear and nonlinear equations, retrieve the properties of water and steam, and of air-water mixtures, calculate the vapor pressures of pure substances, and calculate enthalpy changes from heat capacity equations; Supplementary problems, containing numerous pictures of the equipment described in the worked out problems; Polymath, self-documented, widely used software that runs on a PC, and can solve linear and nonlinear equations, regression problems, and carry out matrix operations; A database with retrievable physical properties (e.g., vapor pressures, and heat capacities and enthalpies) for 700 compounds.
                                  • Detailed and self-contained.
                                  • Student-friendly approach throughout—Presents ideas in small packages and uses numerous subheadings, Initiates most topics with simple illustrations of basic ideas, Explains the fundamental concepts in clear language and appropriate equations and diagrams, Provides numerous simple, concrete examples with detailed solutions, and Offers detailed guided practice following each new principle.
                                  • Consistent format for all sections—Objectives, Looking Ahead, Main Concepts, Additional Details, Looking Back, Summary of Key Ideas, List of Key Words with the page numbers where the word is first introduced, Self Assessment Tests with answers, Problems with selected answers—expanded to include features of safety, semiconductor processing, and biotechnology, Data for solving problems has been provided in tables and figures and in an accompanying CD disk, and Open-ended Discussion Questions.
                                  • Presents topics in order of easy assimilation—Rather than in strictly logical order — alternating easy material with difficult material — e.g., defers discussion of unsteady-state balances until the final chapter since most students lack the mathematical and engineering maturity to absorb these problems simultaneously with the steady-state balances.
                                  • SI units for approximately half of the text, examples, and problems, and most of the tables — with some of the crucial tables (e.g., steam tables) presented in both American engineering and SI units.
                                  Features
                                  • A systematic, step-by-step approach is used to cover various aspects of 8051 C and Assembly language programming and interfacing.
                                  • Many examples and sample programs are given to clarify the concepts and provide students with an opportunity to learn by doing.
                                  • Review questions are provided at the end of each section to reinforce the main points of the section.
                                  About the Authors
                                  Muhammad Ali Mazidi went to Tabriz University and holds Master’s degrees from both Southern Methodist University and the University of Texas at Dallas. He is currently a.b.d. on his Ph.D. in the Electrical Engineering Department of Southern Methodist University. He is co-author of a widely used textbook, The 80x86 IBM PC and Compatible Computers, also available from Prentice Hall. He teaches microprocessor-based system design at DeVry University in Dallas, Texas. Janice Gillispie Mazidi has a Master of Science degree in Computer Science from the University of North Texas. She has several years of experience as a software engineer in Dallas. Rolin McKinlay has a BSEET from DeVry University. He is currently working on his Master’s degree and PE license in the state of Texas. He is currently self-employed as a programmer and circuit board designer, and is a partner in MicroDigitalEd.com. Features
                                  • Authored by a highly respected member of the Linux kernel development team and full-time kernel developer for Novell
                                  • Updated coverage of all the major subsystems and features of the current Linux 2.6 kernel with new coverage of kernel modules and virtual memory
                                  • Allows developers to learn how to modify and enhance kernel code by providing examples based on real kernel code
                                  Features
                                  Learn CCDP ARCH 642-871 concepts with the Cisco authorized self-study book for CCDP foundation learning
                                  • Follow case studies and tutorials to further understand key concepts and technologies
                                  • The only book available exclusively on the CCDP 642-871 course and exam
                                  • Master the topics with guidance from certified Cisco Systems instructors with over twenty years of experience in the IT industry
                                  About the Authors
                                  Keith Hutton is a senior Cisco network administrator with Magma Communications Ltd., Canada’s leading, full-service Internet company. Prior to joining Magma, Keith worked as a certified Cisco Systems instructor with Global Knowledge Canada. He currently holds the CCNP® and CCDP certifications. Amir Ranjbar, CCIE® No. 8669, is a senior network architect at Global Knowledge and is a certified Cisco Systems instructor. Amir is author of the CCNP CIT Exam Certification Guide, published by Cisco Press. Features
                                  • Provides a balanced introduction to operating system concepts by integrating OS theory with examples from real operating systems (Linux, Unix, Windows).
                                  • Student-focused writing that presents the big idea of each concept before presenting the details.
                                  • Extended lab sections between chapters include projects on: shell programming, kernel timers, memory-mapped files, TCP/IP, etc.
                                  • Flexible arrangement of information within chapters allows professors to choose the breadth and depth of each topic.
                                  • Updated and extended Table of Contents, including additional material on threads, storage media, security, handheld and wireless devices, and more.
                                  • More labs! More than twice as many are included to give students substantial hands-on experience with Linux, UNIX and Windows XP.
                                  • The number of exercises throughout the book has increased by more than 20%.
                                  Features
                                  • Continuing and expanding the coverage of cross-cultural and gender issues, the book integrates them throughout the book, and also covers them in their own separate chapters, Chapter 11, “Gender,” and Chapter 13, “Culture.”
                                  • “Self Understanding” boxes present self-assessment techniques for students to try.
                                  • “Famous Personality” boxes illustrate select concepts using well-known and contemporary examples.
                                  • Part 3 introduces four applied chapters, providing students with the opportunity to apply theory to practice.
                                  • A helpful summary chapter (Ch. 15) looks forward to the future of the field of personality perspectives.
                                  • New material on the biological and evolutionary aspects of personality has been integrated throughout the text, while still maintaining critical discussion of strengths, weaknesses, and misuses of evolutionary approaches.
                                  • Enhanced discussion of happiness, hate, and culture helps students understand the timely topics of terror, conflict, and healing.
                                  • “Classic to Current” boxes show how classic ideas have led to current research in each perspective.
                                  • New timelines of developments within the field have been added to each core chapter, helping students understand the intellectual progression of ideas.
                                  Features
                                  • Chapters on research methodology (Chs. 4-8) use real research studies as examples of the most important designs.
                                  • Numerous examples and questions at the end of each chapter assist students in understanding how concepts are related to practice.
                                  • Chapters on qualitative research cover a variety of types: ethnography, case study, phenomenological, etc.
                                  • Chapter on computer data analysis (Ch. 12) demonstrates how SPSS and SAS are used to calculate the statistics explained in Chapters 10 and 11. All three data analysis chapters use numerous examples (including a one sample Z test) to demonstrate statistics.
                                  • Published research articles follow each of the five methodology chapters (Chs. 4-8).
                                  • Appendix B contains a data set for use by students in the chapters on data analysis (Chs.10-12).
                                  New to this Edition
                                  • Greater use of technology to conduct library research (Ch. 2 & 3). Includes discussion of using the Internet and citing references according to APA style, making this information very current and useful for students.
                                  • Features an emphasis on validity (Ch. 9) as a unitary trait that is consistent with professional (AERA) standards. This newer perspective views validity in a way that many books have not yet incorporated.
                                  • The data analysis chapters (Ch. 10 & 11) include new coverage of outliers and missing data.
                                  • Unique discussion on how to combine qualitative and quantitative methods in a single study (Ch. 8) shows students how these methods interrelate.
                                  • With the news of problems at several universities concerning research ethics and finances, the additional coverage of ethics and grant funding (Ch. 2) will be important to readers.
                                  • Can be packaged with the ContentSelect Research Database to provide a rich resource of journals for further study.
                                  Features
                                  • Shows how statistics is relevant to all business majors-accounting, finance, management, marketing, operations, and information systems.
                                  • Allows students to focus on interpreting the software output and making informed business decisions.
                                  • Showcases the most common packages used in the business world.
                                  • Provides step-by-step instructions necessary to perform most statistical analysis using Excel and Minitab 14.
                                  • Provides unlimited practice for the student and scoring, grading, and course management for the instructor.
                                  • PHGradeAssist icons appear in the text next to exercises that are in this system.
                                  Features
                                  • Completely updated to reflect the latest technology
                                  • Comprehensive coverage of VHDL and complex PLDs
                                  • A chapter devoted to digital system projects using VHDL
                                  • Solved examples, section review questions with answers and solutions to selected problems
                                  Features
                                  • New - Chapter 9 on Wireless Communication- Includes coverage of cellular systems and network generations, wireless data networks and Internet access (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, WiMax, and emerging broadband services), wireless networking standards, m-commerce, radio-frequency identification (RFID) systems, and other applications.
                                  • New - Chapter 11 on Enterprise Applications- Includes supply chain management, customer relationship management, enterprise systems, and new system platforms for delivering enterprise-wide services to help achieve digital integration and enhance organizational performance.
                                  • New - Earlier Chapter 10 coverage of Information System Security and Control - Includes coverage of Internet security; wireless security challenges; new legal obligations such as Sarbanes-Oxley and HIPAA for safeguarding the accuracy, security and privacy of information systems; the organizational, management, and technical framework for an up-to-date security policy; and computer forensics.
                                  • Extensive Domestic and International Examples - More than 100 companies in the United States and nearly 100 organizations in Canada, Europe, Australia, Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East are discussed in long and short case studies and within the body of each chapter.
                                  • Variety of Case Studies - Every chapter contains a short chapter-opening case, two short Window On cases, and a long chapter-ending case.
                                  • Variety of Hands on Projects
                                  Features
                                  • Short chapters and straightforward explanations of processes help keep students focused on key concepts.
                                  • A superb art program combines several proven illustration methods including step-by-step diagrams, orientation figures, and hundreds of micrographs with labels and sizing scales.
                                  • The text's comprehensive coverage addresses the needs of instructors teaching a course with a mix of allied health and biology majors.
                                  • End-of-chapter “Learning with Technology” sections point students toward specific activities and case studies on The Microbiology Place Website/CD-ROM that are particularly relevant to the chapter. These sections help students make the best use of the powerful media resources available to them.
                                  • New and updated content reflects the constantly evolving microbiology research environment.
                                  • Seven new Clinical Problem Solving boxes use case histories adapted from recent issues of Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report to stimulate students to think critically and analytically about clinical problems.
                                  • The new Art and Photo CD-ROM provides electronic files of the line art, photographs, and micrographs from the book (approximately 700 images), along with selected tables.
                                  • Easy access answers to Study Questions. In response to student feedback, the answers to the end-of-chapter Review and Multiple-Choice questions are now provided in an answer section at the back of the text.
                                  Features
                                  The workbooks reinforce the different aspects of language learning through the following features:
                                  • Word play enriches the learner’s vocabulary through interesting exercises; new words are not taught in isolation but are related to other vocabulary items in the same field.
                                  • Say it right stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills, following a progression ffrom simple vowel sounds to consonant sound clusters, word stress, rhythm, etc.
                                  • Language play provides additional practice in the structures learnt in the main course book.
                                  • Pencil talk hones the writing skills of the learners by providing further practice.
                                  Features
                                  The workbooks reinforce the different aspects of language learning through the following features:
                                  • Word play enriches the learner’s vocabulary through interesting exercises; new words are not taught in isolation but are related to other vocabulary items in the same field.
                                  • Say it right stresses the importance of correct pronunciation through phonetic drills, following a progression ffrom simple vowel sounds to consonant sound clusters, word stress, rhythm, etc.
                                  • Language play provides additional practice in the structures learnt in the main course book.
                                  • Pencil talk hones the writing skills of the learners by providing further practice.
                                  Features
                                  • NEW - Comprehensive cases– nine of sixteen comprehensive are new and drawn from a broad range of geographical settings. These cases places the students in the decision making role of a manager regarding issues of strategy, culture, HRM, social responsibility, technology, and politics in the global arena.
                                  • NEW — Comparative Management in Focus — Provides in depth comparative application of chapter topics in specific countries such as the growing Indian economy, and updated sections such as strategies for the EU market.
                                  • NEW - Chapter ending cases — Seven of the 11 chapter ending cases are new. These cases tie the concepts of the chapter to real company issues.
                                  • Experiential exercises — Experiential exercises at the end of each chapter challenge students on topics such as ethics and decision-making, cross cultural negotiations, and strategic planning.
                                  Features
                                  • NEW - A reconstructed view and application of nonprofit marketing—Positions marketing as the most critical discipline needed for nonprofit success.
                                  • NEW - Inclusion of new environments—Shows nonprofit enterprise flourishing everywhere in the world, including Asian and formerly communist countries.
                                  • NEW - Added focus on both the government and for-profit sectors—Looks at their growing interest in “social enterprise.”
                                  • NEW - Emphasis on two central behavioral science models—Organizes much of the discussion of strategic and tactical options around two central behavioral science models: Stages of Change and BCOS drivers.
                                  • NEW - The most up-to-date coverage in the field—Integrates the latest research on institutional structure, volunteering, fundraising, and more.
                                  • Frequent connections to real-world practices in many formats—Includes vignettes, anecdotes and examples and commentaries by world-famous nonprofit marketing practitioners like Bill Smith, Academy for Educational Development; Elaine Chao, United Way of America; Cynthia Currence, American Cancer Society; Frances Hesselbein, Drucker Foundation.
                                  • A rich pedagogical framework—Features new charts, boxed features, graphs and photos, and chapter-end questions.
                                  • Leading authors in the field.
                                  • A strong conceptual base—Takes a comprehensive, sophisticated-yet-accessible approach to subject matter.
                                  • Features
                                    • Not just a lightweight approach: highly scalable and completely customizable!
                                    • Sound advice for completing even the most complex and difficult projects -- without burnout.
                                    • Based on more than ten years of research with working software development teams.
                                    Features
                                    • NEW - Completely updated for Java 2 Version 1.4.
                                    • NEW - Thoroughly updated coverage of server-side Java—JavaServer Pages (JSP), servlets, and Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB).
                                    • Broad coverage, clear and simple explanations—Coverage ranges from the fundamentals of program flow and object-oriented programming to advanced techniques for I/O, Swing GUI development, JavaSpaces distributed development, security, and more.
                                    • Both content and context—Covers the "forest" and the "trees", delivering insight into the realities of Java object-oriented development, as well as practical hands-on experience with Java's most important features and techniques.
                                    • Hundreds of self-contained example programs—Provides short, simple Java programs designed to help students clearly understand key concepts, without ever introducing unnecessary complexity.
                                    • Modular, bite-sized approach—Carefully organized so that each new concept builds on what has come before.
                                    • Thinking in C multimedia seminar on CD-ROM—Multimedia Thinking in C seminar on CD-ROM prepares absolute beginners to learn Java.
                                    Features
                                    • Strategic Overview - this text offers a comprehensive and balanced presentation of strategic management and organizational behavior concepts.
                                    • A Manager’s Challenge - The authors worked hard to ground management knowledge in up-to-date research grounded in the context of practicing managers.
                                    • Part-Ending Integrative Cases
                                    • Managerial Perspectives Revisited
                                    • Helpful Pedagogical Features – learning objectives, key terms, questions to test comprehension.
                                    Features
                                    Master routing principles and strategies with the only Cisco Systems authorized self-study book for BSCI foundation learning.
                                    • Learn from the newest edition of the best-selling BSCI book
                                    • Master routed network construction and support with the only Cisco authorized self-study book for CCNP routing foundation learning
                                    • Developed in conjunction with Cisco
                                    • Includes review questions, configuration exercises, chapter objectives and summaries, key term definitions, and command summaries
                                    Features
                                    • Helps recognize the potential of rural markets in the offing.
                                    • Facilitates analysis of rural consumer behavior and evaluation of competitor's practices.
                                    • Enables to design and implement marketing strategies to gain from rural market opportunities.
                                    • Chapter outline in the beginning of each chapter.
                                    • Practical examples to test your understanding.
                                    • Summary for quick review of the chapter.
                                    • End of chapter cases from companies like Arvind Mills, Asian Paints, Britannia, Hindustan Lever, UNICEF, Anand to name a few.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Dr. C. S. G. Krishnamacharyulu is Professor, School of Business Management, Shri Venkateswara University, Tirupati. He is B.E. (Electrical) and MBA from Andhra University and PhD from Nagarjuna University. He was the recipient of gold medal from Andhra University for his outstanding performance in MBA. Dr. Lalitha Ramakrishnan is Coordinator of MBA Programme of Sri Padmavathi Mahila Viswa Vidyalayam, Tirupati. She has thirteen years of teaching, research and industry experience.Features
                                    • Systems are viewed from both the architectural (attributes of a system visible to a machine language programmer) and organizational (operational units and their interconnections that realize the architecture) perspectives – Designed to present material within a useful context for clarity.
                                    • Thorough coverage of computer arithmetic – Addresses twos complement and floating point representations and arithmetic, with detailed examination of IEEE 754.
                                    • Liberal use of figures, tables, and examples – Provides clarification of key concepts every step of the way.
                                    • Detailed treatment of bus organization – Assists students in understanding the functioning of buses to evaluate key design issues.
                                    • Unified, detailed treatment of I/O – Demonstrates the interaction of I/O modules with the outside world and the CPU. Provides full understanding of I/O functions and structures, including two important external interface examples: FireWire and InfiniBand.
                                    • Strong chapter on RISC – Illustrates the importance of the technology found in virtually all contemporary machines.
                                    • Thorough discussion of cache memory – Presents a clear review of the increasingly complex design of cache memory, a central element in the design of high-performance processors.
                                    • Detailed treatment of internal and external memory – Delivers a unified discussion of the elements of the memory hierarchy, from registers to optical memory, as well as leading-edge areas, such as optical, advanced DRAM, and RAID disk arrays.
                                    • Numerous running examples, especially Pentium 4, throughout the text –Highlights specific system examples to illustrate points and motivate the reader, with special attention to the most important CISC and superscalar systems, including Pentium 4 and PowerPC G4.
                                    • Clear treatment of parallel processors – Exceptionally clear, well-organized treatment of symmetric multiprocessors (SMP), clusters, and NUMA systems.
                                    • Full treatment of microprogrammed implementation – Provides a solid review of this often-overlooked area.
                                    • Built-in assessment tools — Includes review questions for each chapter, plus lists of key words and common acronyms.
                                    About the Authors
                                    William Stallings has made a unique contribution to understanding the broad sweep of technical developments in computer networking and computer architecture. He has authored 18 titles, and counting revised editions, a total of 35 books on various aspects of these subjects. In over 20 years in the field, he has been a technical contributor, technical manager, and an executive with several high-technology firms. Currently he is an independent consultant whose clients have included computer and networking manufacturers and customers, software development firms, and leading-edge government research institutions.Features
                                    • Simple Model of Consumer Decision Making. A concise structural framework is presented in the first chapter to enhance understanding and application of consumer behavior principles to marketing strategy. The book's final chapter ties all of these concepts together into a fine-tuned, detailed model that helps students retain the interrelationships and relevance of individual concepts to consumer decision-making.
                                    • NEW! 32 Active Learning Cases. Case study is a proven learning tool! These real world mini cases (two per chapter) demonstrates how consumer behavioral concepts are used by marketing practitioners to solve current marketing problems.
                                    • Integrated focus on new technologies and the Internet have changed the way people obtain information about potential purchases.
                                    • Enhanced global outlook. Discussions and examples throughout the text demonstrate the importance of addressing cultural differences in both domestic and multinational marketing.
                                    Features
                                    • In-depth coverage of stat-of-the-art topics.
                                    • Understandable, step-by-step explanation of the design process for a model architecture, from the instruction set design level to the processor design level.
                                    • A simple, formal description language (RTN) used throughout to describe machine structure and function.
                                    • Clear, effective illustrations.
                                    • A comprehensive tutorial on digital logic design, providing background material for readers without previous design experience.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Vincent P. Heuring is a faculty member in the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering at the University of Colorado. Professor Heuring’s research encompasses computer architectures and programming language design and implementation. With Professor Jordan, he collaborated on the design and construction of the world’s first stored program optical computer. Harry F. Jordan is Professor in the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering at the University of Colorado.Features
                                    • JSP templating, scriptlets, conditionals, and loops
                                    • Request-time expressions
                                    • Bean instances and serialization
                                    • Manual and automatic session scope
                                    • Database access from Java
                                    • JDBC and beans
                                    • Creating a bean for personalization
                                    • The servlet API
                                    • JSPs and XML
                                    • Threads and custom tags
                                    A large-scale example running throughout the book demonstrates the leading edge of real-world Web development. All examples are based on Jakarta™ and Tomcat™. The reference implementation of JSP developed for use with Apache Web server and others. A convenient appendix summarizes JSP 1.1 tags.About the Authors
                                    Larne Pekowsky was formerly director of editorial technology at Time, Inc. New Media, where hse helped to create one of the world’s top ten news sites. He is now with Capital Thinking-a premier business-to-business financial site that makes extensive use of server-side Java. In addition, he is co-author of The Developer’s Guide to the Java™ Web Server™.Features
                                    • The manual includes an expansive introduction to Windows NT and working in the Windows NT environment.
                                    • Each exercise contains an introduction to relevant Windows NT concepts needed by student do the exercise.
                                    • All exercises use the character-oriented console cmd.exe, and are based on C programs that are compiled and written in the Microsoft Visual C++ environment (even though noneo f them are visual and none are written C++).
                                    About the Authors
                                    Gary J. Nutt is a professor of Computer Science at the University of Colorado. His research interests are in operating systems, distributed systems, performance, and collaboration technology. He teaches in these areas as well as in the areas of object-oriented software and networks. He spent time at Microsoft Research while researching this lab manual. Dr. Nutt is the author of Operating Systems: A Modern Perspective from Addison Wesley.Features
                                    • marries retail marketing theory and practice
                                    • includes newer retail areas - relationship marketing loyalty schemes, branding ethics us quality management, applications of
                                    • takes a true marketing approach
                                    • has references and international examples
                                    About the Authors
                                    Bruce Powel Douglass is the Chief Evangelist for i-Logix, a leading producer of tools for real-time systems development. He contributed to the original specification of the UML and is one of the co-chairs of the Object Management Group’s Real-time Analysis and Design Working Group. He also consults for a number of companies and organizations, including NASA, on building large-scale, real-time, safety-critical systems. He is the author of four other books, including Doing Hard Time: Developing Real-Time Systems with UML, Objects, Frameworks, and Patterns (Addison-Wesley).About the Authors
                                    Stanley Lippman is currently principal software engineer at Walt Disney Feature Animation. Prior to this, Stan was a member of the Bell Laboratories Foundation Project under the leadership of Bjarne Stroustrup, and was responsible for the object model component of a research C++ programming environment. As recent editor of the C++ Report, he is well known in the C++ community. He is the author of C++ Object Model and teaches and lectures extensively worldwide. Josee Lajoie is a staff development analyst in the IBM Canada Laboratory C/C++ Compiler group, and is currently the chair of the core language working group for the ANSI/ISO C++ Standard Committee. In addition, she is a regular columnist on the evolution of the C++ Language Standard for the C++ Report.. Features
                                    • In-depth coverage of all the important topics, in particular, extensive coverage of ALL the objectives defined for the Sun Certified Programmer for Java™ 2 Platform exam (equivalent to Level 1 in the new Certification Initiative for Enterprise Development).
                                    • Easy to follow structure with chapters organized according to the exam objectives as laid out by Sun
                                    • Summaries which clearly state and differentiate the exam objectives and the supplementary objectives to be covered in each chapter
                                    • A list of Sun’s objectives for the Programmer exam, and a guide to taking the exam
                                    • Numerous exam-relevant review questions to test understanding of each major topic, with annotated answers
                                    • A complete mock exam with NEW questions (not repeats of review questions)
                                    • Programming exercises at the end of each chapter with solutions
                                    • Ample code examples to illustrate concepts, which have been compiled and thoroughly tested on multiple platforms
                                    • Screen shots which illustrate how the examples would look when run
                                    • Numerous illustrations which use the standard diagrammatic notation, UML
                                    • An introduction to basic terminology and concepts in object-oriented programming
                                    • Advice on how to avoid common pitfalls in mastering the language
                                    • Platform independent coverage—platform specific details are provided where relevant
                                    About the Authors
                                    Khalid A. Mughal, the principal author, is an Associate Professor in Informatics at the University of Bergen in Norway. He has been reaching programming languages at the university for 18 years. Rolf W. Rasmussen is a Java programmer who has also been involved in planning, developing and evaluating courses on introductory programming in Java at the University of Bergen.About the Authors
                                    Dr. Ravi Kalakota is a professor, strategist, speaker, and author. He is a leading authority on e-commerce strategy and has written two books considered by Amazon.com to be “e-commerce classics.” Ravi has consulted extensively in the e-commerce area with Fortune 1000 companies, and is founder and CEO of e-Business Strategies and the Director of the Center for Digital Commerce in Atlanta. Marica Robinson is President of e-Business Strategies. Marcia has extensive experience in the services industry at SunTrust Bank in Atlanta.Features
                                    • Detailed coverage of the stake holder approach to organizations and the implications of this approach for organizational effectiveness.
                                    • Explanations of the most recent developments in organizational structures such as the product team structure, outsourcing, and the network organizations.
                                    • An in-depth look at organizational culture that accounts for the origins of culture and its relationship to organizational effectiveness.
                                    • Discussion of the recent literature on interorganizational linkage mechanisms, and an account of the role of resource dependence theory and transaction cost theory in explaining why organizations choose different types of linkage mechanisms.
                                    • An integrated account of the strategy-structure relationship.
                                    • Comprehensive coverage of international strategy and structure and global organizational design.
                                    • An analysis of new technological developments that is integrated in the traditional concepts used in organizational theory.
                                    • A detailed discussion of both population ecology theory and institutional theory.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Gareth R. Jones, Texas A & M UniversityFeatures
                                    Each chapter now has a section relating the chapter’s subject to a company’s internationalization process. Each chapter ends with a section that relates its content to future scenarios of which students would be aware. Another feature, “Countervailing Forces,” highlights the environmental conditions that pull companies in opposite directions. Extensively revised strategy chapters discussed in the context of evaluation, direct investments and internationalization process. The authors provide detailed cases to begin and end each of the twenty-one chapters. Ten of the cases are entirely new; all others have been updated. Forty-one of the forty-to cases are real and most of them have a personal connection to the author(s).new cases include: Pizza Hut in Brazil, Avon, Cran Chile, Royal Dutch Shell, Nigeria, Crystal Lake Manufacturing and NAFTA, and U.S.-Cuban Trade. Realworld examples of 700 different companies have been used throughout the text to illustrate diverse approaches that individuals, companies, industries, and countries have taken in specific situations. This Edition has over 50 maps—far more than any other text on this subject. For additional coverage of ethics, each chapter contains an “Ethical Dilemma.” New Web Site! There is a connection between the text and its Web page through icons in book. The Web page also has hyper links to company pages, international organizations, news sites, geography sites, and Internet tutorials.About the Authors
                                    John D. Daniels the E Claiborne Robins Distinguished Chair at the University of Richmond, received his PhD at the University of Michigan. He has served on the editorial board of eleven Journals and has been a fellow of the Academy of International Business since 1985. He has worked and lived a year or longer in seven different countries, worked shorter stints on six continents in about thirty other countries, and traveled in many more. Lee H. Radelbaugh is the KPMG peat Marwick Professor of Accounting at Brigham Young University and co-director of the BYU—University at Utah Center for International Business Education and Research.About the Authors
                                    Paul R Krugman is the Ford International Professor of Economics at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Maurice Obstfeld is the Class of 1958 Professor of Economics at the University of California, Berkeley.Features
                                    • Extensive sections on morphology, neural networks, and knowledge-based image analysis.
                                    • Comprehensive development of colour models for image processing.
                                    • New trends in image data compression discussed.
                                    • Problems at the end of each chapter.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Rafael C. Gonzalez is a Distinguished Service Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville, and founder and President of Perceptics Corporation, now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Corporation. He has published over 100 articles and 4 books on image processing. Richard E. Woods received his Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering fro the University of Tennessee. He is a founder and Vice-President of Perceptics Corporation and has published numerous articles related to digital signal processing.About the Authors
                                    Fred Halsall is Newbridge Professor of Communications Engineering at the University of Wales, Swansea. He has been involved in research in this field for over 20 years and has published extensively during this time.About the Authors
                                    W. Rihard Stevens is an acknowledged UNIX and networking expert and the highly-respected author of four best-selling books: TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume I & 2, Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment, UNIX Network Programming. He is also a sought-after instructor and consultant.Features
                                    • Extensively annotated diagrams
                                    • Thorough coverage of both semantics and notation, separated in each article for easy reference
                                    • Further explanations of concepts whose meaning or purpose is obscure in the original specifications
                                    • Discussion sections offering usage advice and additional insight into tricky concepts.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Philippe Kruchten is the lead architect of the Rational Unified Process product. He has more than 25 years of experience in the development of large, software-intensive systems in the areas of telecommunication, defense, aerospace, transportation, and software development tools.About the Authors
                                    Wayne Wolf is Professor of Electrical Engineering at Princeton University; previously he was with AT&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NH. He holds B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees in electrical engineering from Stanford University, and is a Fellow of the IEEE and member of Phi Beta Kappa and Tau Beta Pi.Features
                                    • Offers coverage of Java support for object-oriented programming, concurrency, and exception handling.
                                    • Features object-oriented programming more importantly—the expanded OO coverage appears earlier in the book and is also intertwined with the discussions of the non-OO imperative languages.
                                    • Provides expanded material on semantics, including a proof of correctness of a complete program using axiomatic semantics.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Robert W. Sebesta is an Associate Professor and Chairman of the Computer Science Department at the University of Colorado, Colorado Springs. Professor Sebesta received his Ph.D. in Computer Science from the Pennsylvania State University and has been teaching computer science for over 25 years.About the Authors
                                    Walter J. Savitch is a Professor of Computer Science at the University of California at San Diego where he has been one of the main designers of the computer science curriculum. A well-known and respected author, he has written widely on complexity theory and on computational linguistics, and published a textbook on computability theory. Professor Savitch’s extensive teaching experience is captured in his innovative and successful series of introductory programming texts: An Introduction To The Art and Science of Programming, available in Turbo Pascal, Standard Pascal, and Ada, and Data Structures and other Objects Using C++.Features
                                    • Expert guidance on object-oriented design, class design, and the proper use of inheritance,
                                    • An examination of the standard C++ library, including how the Standard Template Library and classes like string and vector affect the structure of well-written programs.
                                    • Discussions of late-breaking language features like in-class constant initializations, namespaces, and member templates.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Scott Meyers is a recognized authority on C++; he provides consulting services to clients worldwide. He is the author of More Effective C++, a former columnist for the C++ Report. He received his Ph.D. in Computer Science from Brown University in 1993.Features
                                    • NEW! Chapter on object/relational databases, as well as greatly improved treatment of object-oriented databases.
                                    • NEW! Material on relation-valued attributes, denormalization, orthogonal design, and alternative approaches to semantic modeling (including "business rules").
                                    • NEW! Chapters on type inheritance, decision support, and temporal databases.
                                    • Material on the relational model completely rewritten and expanded, including new material on types (domains), relation values vs. relation variables, integrity, predicates, and views, providing the strongest coverage of the relational model available.
                                    • Three appendices provide coverage of SQL, SQL3 (the latest version of SQL), and frequently used abbreviations and acronyms.
                                    • Coverage of security issues thoroughly revised and expanded.
                                    About the Authors
                                    David K. Eiteman is Professor of Finance Emeritus at the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management at UCLA. Arthur I. Stonehill is a Professor of Finance and International Business, Emeritus, at Oregon State University, where he taught for 24 years (1966–1990). Michael H. Moffett is Associate Professor of Finance at Thunderbird, The American Graduate School of International Management.About the Authors
                                    Jim Kurose is Professor and Chair of the Department of Computer Science at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst. Keith Ross is Chair of the Multimedia Communications Department at Institute Eurecom. From 1985 through 1997 he was a Professor at the University of Pennsylvania where he held appointments in both the Department of Systems Engineering and the Wharton School of Business. In 1999, he co-founded the Internet startup Wimba.com.Features
                                    • The five steps in problem analysis
                                    • Business modeling and system engineering
                                    • Techniques for eliciting requirements from clients, users, developers, and other stakeholders
                                    • Applying and refining use cases
                                    • Prototyping
                                    • Organizing and managing requirements information
                                    • Establishing project scope and managing customers
                                    • Using both informal and technical methods for specifying requirements
                                    • How to measure and improve the quality of your product’s requirements
                                    • Moving from requirements to implementation
                                    • Verifying and validating the system
                                    • Managing change
                                    About the Authors
                                    Dean Leffingwell is Vice President of Rational Software and General Manager of Rational University, and is responsible for methodology research, the Rational Unified Process™, and customer education. Don Widrig is an independent technical writer and consultant. He developed and delivers Rational Software’s RequisitePro Tool Course About the Authors
                                    Michael P. Todaro is professor of economics at New York University. He lived and taught in Africa for five years and has also traveled and lectured extensively for two decades throughout Latin America and Asia.Features
                                    • The strategic importance of good supply chain design and management of every firm.
                                    • Presents methods (called levers and drivers) that are available when designing and managing a supply are described
                                    • Logistics and supply chain tools and techniques
                                    • Discussions of e-commerce and information technology
                                    • Many solved examples
                                    • Cases—Written by the authors specifically for this text.
                                    About the Authors
                                    WESLEY J. CHUN holds degrees in Computer Science, Mathematics, and Music from the University of California. He currently runs a consulting business specializing in Internet and software engineering, corporate training, Website design and analysis, and technical editing. While at Yahoo, Chun helped to create Yahoo!Mail and Yahoo! People Search using Python.About the Authors
                                    CAY S. HORSTMANN teaches computer science at San Jose State University. He has written six books on C++. Java, and object-oriented development, and is the series editor for Prentice Hall PTR’s best-selling Core Series. GARY CORNELL has a Ph.D. from Brown University and has been a visiting scientist at IBM Watson Labs. He has written or co-written 20 popular computer books and articles for many developer magazines. He currently directs the program in Modern Visual Programming at the University of Connecticut.Features
                                    • Expanded emphasis on reading and doing proofs.
                                    • Enhanced logic sections provide new motivational Examples.
                                    • More exercises and sections.
                                    • New icons and examples referencing World Wide Web links and Web help.
                                    • Logic Game-Offers students and alternative way to determine whether a quantified propositional function is true of false.
                                    • Arrow diagrams and graphs of functions added.
                                    • Sections on discrete probability.
                                    • Computer examples and exercises.
                                    • 650 figures and tables improve understanding by illustrating concepts and showing how algorithms work.
                                    • Hallmark Features
                                    • Thorough discussion of algorithms, recursive algorithms, and the analysis of algorithms.
                                    • Significant number of applications, especially applications related to computer science.
                                    • Notes sections with suggestions for further reading and reference section.
                                    • Problem-solving corners.
                                    About the Authors
                                    JENNIFER BRAY manages TTPCom's Bluetooth software development program. She holds a doctorate in wireless communications. Her decade of experience in communications product development includes: secure Ethernet, wireless ATM, ADSL, DAB, CDMA, and GSM systems. CHARLES F STURMAN manages TTPCom's Bluetooth hardware development program. He has more than ten years experience in designing low-cost, low-power wireless communications and computer systems. Charles holds a Bachelors in Electronics and a Masters degree in Information Engineering.About the Authors
                                    Deborah G. Johnson received the ACM SIGCAS 2000 Making A Difference Award for her “significant contribution in providing the philosophical foundation for Computer Ethics.” She is a Professor of Philosophy in the School of Public Policy at the Georgia Institute of Technology, where she is also Director of the Program in Philosophy, Science, and Technology.Features
                                    • Deals with “logistics” from a total systems/life cycle perspective and includes those activities associated with the determination of requirements, the design, development, production, utilization, sustaining maintenance and support, and retirement of systems.
                                    • Emphasizes the importance of addressing logistics in the early phases of the system life cycle.
                                    • Integrates a number of disciplines that are essential in meeting the objectives of design for supportability.
                                    • Focuses on applications with extensive use of examples, results from case studies, real-world problem exercises, and analytical tools.
                                    • Numerous graphical illustrations, tables, and end-of chapter questions.
                                    Features
                                    • New Chapter 12 on object-oriented analysis and design reviews the most significant and commonly used OO modeling and design techniques, consistent with the latest UML standards.
                                    • New Chapter 13 on rapid application development presents common frameworks for this family of methodologies for iterative systems development.
                                    • New Chapter 4 on tools for systems development focuses on current tools, not just CASE tools, and emphasizes visual and emerging developing environments.
                                    • The authors have integrated the role of business process reengineering into the section on analysis in their discussion of requirements determination and process modeling.
                                    • New review questions, problems and exercises, plus significantly enhanced CASE tool support.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Evi Nemeth is a member of the computer science faculty at the University of Colorado and a part-time researcher at CAIDA, the Cooperative Association for Internet Data Analysis at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. Garth Snyder has worked at NeXT and Sun and holds a degree in Electrical Engineering from Swarthmore College. He is currently a graduate student at the University of Rochester. Scott Seebass has worked on UNIX operating systems at a number of locations, including Interactive Systems and mt Xinu. He is currently the CEO of Xinet, a company that develops software for the prepress and premedia industries. Scott received degrees in Computer Science and statistics from the University of California, Berkeley. Trent R. Hein is the Chief Technology Officer of XOR Inc., a full-service provider that builds and operates sophisticated eBusiness solutions for Fortune 1000 and dot-com companies. Trent has received a Lifetime Achievement Award from the USENIX Association for his work with UC Berkeley’s CSRG, and he holds Cisco’s highest technical certification. Features
                                    • Improved pedagogical framework—contains an innovative set of new chapter-opening, mid-chapter, and end-of-chapter learning devices.
                                    • Coverage of the latest trends, topics, and company profiles—electronic commerce, data mining, data warehousing, brand strategies and profiles, mass customization, web-based marketing research.
                                    • New chapter on direct and online marketing (Ch.14)—explores the burgeoning use of Internet, database, and related technologies that promise to change the very nature of buying and selling.
                                    • New/updated Marketing at work features—highlights additional examples and important information throughout the text.
                                    • The latest marketing technologies—incorporates dozens of new technology-oriented examples, features, and illustrations throughout the text.
                                    • Streamlined organization—downsizes coverage from 17 to 16 chapters by merging consumer behavior and business buyer behavior chapters and presenting integrated marketing communications in three complete chapters.
                                    • Updated chapter support—Features a wealth of new or updated special-interest boxed, video cases, ads, illustrations, in-text examples, tables, figures, references and exhibits.
                                    • Updated careers appendix—helps students see what they can do with a marketing degree and how wide the need is for good marketers.
                                    Features
                                    Coverage of advanced integrated circuits—Includes instrumentation and isolation amplifiers, OTAs, log/antilog amplifiers, and converters. Illustrated summaries—Bring together key principles, symbols, circuits, and formulas, * Reinforces concepts at strategic points. A strong pedagogical framework—Includes chapter introductions; chapter objective; section listings; performance-based section objectives; formula lists; chapter glossaries; chapter summaries; and end-of-chapter problems. More than 1400 exercisesv—Includes questions, self-tests, and four types of chapter-end problems.Features
                                    • Flexible organization of the text instructors can assign almost any chapter as a self-contained unit.
                                    • Proven Teaching/Learning system.
                                    • A strong emphasis on Practice with Cross-disciplinary focus.
                                    • Important content improvement and update material in terms of important current and emerging issues, instruments and techniques, Distinguishing Features.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Dr. Harvey M. Deitel, CEO of Deitel & Associates, Inc., has 38 years experience in the computing field including extensive industry and academic experience. Dr. Deitel earned B.S. and M.S. degrees from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. from Boston University. Paul J. Deitel, Executive Vice President of Deitel & Associates, Inc., is a graduate of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Sloan School of Management where he studied Information Technology. Tem R. Nieto, Principal Instructor with Deitel & Associates, Inc., is a graduate of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology where he studied engineering and computing.Features
                                    • More emphasis on Web-based systems and on computerized decision support/making
                                    • New Chapters on Knowledge Management; Supply Chain; ERP; Enterprise Support Systems; and Web chapters on Optimization and Stimulation.
                                    • Real-world case applications include the IMERYS case applications and cases on the companion Web site
                                    • New Sections on Intelligent agents in electronic commerce; data warehousing; alternate decision-making models and temperament types; distance learning exposes the student to some of the hottest topics in DSS.
                                    • New Internet exercises provide students with extensive, up-to-date information and a better sense of reality.
                                    • Several new problems give students opportunities to build decision support applications.
                                    • Expanded group exercises and term projects enhance the learning process by providing activities for small groups and longer term activities
                                    About the Authors
                                    Dr. Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel are the Principals of Deitel & Associates, Inc., the intemationally-recognized corporate training and content-creation organization specializing in C++, Java™, C, Visual Basic, Internet, World Wide Web, XML™, Python, Perl and object technologies. The Deitels are also the authors of the world's #1 C++ and Java textbooks, C++ How to Program, 3/e and Java How to program, 3/eFeatures
                                    • Material is thoroughly referenced and the referenced and the pages of interest;
                                    • The book is heavily illustrated, often with illustrations directly from the original literature;
                                    • A new chapter on symmetry includes an introduction to point groups and will familiarize the reader with many applications of symmetry, including spectroscopy and crystallography;
                                    • The chapters on bonding have been reorganized and updated to present a modern approach to this material
                                    About the Authors
                                    Anthony A. Atkinson received a Bachelor of Commerce and M.B.A. degrees from Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario, M.S. and Ph.D. in Industrial Administration degrees from Carnegie-Mellon University in Pittsburgh, and is a fellow of the Society of Management Accountants of Canada. Rajiv D. Banker has taught at Carnegie-Mellon University, University of Minnesota, and Dartmouth College. Banker graduated from the University of Bombay at the top of his class and received a doctorate in business administration from Harvard University. Robert S. Kaplan, Marvin Bower Professor of Leadership Development, has been at the Harvard Business School since 1984. He has also taught at Carnegie-Mellon University. S. Mark Young, Professor of Accounting at the Leventhal School of Accounting at the University of Southern California is Associate Editor of the Journal of Management Accounting Research and past Associate Editor of The Accounting Review.About the Authors
                                    William Stallings has made a unique contribution to understanding the broad sweep of technical developments in computer networking and computer architecture. He has authored 17 books on various aspects of these subjects. He has four times received the Best Computer Science Book of the Year Award from the Text and Academic Authors Association, including for the fifth edition of Data and Computer Communications. He is an independent consultant whose clients have included computer and networking manufacturers and customers, software development firms, and leading-edge government research institutions. Dr. Stallings holds a Ph.D. from M.I.T. in computer science.About the Authors
                                    Douglas Comer is a professor at Purdue University where he teaches popular computer networking courses. He also teaches hundreds of professionals and diverse audiences around the world each year about the Internet. He has written a widely acclaimed and extremely popular series of books on networking and the Internet. He was one of the researchers who contributed to the formation of the Internet in the late 1970s and 1980s. He has served on the Internet Architecture Board, the group responsible for guiding development of the Internet, and is a Fellow of the ACM. He wrote this book in response to everyone who has asked him for an explanation of the Internet that is both technically correct and easily understood.Features
                                    • NEW—A new chapter (Ch. 14) on value at risk, provides students with an excellent understanding of value at risk which has become a critically important risk measure.
                                    • NEW—A new chapter (Ch. 15) on estimating volatilities and correlations which provides students with ways to estimate key data for value at risk calculations.
                                    • NEW—GARCH models covered in much more detailed than in the previous edition.
                                    • NEW—Two chapters on no-arbitrage models of the term structure (Chs. 21 and 22), provides new material on recent developments in this key area.
                                    • NEW—Explains the role played by martingales and measures in the valuation of derivatives (Ch.19).
                                    • NEW—Coverage of two-factor Markou models and the BMG model.
                                    • NEW—Saleable Solutions Manual.
                                    • NEW—Ch. 23 on Credit Risk has been rewritten to reflect developments in this important area.
                                    • NEW—Improved and simplified notation—Cumbersome T-t no longer appears in most parts of book.
                                    • Mathematics only where necessary—Takes great care in the use of mathematics, either omitting nonessential material or relegating it to end-of-chapter appendices.
                                    • Gentle, thorough introductions—Explains new concepts carefully and completely, integrating a wealth of numerical examples.
                                    • One- and two-step binomial trees—Provides an effective introduction to no-arbitrage arguments, risk-neutral valuation, and numerical procedures
                                    Features
                                    • Use of numerous running examples, especially Pentium
                                    • Unified instructional approach enables reader to evaluate instruction set design issues
                                    • Expanded superscalar presentation to include the new examples of UltraSparc II and the MIPS R100000
                                    • Detailed treatment of bus organization enables reader to better evaluate key design issues
                                    • Detailed chapter coverage on RISC
                                    • Extensive treatment of understanding of I/O functions and structures
                                    About the Authors
                                    WILLIAM STALLINGS has made a unique contribution to understanding the broad sweep of technical developments in computer networking and computer architecture. He has authored 17 titles, plus revised editions, for a total of 37 books on various aspects of these subjects. He has three time received the award for best Computer Science Textbook of the Year from the Text and Academic Authors Association (Computer Organization and Architecture, Prentice Hall, 1996; Data and Computer Communications, Prentice Hall, 1997; Operating Systems, Prentice Hall, 1998). Dr. Stallings holds a Ph.D. from MIT in computer science and a B.S from Notre Dame in Electrical engineering. Features
                                    • NEW—Updated material on financial institutions provides students with information necessary for understanding the environment in which financial decisions are made.
                                    • NEW—Expanded coverage of time-value-of-money basics enables students to differentiate and understand the often-confused topics of “annuity due” and "ordinary annuity."
                                    • NEW—Updated Risk and Return chapter offers students a new discussion of "risk premiums," and additional material on "efficient markets."
                                    • NEW—More boxed items—Includes tips; Q&As; and special features, captures students’ interest and attention while illustrating underlying concepts.
                                    • NEW—Robust learning tool—Contains features designed to increase student awareness of what finance professionals do.
                                    • Logical organization—Introduces the principles of financial returns and valuation early on and caarries the notion of risk-verses-return throughout.
                                    • Extensive coverage of capital budgeting issues.
                                    • Clear, concise presentations, helps improve students’ comprehension through clarity of exposition and the deletion of non-essential material.
                                    About the Authors
                                    John J. Craig received his Ph.D. from the Department of Electrical Engineering at Stanford University. He is currently the Vice-President of ?? search and Development at SILMA, Inc., Cupertino, California.Features
                                    • Section on application of the inelastic design spectrum to structural design.
                                    • Examples on dynamics of bridges and their earthquake response.
                                    • Section on energy dissipation devices.
                                    • Additional description of base-isolation systems and their recent application to retrofit existing buildings and design new buildings.
                                    • Addition of frequency domain method of dynamic analysis.
                                    • Theory of dynamic response of structures are presented in a manner that emphasizes physical insight into the analytical procedures.
                                    • Structural dynamics theory is applied to conduct parametric studies that bring out several fundamental issues I the earthquake response and design of multistory buildings.
                                    • Photographs of structures and their responses recorded during earthquakes
                                    Features
                                    • Covers Deductive Logic, a full presentation of classical, syllogistic logic as well as a through treatment of modern symbolic logic.
                                    • Covers Inductive Logic—including thorough, readable explanations of causation, the methods of confirming causal hypotheses, the stages of the hypothetic-deductive method, and the elements of the theory of probability.
                                    • Features a wealth of real-life examples of lively arguments and explanations to demonstrate the application of logical principles.
                                    • Provides illustrations of bad arguments as well as good ones.
                                    • Provides a comprehensive glossary of logical terms, with internal references.
                                    Features
                                    • Provides full coverage of gate, dataflow (RTL), behavioral and switch level modeling
                                    • Introduces you to the Programming Language Interface (PLI)
                                    • Describes logic synthesis methodologies
                                    • Explains timing and delay simulation
                                    • Discusses ser-defined primitives
                                    • Offers practical modeling techniques and tips
                                    Includes over 300 Illustrations, examples, and exercises, and a Verilog Internet reference resource list. Learning objectives and summaries are provided for each chapter. The CD-ROM contains a Verlog simulator with a graphical user interface and the source code for the examples in the book.Features
                                    • Stresses recursion through a range of applications and development of criteria for use
                                    • Includes case studies that integrate various topics into programs of realistic size
                                    • Discusses major principles of software engineering and applies them to large programming projects
                                    • Emphasizes the process of data abstraction and abstract data types (ADT), separating ADTs from implementation decisions
                                    About the Authors
                                    Ian Sommerville is Professor of Software Engineering at Lancaster University, England. He has more than 20 years of experience in software engineering education and research. His current areas of interest include computer-based systems engineering, requirements engineering, system dependability and software evolution.Features
                                    • NEW—more features of the Intel Pentium Processor
                                    • NEW—Additional program examples and exercises
                                    • NEW—Earlier introduction to interrupt operations
                                    • NEW—Additional material on protected mode, passing parameters, the use of the stack, addressing modes, video systems and INT 10H functions, array handling, subprograms and ports
                                    • Step-by-step introduction to Intel microprocessors, machine language, and assembly language
                                    • Tracing execution of elementary programming in machine language
                                    • Hands-on approach through the text
                                    • DEBUG used in early examples
                                    • Many short examples and full program examples provided
                                    Features
                                    • NEW—Updated technical content. Reflects ongoing changes in the field in areas such as thread and process management, concurrency and deadlocks, virtual memory, scheduling, I/O, file systems, distributed processing, and security.
                                    • Running case sudies of Windows 2000 and various flavors of UNIX (UNIX SVR4, Solaris, and Linux). Illustrates and reinforces design concepts and ties them to real-world design choices.
                                    • Detailed treatment of threads and multithreading. Helps readers understand the relationship between process and thread and the way in which threads and managed and used.
                                    • Unparalleled support for projects. Helps instructors supplement their courses with research or modeling projects that give students hands-on experience, reinforcing concepts and helping to develop a broader perspective.
                                    About the Authors
                                    William Stallings has made a unique contribution to understanding the broad sweep of technical developments in computer networking. He has authored 17 titles, and counting revised editions, a total of 41 books on various aspects of this subject. Five times he has won the annual Text and Academic Authors Association award for the best computer science textbook. He is an independent consultant whose clients have included computer and networking manufacturers and customers, software development firms, and government research institutions. Dr. Stallings received the Ph.D. degree from M.I.T. in Computer Science. Features
                                    • Applied approach—Emphasized through the integration of numerous real-world examples.
                                    • Provides the most current issues throughout the text—With examples like United States v. Microsoft, Pricing Cellular Phone Service, and Internet Auctions.
                                    • NEW—Completely updated examples provide the most current data and information relating to the subject highlighted in the example.
                                    • NEW—New Examples from current industries—Integrated throughout the text including Internet and pharmaceutical industries.
                                    • NEW—Running Glossary allows students to reconfirm vocabulary and get a handle on industry-specific terminology.
                                    • NEW—Concepts Links are featured in corresponding margins of the text, students are provided with a clear, concise reference point for quick key-concept summaries.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Robert S. Pindyck is the Mitsubishi Bank Professor in Economics and Finance in the Sloan School of Management at M.I. T. He is also a Research Associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research, and a Fellow of the Econometric Society, and has been a Visiting Professor of Economics at Tel-Aviv University. He received his Ph.D. in Economics from M.I.T. in 1971. Daniel L. Rubinfeld is Robert L. Bridges Professor of Law and Professor of Economics at the University of California, Berkeley. He taught previously at Suffolk University, Wellesley College, and the University of Michigan. He received a BA in mathematics from Princeton University in 1967 and a Ph.D. in Economics from M.I. T. in 1972. Features
                                    • Several new data sets have been added which are drawn from both the author’s own consulting activities and discussions with scientists and engineers about their statistical problems.
                                    • Improved standard normal distribution material.
                                    • Graphs of the sampling distribution showing the critical region and P value now accompanying the examples of testing hypothesis.
                                    • Additional summary tables of testing procedures.
                                    • Expanded section on the graphic presentation of 22 and 23 designs.
                                    • Solid treatment of confidence interval techniques and hypothesis testing procedures.
                                    • Clear, current coverage of two-level factorial design.
                                    • Accessible discussion on joint distributions and the properties of expectation.
                                    Features
                                    • Supplementary material, including data, teaching resources, additional readings and web site links from internet site address http://www.awl-he.com/geographhy/GIS.html
                                    • Extensive use of case studies to illustrate key concepts and issues
                                    • Boxes containing further information, allowing more in-depth coverage of specific topics and case studies
                                    • Revision questions at the end of each chapter test understanding of key concepts and issues
                                    • Recommended reading and suggestions for further study with each chapter
                                    • Glossary, index and suggestions for further study to help the reader to find at the information needed to get to grips with the subject.
                                    About the Authors
                                    The authors have over 23 years teaching experience between them, including undergraduate and postgraduate courses, and short programmers for GIS professionals, by face to face and distance learning methods. Ian Heywood and Sarah Cornelius are Senior Lecturers in the Department of Environmental and Geographical Sciences at Manchester Metropolitan University. Both were co-founders of the UNIGIS international postgraduate distance learning programme. Steve Carver is a Lecturer in the Department of Geography at the University of Leeds and Director of the MA in GIS.About the Authors
                                    Steven Alter is Professor of Information Systems at the University of San Fransisco. He hold a B.S. in Mathematics and Ph.D in Management Science, both from MIT. He had had many publications on information systems in numerous journals including the Harvard Business Review, Sloan Management Review.Features
                                    • Requirements and Use Cases: Identifying and recording requirements.
                                    • Demain Object Modelling: Understanding domain “objects of interest,” their attributes, and relationships.
                                    • Architecture: Creating layered architecture that maximizes application flexibility, robustness, and maintainability.
                                    • Essential Object Design: Mastering key skills, including assigning responsibilities to objects, and designing collaborations with principles such as Information Expert, Indirection, and Protected Variations.
                                    • Design Patterns: Creating robust objects and frameworks with popular high-se patters such as Strategy, Factory, Adapter, Observer, Template Method, and Command.
                                    • Iterative Development and "Agile UP": Organizing modeling and development using simple, essential Unified Process (a popular iterative process) activities and best practices.
                                    About the Authors
                                    CRAIG LARMAN serves as Director of Process and Methodology at Valtech, a leading international e-business consulting group. He is known throughout the international software community as an expert in object technologies, patterns, the UML, modeling, and iterative development. Since the 1980s, Larman has been helping people learn objects and iterative development, having personally guided thousands of developers. He is also the co-author of Java 2 Performance and Idiom Guide, and holds a B.Sc. And M.Sc. In Computer Science From Simon Fraser University in Vancouver, B.C.Features
                                    • Deep and balanced coverage of new processors from Intel and AMD, including the long-awaited Pentium 4 and 64-bit Itanium.
                                    • Own a Dell PC? Interested in not tuning it into a charcoal briquette when installing a new power supply or motherboard? What you read here could prevent an untimely meltdown for your beloved PC!
                                    • Use the new troubleshooting index to track down pesky problems with everything from IRQ conflicts to audio quality. Find solutions Fast!
                                    • Ever wonder how data is written to a CD? Hw do DVDs store so much more information than you the most in-depth look at CD and DVD technology you’ll find in a bookstore.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Scott Mueller is the most trusted, authoritative hardware voice in the industry. In addition to teaching hardware repair to thousands of computer professionals and enthusiasts, e has sold more than 2 million copies of Upgrading and Repairing PC, Making him the most world renowned hardware author in history and his book a classic.Features
                                    • Brief summaries are given of 11 languages: Ada, C, C++, FORTAN, Java, LISP, ML, Pascal, Postscript, Prolog, and Smalltalk, There is also additional information on HTML and PERL.
                                    • The text is not oriented to any one language. Examples of language constructs are given in several languages to demonstrate their universality. All examples have been tested on an appropriate translator.
                                    • Many different models of program design are covered: algebraic procedural language, applicative programming, logic programming, object-oriented programming, distributed and client/server programming, web page development, and text processing applications.
                                    • The text is comprehensive. Chapters 1 and 2 provide a review of background material, and sections on language semantics, compilers and parallel programming provide additional topics for the advanced student.
                                    Features
                                    • Equal emphasis is given to theory and practice.
                                    • Often under-emphasized areas are examined, such as reasoning under uncertainty, learning, natural language, vision, and robotics.
                                    • Includes over 300 exercises for students to do on paper, on the computer, and at the library.
                                    • Philosophical critics of AI are addressed fairly.
                                    • Over 100 algorithms and a variety of simulated environments for testing agent designs are included.
                                    • Includes extensive historical notes and complete references to the research literature in AI, CS, and other disciplines.
                                    About the Authors
                                    STUART RUSSEL received his B.A. with first-class honors in Physics from Oxford University, and his Ph.D. in Computer Science from Stanford University. He then joined the faculty of the Computer Science Division of the University of California at Berkeley, where he is currently an Associate Professor. In 1990, he received the NSF Presidential Young Investigator Award, and in 1995 he received the IFCAI Computers and Thought Award for his research in artificial intelligence.Features
                                    • Expanded coverage of Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs).
                                    • Rapid changes in the technology of computers have been addressed with new definitions and descriptions in memory technology coverage.
                                    • Coverage of new and improved methods for using calculators to perform conversions between number systems.
                                    • Category of basic (B) is added to problem sets.
                                    • Rearranged material on Integrated Circuit (IC) Logic Families.
                                    • Extensive coverage of troubleshooting including principles, techniques, case studies, examples, and practice problems.
                                    Features
                                    • Contemporary content—e.g., Hudson Institutes' Workforce 2020 report, organizational-citizenship behavior, emotions, trust, low and high context cultures.
                                    • Myth or Science boxes provide students with behavioral research that offers a means for testing the validity of common-sense notions.
                                    • New/revised Point-Counterpoint dialogues.
                                    • Current, real-world examples help students to understand and remember concepts.
                                    • Three-level model of analysis provides students with a logical and straightforward approach to individual, group and organization behavior.
                                    About the Authors
                                    Successful in the business world and the academic arena, Stephen P. Robbins is the author of the world's best-selling organizational behavior book, organizational behavior, now in its ninth edition. in all, this accomplished author has nine books in use at over 1,000 U.S. colleges and Universities. Dr. Robbins' research and writings span myriad topics, including conflict, power, politics in organizations, and the development of interpersonal skills. His experience at companies like Shell Oil and Reynolds Metal and at universities such as the University of Nebraska at Omaha, Southern lllinois University, and San Diego State University makes him uniquely adept at understanding the needs of students and practitioners.Features
                                    • The Digital Firm—Focuses on the digital integration of the firm, the use of information technology to conduct business processes electronically and to enable information to flow seamlessly throughout the organization and with its business partners.
                                    • Application Software Exercises—Each chapter features a hands-on Application Exercise requiring students to use application software tools.
                                    • Management Decision Problems—Provides practical group or individual learning in and outside the classroom.
                                    • Two full chapters are devoted to the Internet as a key enabling technology for the Digital Firm
                                    • Coverage of the strategic role of information systems.
                                    Features
                                    • Over 40 new end-of-chapter practical examples added throughout—Provides an understanding of the design process not normally available at this level.
                                    • Expanded coverage of computer software—Both Mathcad and Electronics Workbench have been included throughout the text.
                                    • Summaries added to the end of every chapter—Uses boldface type in much the same way as students use highlighting markers; limits list of equations with each summary to those a student can realistically bring away from the course.
                                    • Replacement of IC construction chapter with a well-written description of the process
                                    • A systems approach throughout—Covers topics in a “building block” fashion.
                                    • Integration of troubleshooting sections in most chapters—Offers general hints on how to isolate a problem, identify its causes, and what action to take to rectify it.Features
                                      • NEW—Real world companies including Nantucket Nectars, McDonalds, Oracle, and more are highlighted in chapter openers, chapter discussions, and also appear in the On-Location! video package.
                                      • NEW—“Take Five” Study Breaks appear within the chapters and encourage students to apply concepts.
                                      • Assignment Options include new critical thinking exercises (Cognitive exercises) for each chapter
                                      • NEW—“Business First” boxes provide insights into real business domestic and international issues, as well as high-tech and e-Business industries.
                                      Features
                                      • Heightened coverage of risk management.
                                      • Increased emphasis on the internet.
                                      • The latest policies from the Insurance Services Office.
                                      • Annuities and individual retirement accounts (IRAs).
                                      • Timely issues in insurance regulations.
                                      Features
                                      • Emphasis on the Internet in every chapter—Includes a boxed insert illustrating a related Internet issue.
                                      • Updated and revised content in every chapter.
                                      • A strategic management model runs through the first ten chapters as a unifying concept.
                                      • Strategic audit worksheet.
                                      • A special chapter on corporate governance.
                                      • Detailed discussion of social responsibility and managerial ethics.
                                      • Key theory capsules.
                                      • Projections for the 21st Century—At the end of each chapter.
                                      Features
                                      • Represents the only book currently available that provides both...
                                        1. A comprehensive treatment of cryptography, including design principles and up-to-date descriptions of current cryptographic algorithms.
                                        2. An in-depth survey of network-based and Internet-based security applications.
                                      • Offers an Instructor's Manual that includes programming projects and research & report assignments.
                                      Features
                                      • NEW—Thoroughly revised theoretical chapters features a shift in focus toward exploring the "purpose of government." The number of theoretical chapters has been reduced, providing instructors with more flexibility and students with a more accessible and streamlined introduction to the theoretical perspective of the text.
                                      • NEW—"Current Policy Challenges" sections at the beginning of each country study introduce students to the contemporary problems and issues faced by that country.
                                      • NEW—"Example Boxes" throughout the new edition illustrate discussions with practical examples of how politics works in the real world.
                                      Features
                                      • NEW—Focus on the High-Performance Organization
                                      • NEW—New and revised cases and experiential exercises
                                      • NEW—Streamlined organization—Downsized from 18 to 16 chapters by combining career management and guaranteed fair treatment into a single chapter, while merging training and development into a single chapter.
                                      • NEW—New Chapter on Managing Organizational Renewal
                                      • Dessler's practical approach continues in this edition with an emphasis on practical applications that all managers—not just those who work in HR Departments—can employ in their daily activities.
                                      • Covers Global HRM in two ways—
                                        1. Presents Global HRM features within select chapters of the text, focusing on issues like training employees to go abroad, formulating salary plans for expatriates, and other important topics;
                                        2. features a comprehensive chapter on international HR management practices .
                                      • Small business applications—Presents special-interest features in selected chapters that profile the unique challenges faced by small-business owners in managing human resources.
                                      • Coverage of diversity management—Includes discussions on diversity management (Ch. 2) and integrates Diversity Counts boxes throughout the text, providing both examples and tips for managing diversity.
                                      Features
                                      • NEW—Reorganized coverage of the Classical Multiplier Regression Model.
                                      • Consistent mathematical level and notation throughout with self-contained summaries of matrix algebra, statistical theory, and mathematical statistics.
                                      • Extensive applications Surveys a wide range of topics in econometrics.
                                      • Three full chapters on the linear multiple regression model and extensive integration throughout the text.
                                      • Current topics in applied econometrics.
                                      • A bridge to the professional literature exposes students to a fair amount of material that will extend beyond many first courses in econometrics
                                      Features
                                      • Includes up-to-date coverage, written in a lively manner.
                                      •  Topics can be applied to human behavior.
                                      • Presents dozens of hot new topics, including the effects of ingratiation on attraction, salary, and promotions.
                                      • "Beyond the Headlines: As Social Psychologists See It" takes real-life news events and examines them from social psychology perspective. This feature illustrates how the topics can be applied to many aspects of human behaviour.
                                      • "Ideas to take with You" highlights important concepts at the end of every chapter that will impact the life of the student long after the course is completed
                                      About the Authors
                                      Robert a. Baron is Professor of Psychology and Professor of Management at renssaer Polytechnic Institute. Former Chair of the Department of Psychology, he received his Ph.D. from the University of Iowa in 1968.
                                      Donn Byrne (Ph.D., Stanford, 1958) holds the rank of Distinguished Professor of Psychology at the University of Albany, State University of New York. Features
                                      • Introduces parallel programming techniques as a natural extension to sequential programming, developing the basic techniques of message-passing parallel programming, and then studying problem- specific algorithms in both non-numeric and numeric domains.
                                      • Requires no prerequisite in parallel programming; assumes only C programming knowledge.
                                      • Uses MPI and PVM pseudocodes to describe algorithms and allows different programming tools to be implemented.
                                      • Provides students with thorough coverage of shared memory programming and Pthreads to assist them in shared memory programming assignments.
                                      • Explores such applications as numerical algorithms, image processing, searching, and optimization.
                                      Features
                                      • NEW—Streamlined for more focused coverage—Shorter by 200 pages, the seventh edition focuses on fundamental concepts and linkages between interrelated principles and processes. In total, 5 chapters were either combined or eliminated, without any sacrifice to core topic coverage.
                                      • NEW—On-line cases challenge student learning
                                      • NEW—On-line internet exercises challenge students to put technology to work—Every chapter is supported by an on-line, issues-oriented internet exercise that delves into companies such as Ben & Jerry's, Barbie, and Coca-Cola.
                                      • NEW—Emphasizes the role of technology—The impact of technology on consumers and how they make their buying decisions is integrated throughout the text.
                                      About the Authors
                                      Leon G. Schiffman is from Baruch Colllege, City University of New York. Leslie Lazar Kanuk is from Graduate School and University Centre, City University of New York. Features
                                      • Complete information on all of the world's most important standards—For cellular, cordless telephone, and personal communications systems, including AMPS, ETACS, U.S. Digital Cellular, GSM, CDMA, DECT, WACS, CT-2, PDC, and CDPD.
                                      • All new end of chapter solved example problems—On topics ranging from cellular system design to networking.
                                      • Hundreds of figures, tables, and diagrams—With clear explanations of all major concepts.
                                      Features
                                      • Real Managers—This text demonstrates real-world applications of management concepts and makes management come alive as it establishes a dialogue with real managers from a variety of fields.
                                      • Skills emphasis—Includes in-book skills modules and the new PRISM interactive skills Website. The 22 in-book skills modules and the new interactive skills PRISM Website encompass the four management functions (planning, organizing, leading, and controlling) and reflect the importance of mastering skills.
                                      • Manager's Dilemma—Each chapter opens with a dilemma that a real-life manager faced and ends with the statement “What Would You Do?”
                                      • Managers Respond—Each chapter closes with a section titled “Managers Respond” where two real, practicing managers from a variety of organizations provide a short discussion of what they'd do if they were faced with the dilemma described at the beginning of the chapter.
                                      • Managers Speak Out—In several chapters, this theme box interviews real managers and asks them a broad range of questions.
                                      • Entrepreneurship Modules—The unique issues of entrepreneurship and managing entrepreneurial ventures are highlighted in five part-ending sections.
                                      Features
                                      • This text has an enhanced mathematical approach, with carefully thought out examples, including many examples with computer sciences applications.
                                      • Historical reviews and biographies bring a human element to their assignments.
                                      • Chapter summaries allow students to review what they have learned.
                                      Features
                                      • NEW—An emphasis on these 4 themes is woven throughout the text—Customer Relationship Management, Internet/Technology Revolution, Brand Building, and Marketing around the Globe.
                                      • NEW—New Chapter 2, Adapting Marketing to the New Economy—Focuses on the impact of the Internet and new technologies on marketing and consumers.
                                        • Helps students learn how to adapt their marketing strategies and management to the new technological and global realities.
                                      • NEW—Hundreds of exciting new cases and discussions of new companies—Including Staples, Red Bull, Earthlink, Palm, GM, and Gap. Based on reviewer feedback, many classic cases have also been retained and thoroughly updated.
                                      • NEW—New concepts and ideas—Explored and explained in greater detail: Internet marketing, the New Economy, reverse marketing, experiential marketing, buzz marketing, viral marketing, guerilla marketing, high tech product marketing, industry convergence, cyberconsumers, customer relationship management, and much more.
                                        • Keeps student abreast of the latest ideas and emerging trends in the field.
                                      • NEW—“Marketing for the New Economy” boxes.
                                        • Focuses students on the effects of market and technological changes on marketing and marketing management.
                                      • NEW—New End-of-Chapter Exercises—Including “Marketing Debate” and “Online Marketing Today.”
                                        • Prompts students to takes sides on an issue and use the Internet to complete assignments.
                                      • A managerial orientation.
                                      • Shows students the major decisions marketing managers and top management face in their efforts to harmonize the organization's objectives, capabilities, and resources with marketplace needs and opportunities.
                                    • An analytical approach.
                                      • Presents students with a framework for analyzing recurrent problems in marketing management, and illustrates effective marketing principles, strategies, and practices through cases and examples.
                                    • Universal applications—e.g., products and services; consumer and business markets; profit and nonprofit organizations; domestic and foreign companies; and low and high-tech industries.
                                    • Encourages students to apply marketing thinking to the complete spectrum of marketing.
                                  • “You're the Marketer” exercises—Linked to Marketing Plan Pro software, which can be packaged at a discounted price.
                                    • Asks students to make a formal marketing plan using the hypothetical example of the Sonic Company introduced in Ch. 3 and used throughout the book.
                                  • “Marketing and Advertising” exercises—Focuses on real companies and include the ads.
                                    • Gives students practice in analyzing the marketing objectives advertising is intended to realize.
                                  • “Marketing Memos” and “Marketing Insights” boxes.
                                    • Memos give students tips and suggestions at all stages of the marketing management process. Insights highlight current research findings in marketing research.
                                  • Custom Casebooks.
                                    • www.prenhall.com/custombusiness
                                  • Over 100 cases recommended by Harvard Business School for use with this text.
                                  • www.prenhall.com/kotler
                                Features
                                • NEW—Expanded coverage of consultations, selling, strategic selling, and partnering is provided.
                                • NEW—Emphasis on strategic alliances.
                                • NEW—In the age of information, highlights selling.
                                • NEW—Transferable employment skills needed by groups of knowledgeable workers are presented: customer service representatives; professionals (accountants, consultants, etc.); entrepreneurs; and managerial personnel.
                                • NEW—Updated ACT! end of chapter applications.
                                • NEW—Sales planning forms expanded.
                                • NEW—Electronic commerce.
                                • NEW—Internet exercises.
                                • NEW—Increased coverage of how to prepare written sales proposals and effective sales letters.
                                • Value-added selling strategies are featured.
                                • Three-dimensional approach to the study of ethical decision making.
                                About the Authors
                                Dr. Barry L. Reece is a Professor at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. He has devoted more than three decades to teaching, research, consulting, and the development of training programs in the areas of sales, supervision, human relations, and management.
                                Gerald L. Manning is at Des Moines Area Community College. He has served as chair of the Marketing/Management Department for more than 30 years. In addition to his administrative duties, he has served as lead instructor in sales and sales management. Features
                                • XP is a lightning rod for discussion in the software development community; it is rapidly gaining acceptance and momentum.
                                • Kent Beck is one of the most respected names in software development and the father of XP.
                                • XP was conceived and developed to address the specific needs of software development conducted by small teams in the face of vague and changing requirements.
                                • XP is financially-focused; it recognizes that software projects have to work to achieve reductions in cost and exploit those savings.
                                • The book was recipient of Software Development magazine's JOLT Product Excellence Award.
                                Features
                                • NEW—Streamlined valuation material—Now oriented more fully to M&A decisions and case studies.
                                • NEW—An explanation of the acquisition process.
                                • NEW—New literature as well as new activities and developments in the world of Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A).
                                • An explanation of the merger and acquisition process within a broad framework of companies strategic plans.
                                • A broadened view of Mergers and Acquisitions
                                • An in-depth case study of the chemical industry that demonstrates the powerful change forces that bring about mergers
                                • A clear, simple evaluation framework for buying and selling firms and segments of firms
                                • The many forms of how companies restructure—Explains how the many forms of restructuring must increase the efficiency of the firm's operations if they are to increase value.
                                About the Authors
                                J. Fred Weston, Juan A. Siu, Brian A. Johnson are all of the Anderson School, University of California, Los Angeles.Features
                                • State-of-the-art coverage of Object-Oriented Software Engineering—Includes UML, Java, Design Patterns, Distributed Development, Rationale and Configuration Management.
                                • A unique and practical instructional approach—That has been carefully class tested for over five years at Carnegie Mellon University.
                                • Case studies and examples from real systems.
                                • Introduces the basic elements of UML (Unified Modeling Language), a notation for representing business and software systems.
                                • Deals with complexity through modeling—Covers object-oriented modeling techniques for the complete development process step-by-step, from requirements elicitation to testing using UML.
                                • Deals with change—Covers project oriented topics such as capturing rationale, controlling change, and managing risk.
                                About the Authors
                                Bernd Bruegge is a Professor in the Computer Science Department at the Technical University of Munich and an Adjunct Professor in the Computer Science Department at Carnegie Mellon University. He is the recipient of the 1995 Herbert A Simon Award for Excellence in Teaching in Computer Science at Carnegie Mellon University. Allen H. Dutoit is a Research Scientist in the Computer Science Department at the Technical University of Munich. His research interests include several areas of software engineering and object-oriented systems. He was previously affiliated with the Software Engineering Institute and the Institute for Complex Engineered Systems at Carnegie Mellon University.Features
                                • Introduction and Chapter Outline for each chapter
                                • Contains 265 Multiple Choice Questions at the end of the book
                                • Over 300 end-of-chapter Exercises
                                • Over 150 Solved Examples interspersed throughout the text
                                • Glossary for ready reference to terminology
                                Features
                                • The expertise and insights of Dr. Harvey Deitel and Paul Deitel—Authors of the world's best-selling C, C++, and Java textbooks—and their colleague, T.R. Nieto.
                                • Some of the most recent Visual Basic topics—e.g., graphical user interfaces, object-oriented programming, databases, multimedia, networking, VB Script, COM, DCOM, ActiveX and Visual Basic for Applications.
                                • A CD-ROM—Contains source code, hyperlinks to VB resources, and the Working Model Edition of VB6.
                                • The Deitels' innovative “live-code approach” —Every concept is taught in the context of complete working Visual Basic programs.
                                • Hundreds of the Deitels' special programming tips.
                                • Award-winning Interactive Multimedia Cyber Classroom CD-ROM.
                                About the Authors
                                Harvey Deitel and Paul Deitel are principals of Deitel & Associates, Inc., a global leader in programming training. They are authors of C++ How to Program and Java How to Program, each the best-selling book in its market. The Deitels have taught 500,000 programmers! Now, leverage their extraordinary expertise to learn Visual Basic, with Visual Basic 6: How to Program. T.R. Nieto, an MIT graduate, is senior lecturer at Deitel & Associates. Features
                                • NEW—New examples and heavy coverage of the Pentium II, and Java Virtual Machine, and UltraSPARC.
                                • NEW—A new chapter on the microarchitecture level
                                • NEW—Updated and expanded coverage throughout.
                                • NEW—A wealth of new material about modern I/O devices—Includes RAID, CD-Recordable, DVD, and color printers.
                                • NEW—A new chapter on Parallel Computer Architectures—Takes a comprehensive look at multiprocessors and multicomputers of all kinds.
                                • NEW—New material on operating systems—Includes an in-depth section on Windows NT.
                                • NEW—Coverage of the new Intel Merced processor.
                                • NEW—All code examples rewritten in Java.
                                • NEW—50% new chapter-end problems.
                                • Clear writing style, accessible to all students.
                                • Up-to-date material on UMA and NUMA multiprocessors as well as massively parallel processors and clusters of workstations.
                                • Figures in Postscript file format, a Java simulator, and software tools
                                Features
                                • A research-based approach to management—Draws on the worlds leading behavioral research to identify the most effective management techniques.
                                • Exceptionally broad coverage—Covers issues including hiring, motivation, leadership, communication, change management, job design, performance evaluation, and conflict management.
                                • Modular approach based on short chapters—Organizes management into 63 truths that can be quickly absorbed and are highly memorable.
                                • Teambuilding, 360-degree appraisals, and open-book management—Rigorously evaluates today's latest management trends in light of the evidence.
                                Features
                                • XML facilities for structuring and serializing data.
                                • How WSDL maps services onto communication protocols and transports.
                                • WSDL support for RPC-oriented and document-oriented interactions.
                                • SOAPs required and optional elements for Web services.
                                • Message processing and the role of intermediaries in SOAP.
                                • UDDI data formats.
                                • SOAP APIs used to store and retrieve information from UDDI.
                                • How ebXML offers an alternative to Web services that supports reliable messaging, security, and trading partner negotiations.
                                Features
                                • Still the only operating systems textbook that first explains the relevant principles, then shows how they apply to real systems by using a Unix-like operating system as a detailed example.
                                • Relevant sections of MINIX code are described in detail in most chapters. Provides problems at the end of each chapter.
                                • NEW—The principles material has been updated to reflect new developments in the field.
                                • NEW—The MINIX system has been updated to run on 386, 486, and standard Pentium-based machines, and is based on the international POSIX standard.
                                • NEW—Simulators for running MINIX on other systems are now available.
                                • NEW—A CD-ROM included in each book contains all the MINIX source codes and a full-listing, as well as the simulators.
                                • NEW—MINIX has been extended to include networking based in TCP/IP. The full source code of the MINIX TCP/IP implementation is included on the CD-ROM.
                                About the Authors
                                Andrew S. Tanenbaum has an S.B. degree from M.I.T. and a Ph.D. from the University of California at Berkeley. He is currently a professor of Computer Science at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam, The Netherland, where he heads the Computer Systems Group. Albert S. Woodhull has an S.B. degree from M.I.T. and a Ph.D. from the University of Washington. Features
                                • Offers comprehensive coverage of statistical theories.
                                • Includes a thorough treatment of statistical inference.
                                • Contains many worked examples.
                                • Features more than 1,100 problems and exercises — divided into theory and applications.
                                • Provides highlighted key words, boxed inserts, illustrations, graphs, charts, and tables.
                                • NEW—Places greater emphasis on the use of computers in performing statistical calculations.
                                • NEW—Includes new exercises — many of which require the use of a computer.
                                • NEW—Expands coverage of Analysis of Variance to include the two-way analysis-of-variance model with interaction and a discussion of multiple comparisons.
                                About the Authors
                                Stephen Northcutt was the original developer of the Shadow intrusion detection system and served as the leader of the Department of Defenses Shadow Intrusion Detection Team for two years. Karen Frederick is a senior security engineer for the Rapid Response Team at NFR Security. Karen has nearly 10 years of experience in technical support, system administration and information security. Scott Winters has been working in all aspects of networking and computer security for over 10 years. He has been an Instructor, Network Engineer, and Systems Administrator and has worked with various perimeter security solutions, firewalls, and infrastructure designs in his current employment as a Systems Security Specialist. Lenny Zeltser is an information security professional, whose work draws upon experience in system administration, network design, software architecture, and independent research. Features
                                • NEW—Internet and E-commerce applications have been integrated throughout the text.
                                • NEW—Chapter on retailing relationships added
                                • NEW—Chapter on merchandise management added
                                • NEW-More extensive coverage of global retailing
                                • NEW—Careers in Retailing boxed inserts added to every chapter—Boxes take a look at real-life people from all walks of retailing life.
                                • Coverage of database management and the roles of different channel members in acquiring data—Discusses the uses of computerized census data.
                                About the Authors
                                BARRY BERMAN (Ph.D. in Business with majors in Marketing and Behavioral Science) is the Walter H. "Bud" Miller Distinguished Professor of Business and Professor of Marketing and International Business at Hofstra University. JOEL R. EVANS (Ph.D. in Business with majors in Marketing and Public Policy) is the RMI Distinguished Professor of Business and Professor of Marketing and International Business at Hofstra University. Features
                                • Systems integration—More focus on “make vs. buy” and systems integration.
                                • Coverage of internet-based systems
                                • Expanded coverage of process modeling techniques
                                • Unlike other SAD texts, Modern Systems Analysis and Design has continually offered strong coverage of RAD — an important element in systems design.
                                • Net Search Exercises—Icons throughout the text.
                                • Expanded and updated coverage of Sytems analysis as a profession
                                • Real-world running cases—A Web store has been added to the Pine Valley Furniture running case and a Web-based customer-relationship management system to the Broadway Entertainment running case.
                                Features
                                • Focuses on a specific motivating example of a network—the Internet—as well as introducing students to protocols in a more theoretical context.
                                • Uses the layered model for the Internet (with a top-down approach), a popular approach that focuses on only the key layers that are covered in most courses.
                                • Includes material on application programming development.
                                • Identifies fundamental networking issues as well as approaches toward addressing these issues.
                                • Principles and Practice boxes throughout the book demonstrate real-world applications of the principles studied.
                                • Includes interviews with networking heavyweights and visionaries to provide students with motivational insights from experts.
                                • Provides a comprehensive companion Web site that contains links to the most current information on, and examples of, networking concepts, and provides Java applets that animate concepts.
                                • Material on mobility and mobile IP, peer-to-peer networking, content distribution networks, SIP, Bluetooth and more makes this the most current book available.
                                • Expanded coverage of topics such as network security, BGP and CIDR, Internet backbones and ISPs, and more.
                                About the Authors
                                Stephanie Bodoff, Dale Green, Eric Jendrock, and Monica Pawlan are senior writers at Sun working closely with the architects of Sun's J2EE technologies. Beth Stearns is principal partner of ComputerEase Publishing, a consulting firm she founded in 1982. Features
                                • NEW—Increased emphasis on Processes—Beginning in chapter one, the authors emphasize the central role of processes.
                                • NEW—Early coverage of Project Management—Chapter 4, Managing Project Processes, has been moved to the front of the text.
                                • NEW—Cross Functional aspects—The discussion of processes allows the authors to expand their coverage of cross-functional perspectives.
                                • NEW—Free problem-solving software, on OM Explorer
                                • NEW—Updated supply chain management coverage
                                • NEW—Coverage of the Internet, E-Commerce and ERP
                                About the Authors
                                LEE J. KRAJEWSKI is the William R. and F. Cassie Daley Professor of Manufacturing Strategy at the University of Notre Dame. Prior to joining Notre Dame, Lee was a faculty member at The Ohio State University, where he received the University Alumni Distinguished Teaching Award and the College of Business Outstanding Faculty Research Award. LARRY RITZMAN is the Thomas J. Galligan, Jr. Professor in Operations and Strategic Management at Boston College. He previously served at The Ohio State University for twenty-three years, where he acted as department chairperson and received several awards for both teaching and research. He received his doctorate at Michigan State University, having had prior industrial experience at the Babcock and Wilcox Company. Features
                                • NEW—The most current thinking on customer management, assessing customer value, brand equity and value positioning.
                                • NEW—Text shows how the Internet is changing customer relationships, perceptions of value, the supplier value-chain, and value delivery networks.
                                • “Internet Connections” exercises—Each chapter ends with a carefully designed Internet exercise.
                                • Company cases—Company cases for class or written discussion are provided at the end of each chapter, with integrative comprehensive cases following each major part of the text.
                                • Video cases—A full selection of written video cases accompanies the ninth edition, supported by exciting and original videos developed for Principles of Marketing.
                                Features
                                • NEW—Internet Database chapter—Chapter 10 has been added, covering the issues of database development for the Web.
                                • Running case and database files—A running project case is found at the end of each chapter.
                                • Updated coverage of Data Warehousing and SQL—The Data Warehousing Chapter (11) is revised and SQL is now covered in Chapter 7 & 8.
                                Features
                                • NEW—HR Information Technology—The influence of information technology on HR is addressed in every chapter.
                                • NEW—“Managerial Perspectives” chapter introductions.
                                • NEW—Updated Issues and Applications boxes and Manager's Notebooks.
                                • NEW—Managerial Skill Builders conclude chapter sections.
                                • NEW—Managerial Challenge—Each chapter closes with a Managerial Challenge exercise designed to build managerial skills.
                                • NEW—“You Manage It” discussion cases encourage students to think critically and apply material to practical situations.
                                • NEW—Emphasizes globalization of Human Resources.
                                • NEW—Updates on recruiting and selection issues.
                                About the Authors
                                LUIS R. GÓMEZ-MEJÍA is a Professor of Management in the College of Business at Arizona State University. He received his Ph.D. and M.A. in industrial relations from the University of Minnesota and a B.A. in economics from the University of Minnesota. DAVID B. BALKIN is Professor of Management in the College of Business Administration at the University of Colorado at Boulder. He received his Ph.D. in industrial relations from the University of Minnesota. Prior to joining the University of Colorado, he served on the faculties of Louisiana State University and Northeastern University. ROBERT L. CARDY is Professor of Management in the College of Business at Arizona State University. He received his Ph.D. in industrial/organizational psychology fromVirginia Tech in 1982. Features
                                • NEW—Greatly expanded focus on online consumer behavior—New topics treated extensively include virtual communities, virtual marketing, e-commerce.
                                • NEW—Special online addition: Reality Check Online—Throughout the semester, students can participate in a group discussion about trends in their buying experiences.
                                • NEW—Net Profit and The Tangled Web boxes—These two new boxes focus specifically on issues related to online marketing.
                                • “Reality Check” Boxed feature.
                                Features
                                • NEW—New, expanded, revised topics feature the most current and cutting-edge research topics—e.g., Employee support policies; innovative rewards systems; practical, emotional, and cognitive intelligence; procedural justice; dispositional model of job satisfaction; high-performance teams; video-mediated communication; goal-framing effects.
                                • NEW—PHLIP/CW Website at www.prenhall.com/greenberg—This Website offers the the most robust, content-rich Web support available.
                                • NEW—New chapter:Managing Your Own Behavior—Brings together material on careers and work stress.
                                • NEW—New chapter:Working With—and Against—Others—Includes brand new material on deviant behavior in organizations.
                                • NEW—New chapter:Culture, Creativity, and Innovation—Introduces new material on individual and group creativity and promoting innovation.
                                • NEW—New chapter:Technology in Organizations—Brings together material on technology.
                                • NEW—New appendix on research methods.
                                • NEW—Trends—What Today's Companies Are Doingboxes—Provide a close-up look at current practices relevant to the text material.
                                • NEW—Tips—Doing It Right boxes—Provide an overview of practical suggestions from the text material with reference to actual organizational practice, where applicable.
                                • NEW—Internet organizations highlighted.
                                • You Be the Consultant sections—Provide application exercises and follow-up discussion questions.
                                • Skills Bankexercises—Include experiential exercises for both individuals and groups.
                                • Preview cases begin each chapter.
                                • Case in Point case studies—Follow each chapter and highlight major points.
                                • International examples—Highlight the global nature of today's business world.
                                Features
                                • NEW—Chapter One is completely rewritten—Includes new sections on truth tables, the algebra of propositions and logical arguments.
                                • NEW—Most algorithms have been rewritten.
                                • NEW—Emphasis on writing and critical thinking skills.
                                • More than 200 worked examples and problems as well as over 2500 exercises are included.
                                • More than 800 problems have full solutions provided in the back of the book.
                                • Problem sets are carefully graded by level of difficulty.
                                • Topics in discrete math are used as a vehicle for teaching proofs.
                                • An unusually strong emphasis on graph theory, incorporating its coverage throughout seven chapters.
                                • A glossary of definitions and a list of symbols and notation are included.
                                Features
                                • NEW—DVD containing more than two hours of new, high-quality video of Scott Mueller demonstrating key PC repairs and upgrades.
                                • NEW—Thoroughly updated to reflect the latest PC technologies.
                                • Comprehensive, authoritative PC hardware coverage.
                                • Extensive troubleshooting index.
                                • Extensive technical reference on DVD-ROM.
                                • Coverage of network and Internet connections.
                                • Comprehensive PC technical glossary.
                                • Optional multimedia package.


                                Table of Contents:
                                1. Development of the PC.
                                2. PC Components, Features, and System Design.
                                3. Microprocessor Types and Specifications.
                                4. Motherboards and Buses.
                                5. BIOS.
                                6. Memory.
                                7. The IDE Interface.
                                8. The SCSI Interface.
                                9. Magnetic Storage Principles.
                                10. Hard Disk Storage.
                                11. Floppy Disk Storage.
                                12. High-Capacity Removable Storage.
                                13. Optical Storage.
                                14. Physical Drive Installation and Configuration.
                                15. Video Hardware.
                                16. Audio Hardware.
                                17. I/O Interfaces from Serial and Parallel to IEEE-1394 and USB.
                                18. Input Devices.
                                19. Internet Connectivity.
                                20. Local Area Networking.
                                21. Power Supply and Chassis/Case.
                                22. Building or Upgrading Systems.
                                23. PC Diagnostics, Testing, and Maintenance.
                                24. File Systems and Data Recovery.


Best Sellers



Product Details
  • ISBN-13: 9788178088365
  • Binding: Paperback
  • ISBN-10: 8178088363
  • Edition: 14

Related Categories

Similar Products

Add Photo

Customer Reviews

REVIEWS           
Click Here To Be The First to Review this Product
Upgrading and Repairing PCs
-
Upgrading and Repairing PCs
Writing guidlines
We want to publish your review, so please:
  • keep your review on the product. Review's that defame author's character will be rejected.
  • Keep your review focused on the product.
  • Avoid writing about customer service. contact us instead if you have issue requiring immediate attention.
  • Refrain from mentioning competitors or the specific price you paid for the product.
  • Do not include any personally identifiable information, such as full names.

Upgrading and Repairing PCs

Required fields are marked with *

Review Title*
Review
    Add Photo Add up to 6 photos
    Would you recommend this product to a friend?
    Tag this Book
    Read more
    Does your review contain spoilers?
    What type of reader best describes you?
    I agree to the terms & conditions
    You may receive emails regarding this submission. Any emails will include the ability to opt-out of future communications.

    CUSTOMER RATINGS AND REVIEWS AND QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS TERMS OF USE

    These Terms of Use govern your conduct associated with the Customer Ratings and Reviews and/or Questions and Answers service offered by Bookswagon (the "CRR Service").


    By submitting any content to Bookswagon, you guarantee that:
    • You are the sole author and owner of the intellectual property rights in the content;
    • All "moral rights" that you may have in such content have been voluntarily waived by you;
    • All content that you post is accurate;
    • You are at least 13 years old;
    • Use of the content you supply does not violate these Terms of Use and will not cause injury to any person or entity.
    You further agree that you may not submit any content:
    • That is known by you to be false, inaccurate or misleading;
    • That infringes any third party's copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary rights or rights of publicity or privacy;
    • That violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation (including, but not limited to, those governing, consumer protection, unfair competition, anti-discrimination or false advertising);
    • That is, or may reasonably be considered to be, defamatory, libelous, hateful, racially or religiously biased or offensive, unlawfully threatening or unlawfully harassing to any individual, partnership or corporation;
    • For which you were compensated or granted any consideration by any unapproved third party;
    • That includes any information that references other websites, addresses, email addresses, contact information or phone numbers;
    • That contains any computer viruses, worms or other potentially damaging computer programs or files.
    You agree to indemnify and hold Bookswagon (and its officers, directors, agents, subsidiaries, joint ventures, employees and third-party service providers, including but not limited to Bazaarvoice, Inc.), harmless from all claims, demands, and damages (actual and consequential) of every kind and nature, known and unknown including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of a breach of your representations and warranties set forth above, or your violation of any law or the rights of a third party.


    For any content that you submit, you grant Bookswagon a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, transferable right and license to use, copy, modify, delete in its entirety, adapt, publish, translate, create derivative works from and/or sell, transfer, and/or distribute such content and/or incorporate such content into any form, medium or technology throughout the world without compensation to you. Additionally,  Bookswagon may transfer or share any personal information that you submit with its third-party service providers, including but not limited to Bazaarvoice, Inc. in accordance with  Privacy Policy


    All content that you submit may be used at Bookswagon's sole discretion. Bookswagon reserves the right to change, condense, withhold publication, remove or delete any content on Bookswagon's website that Bookswagon deems, in its sole discretion, to violate the content guidelines or any other provision of these Terms of Use.  Bookswagon does not guarantee that you will have any recourse through Bookswagon to edit or delete any content you have submitted. Ratings and written comments are generally posted within two to four business days. However, Bookswagon reserves the right to remove or to refuse to post any submission to the extent authorized by law. You acknowledge that you, not Bookswagon, are responsible for the contents of your submission. None of the content that you submit shall be subject to any obligation of confidence on the part of Bookswagon, its agents, subsidiaries, affiliates, partners or third party service providers (including but not limited to Bazaarvoice, Inc.)and their respective directors, officers and employees.

    Accept

    New Arrivals



    Inspired by your browsing history


    Your review has been submitted!

    You've already reviewed this product!